Frequently Asked Questions

+
Alternate Public Defender

+
What is the difference between the Public Defender's office and the Alternate Public Defender's Office?

The Washoe County Public Defender's Office initially takes every case where a person has been appointed a lawyer. The cases are then screened by staff members to see if there is a conflict of interest. Conflicts of interest can arise if the Public Defender has represented a victim or witness in a case, or if there is more than one defendant charged with the crime. If the Public Defender's Office determines that there is a legal reason it cannot represent a person, then that case is sent to the Alternate Public Defender's Office.

If the Alternate Public Defender’s office also has a conflict of interest, then a private lawyer who contracts with Washoe County will handle the case.



+
Who does my attorney work for?

Every attorney employed by the Alternate Public Defender's office is an employee of Washoe County.



+
How can I find out who my attorney is and when I go to court?

Once the Alternate Public Defender's Office is appointed to represent you, we will send you a letter giving you your court date and the name of your lawyer. If you have not received the letter, please call the APD office at (775) 328-3955, and ask the receptionist for the information.



+
What kind of cases does the APD office handle?

The lawyers in the APD's office practice in several different courts. There are attorneys who defend adults and juveniles charged with every type of crime, from misdemeanor to murder. Some of the lawyers here work in the family court, representing parents whose children have been removed from the home and are in the care and custody of Washoe County. Lawyers also represent clients in District Court, Justice Court, and Specialty Courts.  Specialty Courts include Drug, Diversion, DUI, Mental Health, Veteran's, Young Offender, MAT, CCP, and others.



+
Can you help me with my divorce, landlord/tenant issues, or small claims case?

No. Only those who are facing jail or prison time or parents who are facing losing permanent custody of their children through government action are entitled to free legal representation.

If Social Services have removed your children, placing them in the care and custody of Washoe County, you may apply for the legal representation as well. You must make the request at the Family Court, located at One S. Sierra Street, on the second floor, to being the application process.



+
Can I fire my lawyer?

No. You are entitled to an attorney, but you are not entitled to the attorney of your choice. Once an attorney in the Alternate Public Defender's Office has been appointed to represent you, that person will remain your attorney until the case is concluded. Your only other option is to hire private counsel, if you can afford to do so, or to try to represent yourself, which is never a wise choice.



+
How do I get a lawyer?

If you have been charged with a crime and are facing the potential of a jail sentence, you may apply for legal representation if you cannot afford to hire a lawyer. At the time of your first appearance before the Judge, let the Judge know that you would like an attorney to be appointed to represent you. You will have to meet with an employee of Court Services, who will make the determination on whether or not you qualify.

If you are a parent and Child Protective Services or the Washoe County Human Services Department have removed your children, placing them in the care and custody of Washoe County, you may apply for the legal representation as well.  You must make the request at the Family Court located at One S. Sierra Street, on the second floor, to begin the application process.



+
Where are you located?

The Alternate Public Defender's Office is located at 350 S. Center Street, on the Sixth Floor, in Reno Nevada. The phone number for the office is (775) 328-3955; the fax number is (775) 328-3998.



+
Is my lawyer really a lawyer?

Yes. Every attorney in the Alternate Public Defender`s Office has graduated from law school, and taken and passed the Nevada Bar Exam. In order to be employed as an attorney in the APD office, the lawyer must be licensed in the State of Nevada to practice law, and be in good standing with the Nevada State Bar.



+
Alternative Sentencing

+
When can I check in?

You will be required to report in person to your DAS Officer according to a specific schedule. You are to report in person, as ordered, to DAS between 9:00am and 3:00pm Monday through Thursday and between 9:00 am and 12:00 pm on Friday. If you are not employed or in school you are required to check in no later than noon.  If you arrive late, you will not be permitted to check in.  Failure to report in or check in on time with DAS or is a violation of your probation. 



+
How do I complete the program?
If DAS recommends termination due to non-compliance, you will be afforded a hearing to contest that recommendation.  If the recommendation is followed, the Court may enforce the full jail time stipulated in your original sentence or revoke your pretrial release status.
If you feel you have complied with the terms of your probation you can request an early completion of your program.  Ask your Probation Officer or DAS Case Manager about how to start this process.  Successful completion of the program shall be achieved when the terms of DAS contract are met.  DAS will then provide the court with a status report and a recommendation for closure of your case.


+
What if I don't comply?

You must obey all laws.  You must notify DAS immediately if you have contact with any other law enforcement agency or are arrested or cited.  Keep in mind that all staff members are representative of the courts. Any inappropriate and/or disrespectful behavior will be reported to your supervising officer as well as the Judge assigned to your case.  Failure to follow these conditions or failure to cooperate with DAS can lead to more restrictive supervision, immediate arrest, jail days, additional community service hours, modification of your court conditions, extended length of time you are on probation, a warrant for your arrest and/or revocation of your suspended sentence or pretrial release. 



+
Do I have to go to counseling?
You are required to attend and cooperate with all counseling and evaluation per the terms of your sentence. You may be required to undergo a substance abuse or mental health evaluation. You will be required to participate in the level of counseling recommended in the evaluation. 
Unless the court has advised otherwise, it is up to you to choose a certified counselor and make arrangements with them. You must give permission for your counselors to report to DAS by signing the necessary release forms. You are required to pay your counselor as agreed. You cannot complete the terms of your court conditions until you have finished your required counseling and paid in full all associated fees.


+
Will I be required to submit a drug test?
It is your responsibility to prove that you are refraining from the use of alcohol and drugs. If ordered as a condition of your suspended sentence or pretrial release, you must agree to submit to alcohol and drug testing. You will be required to test daily or randomly.  If required, you will sign up for testing through Sober 24. Failure to appear for scheduled tests or to provide a sample for testing is a violation of your probation.
If you use drugs or drink alcohol while in the program, you must report it to DAS or Sober 24.  Relapse is a violation of the terms of your suspended sentence or pretrial release.  In order to continue with the program, you must demonstrate a sincere effort to address drug and alcohol problems through counseling, lifestyle changes, and participation in self-help groups such as Alcoholics Anonymous (AA), Narcotics Anonymous (NA), Rational Recovery or church-based programs.
You must submit yourself to random search and seizure for alcohol and/or controlled substances, by any peace officer, at any time, day or night, without a search warrant.


+
Do I have to tell you where I work?

Yes, you are required to show proof of employment, which must be verified by paycheck stub and/or contact with your employer. It is your responsibility to notify DAS of changes in work location, hours or employer.



+
Will I have to pay fees?
As a participant in the program, you will be required to pay monthly supervision fees to DAS and/or drug and alcohol testing fees to Sober 24.
Testing fees are due at the time of testing. If you do not pay, you may be turned away, which will be considered a missed test. Missed tests are a violation of your probation, which may result in your arrest.  The fees for probation supervision and testing vary depending on which court or agency you are ordered to test for.  Generally, there is a one-time, $25 Administrative Assessment Fee; monthly Probation Supervision Fees are $40; and testing fees are anywhere from $5 to $25 per test.  Lab confirmation fees are $25.


+
Will you come to my house?
While on probation, you must submit yourself, your residence, any vehicle, and any property under your control to random search and seizure for alcohol and/or controlled substances, by any peace officer, at any time, day or night, without a search warrant.
If you own a firearm and/or there are any weapons located on the premises where officers may visit, you must notify DAS immediately.  If you fail to do so and a weapon is found during a search of your residence, you may be treated as a possible threat or officer safety hazard.  All persons charged with Domestic Battery or Battery and all persons currently listed as a Defendant (or Respondent) on any type of protection order are not permitted to possess a firearm. 
If you have dogs at your place of residency, you must notify DAS and provide information regarding the dogs.  You may be asked to secure your dogs while officers are visiting.   If you are residing with other people such as family, friends or roommates, it is your responsibility to advise them that the residence is subject to search and seizure whether you are on the lease or not.


+
Can I take prescription medication?
If you take any prescription medication, you must have the physician who wrote your prescription complete the MEDICATION VERIFICATION LETTER enclosed in your packet.  You will need to provide proof of prescribed medication. Taking a prescription that is not intended for you is illegal. If you take over-the-counter medication, it is your responsibility to make sure that won’t produce a positive drug test. Call your pharmacist for more information.
 
Do not take any medications or other items that may create a positive test for alcohol.  Some of these are mouthwash, cold medicine, cooking sherry, red wine vinegar, binaca, energy drinks, and mini thins.


+
What if I miss my check-in?
If you are unable to check in on your scheduled date and/or time, you must call the office immediately and bring proof of the reason you missed your check-in to DAS on the next required check in day.


+
Do I have to tell you where I live?

You must have a verifiable physical address or be willing to work with your DAS Officer or Case Manager to acquire stable housing in order to participate in the program.  You must have a phone number or contact phone number where DAS can reach you.  You must immediately notify DAS of any change in residence or phone number.  You must obtain permission in advance before considering moving to another county. 



+
Am I required to have a job?

Employment may be a requirement for your supervision.  If you do not obtain and maintain employment, you may be assigned to serve community service. Employment must be verified by paycheck stub and/or contact with your employer.   It is your responsibility to notify DAS of changes in work location, hours or employer.  If you are disabled or cannot work for any reason or are a full time student, you must inform DAS.



+
Can I go on vacation or travel?

You must receive written permission from DAS when leaving Washoe County for any reason.  If approved, you will be required to provide proof of travel, such as fuel receipts, airline tickets, and hotel receipts.



+
Assessor

+
Business Personal Property
+
Where Is The Business Personal Property Page?
+
What Is The Difference Between Sales Tax And Personal Property Tax?
Sales tax is a one-time tax, which is collected at the point of sale. Personal property tax is an annual tax, which is based on the current value of the property.


+
What If My Office Is In My Home?
When operating a business from your home, report all personal property used for business purposes.


+
How Is My Personal Property Valued?

Your original cost x cost index - depreciation = taxable value. The Nevada Department of Taxation provides the cost index and depreciation factors used to determine the taxable values.

Taxable value is assessed at 35%. Taxable Value x .35 = Assessed Value.

EXAMPLE

ASSET ACQUISITION YEAR ORIGINAL COST COST INDEX DEPRECIATION TAXABLE VALUE ASSESSED VALUE
Office Furniture 2011 $663 1.06 51% $344 $120


+
How Much Is The Tax?
Tax information is maintained by the Office of the Washoe County Treasurer.

+
What If I Disagree With My Assessment?
If, in your opinion, the assessed value of your personal property shown on your bill is incorrect please contact the Assessor`s Office Personal Property division at 775-328-2213 to voice your concern. If, after discussing the matter, a difference of opinion still exists, you may appeal your assessment to the County or State Board of Equalization. You may obtain the forms from the Assessor`s Office.

+
What Happens If I Do Not File A Declaration?
If the owner or agent fails to provide a statement of all personal property owned, claimed, possessed, controlled or managed within Washoe County as of July 1 of the current tax year, NRS 361.265 requires the Assessor to estimate the value of the personal property and assess accordingly.  The Washoe County Treasurer is then responsible for the billing and collection of taxes based on that estimate.


+
Do I Include Sales Tax?
No.  As of July 1, 1998 the Nevada Administrative Code (NAC 361.134) was changed to exclude sales tax in the determination of original costs for personal property declarations. 


+
What If An Item Has No Acquisition Cost? (Home Built, Donated, Borrowed, Etc.)
For Personal Property purposes, donated or borrowed assets should be reported as if they were purchased.  For equipment that does not have an acquisition cost, you may either 1) Report an estimate of the value of the item in the year you acquired it, or 2) Estimate the current value of the item in its present condition, and report the year of acquisition as the current calendar year.


+
Do I Need To Notify The Assessor's Office If I Change My Address Or If I'm No Longer In Business?

Yes. Please e-mail or otherwise notify our office of any changes at any time of the year. Please include your new physical location, mailing address or the approximate date the business terminated.

 

 

Washoe County Assessor's Office Personal Property

1001 E 9th ST BLDG D

RENO NV 89512-2845

775-328-2213

declarations@washoecounty.us

 



+
What Do I Report?
The personal property declaration requires you to report information on any taxable personal property owned, claimed, possessed, controlled or managed by the person, firm, corporation, association or company on July 1st of the current fiscal year. This information includes the location, the cost and year of acquisition of each item of taxable personal property, including any applicable shipping and installation charges and the cost of any improvements of the personal property, such as additions to or renovations of the property other than routine maintenance or repairs.

Items that are exempt from taxation include business inventory held for resale, consumable supplies (to be used within one year), livestock, boats and personal household belongings. The exemption of household goods does not extend to personal property or furnishings rented or leased to another party or rented in conjunction with the rental of a dwelling unit. Motor vehicles required to be registered with the Nevada Department of Motor Vehicles and Public Safety are exempt from the property tax, though subject to a governmental service tax.


+
What If I Have No Personal Property?
If you are in business and/or have a current Reno, Sparks or Washoe County business license, you are required to file yearly personal property declarations with the Assessor's office.  If you do not use any furniture, fixtures, equipment, etc. , please indicate this on the declaration and explain why your business has no personal property. 

+
What If I Have Used Equipment?
Report used equipment in the same manner as other personal property. If you do not have a record of your acquisition cost, you may either 1) Report an estimate of the value of the item in the year you acquired it, or, 2) Estimate the current value of the item in its present condition, and  report the year of acquisition as the current calendar year.

+
What If I Use Someone Else's Equipment?
You will be required to furnish information regarding the name and address of the owner or lessor and a description of the equipment.


+
What Is Personal Property Tax?
It is a tax according to value (ad valorem) levied on all property not permanently affixed to land, such as business equipment, building improvements, aircraft , agricultural equipment, possessory interests, billboards, etc. Click here for Personal Property Overview.

+
When Do I Pay?
Do not send payment with your declaration. Although a lien for the taxes attaches on July 1st, personal property bills are sent out by the Washoe County Treasurer's office between August and May of each fiscal year. Taxes are due 30 days from the billing date located on the personal property tax bill.
 
There is no provision in the statues for proration. If you are in business on July 1st you are liable for the full tax amount.


+
When Do I Report?
Notice to file reminders are sent out in June of each year.  Declarations must be filed online no later than July 31st.  The Assessor may grant one or more filing extensions upon request.

+
Which Building Improvements Do I Report?
Report all building improvements you have made in detail, including year of acquisition, description and cost. Our office will determine if they are taxable and ensure they will not be taxed as both personal property and real property.


+
Do I Report Depreciation?
No. Report the original acquisition costs and year of acquisition. The Assessor's office will apply depreciation according to a schedule supplied by the Nevada Department of Taxation.

+
Who Has To Report?
State statutes require every person, firm, corporation, association or company doing business in Nevada to report annually to the county where the personal property is located.


+
Exemptions
+
Who Is Considered To Be Qualified For The "Blind" Exemption?
The Blind Persons Exemption is available to residents with visual acuity that does not exceed 20/200 in the better eye when corrected, or whose field of vision subtends an angle of 20 degrees or less. To qualify for this exemption, it is necessary to furnish a licensed physician's statement that the above requirements are met and sign an affidavit of bona fide residency*.

*NRS 361.015 "Bona fide resident" defined. "Bona fide resident" means a person who has:

1. Established a residence in the State of Nevada; and

2. Actually resided in this state for at least 6 months or has a valid driver`s license or identification card issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles of this state.


+
What Qualifies A Veteran For The "Disabled Veteran" Exemption?
The Disabled Veteran`s Exemption is provided for veterans who have a permanent service connection disability of at least 60%.

To qualify for this exemption, you must be a bona fide resident* of Nevada and furnish copies of your separation papers showing dates of entry and discharge and documentation of the percentage of service connected disability from the Veteran`s Administration. The surviving spouse of a disabled veteran who was eligible for this exemption at the time of his/her death may also be eligible to receive the benefits of this program.

*NRS 361.015 "Bona fide resident" defined. "Bona fide resident" means a person who has:

1. Established a residence in the State of Nevada; and

2. Actually resided in this state for at least 6 months or has a valid driver`s license or identification card issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles of this state.


+
Does The State Of Nevada Offer Any Types Of Tax Assistance Or Exemptions To Individual Taxpayers?
Yes, Nevada offers tax exemptions to persons meeting certain requirements such as: Surviving Spouse, Veterans, Disabled Veterans, and Blind Persons. These exemptions can be applied to real property, personal property (mobile homes, etc.) or used to exempt all or part of your vehicle privilege tax. The tax dollar amount of the exemption varies.

Nevada also has special exclusions for pollution control, radioactive fallout shelters, renewable resource heating and cooling systems, and residential construction to remove architectural barriers for handicapped persons.


+
How Do I Apply For Tax Exemption For Non-Profit Or Religious Organizations, Low-Income Housing And Charter Schools?
An application must be completed and returned to the Assessor`s office.  Call 775-328-2255 for information and to request the appropriate application.

+
Who Is Eligible For A Surviving Spouse And How Do I Make Application?
This exemption applies to surviving spouses who are residents of the State of Nevada.  To receive this exemption a surviving spouse must bring a copy of the death certificate to the Assessor`s office when initially applying for the exemption, and sign an affidavit of bona fide residency*. 

A surviving spouse of a 60% or greater disabled veteran may also qualify to receive an additional exemption, please contact our office for details.

*NRS 361.015 "Bona fide resident" defined. "Bona fide resident" means a person who has:

1. Established a residence in the State of Nevada; and

2. Actually resided in this state for at least 6 months or has a valid driver`s license or identification card issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles of this state.


+
What Are The Requirements For A "Veteran's" Exemption
The Veteran`s exemption is applicable to an honorably discharged veteran of the Armed Forces of the United States who is a bona fide resident* of the State of Nevada and:
     
(a) Has served a minimum of 90 continuous days on active duty, who was assigned to active duty at some time between April 21, 1898, and June 15, 1903, or between April 6, 1917, and November 11, 1918, or between December 7, 1941, and December 31, 1946, or between June 25, 1950, and May 7, 1975, or between September 26, 1982, and December 1, 1987, or between October 23, 1983, and November 21, 1983, or between December 20, 1989, and January 31, 1990, or between August 2, 1990, and April 11, 1991, or between December 5, 1992, and March 31, 1994, or between November 20, 1995, and December 20, 1996;

(b) Has served on active duty in connection with carrying out the authorization granted to the President of the United States in Public Law 102-1; or

(c) Has served on active duty in connection with a campaign or expedition for service in which a medal has been authorized by the Government of the United States, regardless of the number of days served on active duty,

and who received, upon severance from service, an honorable discharge or certificate of satisfactory service from the Armed Forces of the United States, or who, having so served, is still serving in the Armed Forces of the United States, is exempt from taxation.

When filing for the first time, it is necessary to bring in a copy of your separation papers showing dates of entry and discharge or release from active duty.

*NRS 361.015 "Bona fide resident" defined. "Bona fide resident" means a person who has:

1. Established a residence in the State of Nevada; and

2. Actually resided in this state for at least 6 months or has a valid driver`s license or identification card issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles of this state.


+
When Should I Apply For An Exemption?
For an exemption to be used on real property, the application must be made and the real property exemption card signed on or before June 15, prior to the start of the new tax year. If the exemption is to be applied to personal property or a motor vehicle, the personal property exemption card may be signed any time on or before the date such taxes are due.

An initial claim for a tax exemption on real property acquired after June 15 and before July 1 must be filed on or before July 5.


+
Map Related FAQs
+
I don't know if my property has an access easement. Can someone at the Assessor's Office help me find out?
No, we do not research or determine whether particular parcels have access.  Easements must be researched by the interested party at the Washoe County Recorder's Office.  A title company can help with this also.

+
I need to get an elevation certificate for my property.
If you are required to have a topographic survey for a building permit or certificate of occupancy, you must hire a surveyor to do this for you and fill out an elevation certificate. If you need to get a copy of the elevation certificate that was submitted previously by you or the previous owner of a property, contact Washoe County Engineering. at 775-328-2041 or check the FEMA information on the Washoe Regional Mapping System (WRMS)

+
Can you tell me if my property is within a FEMA floodplain?
We do not keep FEMA Floodplain maps in the Assessor’s Office. For information on whether your property falls within a floodplain, contact Washoe County Engineering. at 775-328-2041 or check the FEMA information on the Washoe Regional Mapping System (WRMS)

+
Can someone at the Assessor's Office tell me what my property rights are?
No, we do not provide legal advice on property rights or any other subject.  A title company or an attorney who specializes in issues related to real estate should be contacted.

+
My neighbor built his fence on my property and now he won't move it. Can you write him a letter telling him he has to move the fence?
No.  We do not have the ability to settle disputes between property owners as to whether an encroachment has occurred with regard to fences, sheds or any other use or structure.

+
I need to get a copy of a plot plan for my property. Does your office have this information?
We do not have building plot plans in the Assessor's Office. The Building Departments of Reno, Sparks and Washoe County may have plot plans on file for recent construction.  The Washoe County Building Department has an instructional pamphlet that tells how to draw your own plot plan.

+
My neighbor keeps driving across my property without my permission. Can someone at the Assessor's Office help me prove to him that he has no right to do this?
This is a private matter between you and your neighbor.  The Assessor’s Office does not get involved in private disputes over property issues.

+
I need to find out what the setback requirements are on my property.
The Assessor’s office does not keep records on building setback requirements. The Building Departments of Reno, Sparks and Washoe County can give you that information for your particular parcel.

+
Can I call someone at the Assessor's Office to come out and survey my property or help me locate my property corners?
No, the Assessor's Office staff does not survey property. If you need a surveyor, there are many qualified people listed under "Surveyors" in the yellow pages of the phone book.

+
Public Service
+
What Is The Function Of The Assessor`s Office?
The role of the Assessor's Office is to estimate property values. We do not collect taxes. But, by law, we must discover all taxable property in the County and appraise its value, then calculate 35% of that appraised value to determine its assessed value.

If your opinion of the value of your property differs from the Assessor's, please contact our office and discuss the matter. We will be glad to answer your questions about the appraisal and explain how to appeal if we cannot come to an agreement.


+
How Are Taxes Collected?
Taxes are collected by the County Treasurer based on tax bills sent out in July, and on some new construction, bills sent out in December of each year. All questions on taxes paid or to be paid should be directed to the Treasurer`s Office at 328-2510.


+
How Often Can Your Assessed Value Change?
Annually. Each year, all properties will either be reappraised or their previous assessed value will be factored using factors established or approved by the Nevada Tax Commission


+
What If You Disagree With Your Assessed Value?
When the real property tax roll is completed each November, value change notices are sent to all taxpayers. If you have a question, you may call the Assessor`s Office or come in and talk to an appraiser. If we are unable to resolve your concern you may appeal to the  County Board of Equalization . If you are still not satisfied, you may appeal to the State Board of Equalization, and, thereafter, through the Court System. Any of theses bodies may adjust your assessed value. Appeals to the County Board of Equalization must be filed at the Assessor`s Office no later than January 15th.

Personal Property is billed at various times during the year.  If, in your opinion, the assessed value of your personal property shown on your bill is incorrect please feel free to contact the Assessor`s Office. If, after discussing the matter, a difference of opinion still exists, you may appeal your assessment to the County or State Board of Equalization. You may obtain the forms from the Assessor`s Office.


+
What should I do if my mailing address has changed?

The Treasurer`s Office maintains the mailing address information used by our office. The owner of a property can request a change of mailing address for your property taxes by:

Mail: Washoe County Treasurer P.O. Box 30039 Reno, NV 89520

Be sure to write legibly and include: your name, property address/parcel number, current mailing address, new mailing address, your signature.


Email: tax@washoecounty.us

Fax: (775) 328-2500

Use our online form



+
What Causes Your Taxes To Change?
They change when either your tax rate changes or your assessed value changes. Your assessed value can change because of a boundary change, new construction, a change in use, reappraisal or factoring.
  • Boundary changes occur when old parcels are either subdivided or combined.
  • New construction includes new buildings, additions, remodeling, etc.
  • Changes in use are, for example, a change from residential use to office or retail use.
  • Reappraisal or factoring is done to keep values up to date with changes in individual properties, local and neighborhood trends, and inflation or recession.


+
What If Something Happens To Your Property?
If your property has been removed, or severely damaged by a disaster such as a landslide, flood, etc. please contact the Assessor’s Office so that we can correct your assessed value.


+
What Is The Taxable Value Of Your Property?
The Taxable Value of your land is the Assessor's estimate of its full cash value, taking into account its location, zoning, actual use, etc. The Taxable Value of your buildings is their estimated replacement cost less depreciation. Your taxes will be based on your total assessed value, which is 35% of your total appraised value. For value information on your property assessment data please click here to access the parcel summary page.


+
Who Sets The Tax Rate?
Your tax rate is established in the spring of each year by the Nevada Tax Commission from budgets submitted by local governmental entities such as City of Reno, City of Sparks, Washoe County, Fire Protection Districts, School District and others. Services provided by those governmental bodies are a result of these budgets, and questions about governmental services should be directed to those agencies.


+
Real Property
+
How Can I Get Specific Data On Both My Home And Real Commercial Parcels?
Click here for For Real Property Assessment Data.  Data updated nightly and will give you specific information for the parcels.

+
Is This a Tax Bill?
No, tax bills are mailed by the Washoe County Treasurer. Tax bills for the secured  tax roll are mailed in July of each year.  Tax bills for unsecured real property are mailed in November


+
What If I Do Not Agree With The Appraisal?
If we are unable to resolve your concerns you can appeal to the County Board of Equalization for a review of  your property's  taxable value.  The appeal forms may be obtained by contacting our office or the Nevada Department of Taxation. Your appeal must be filed by January 15th.

Please note:  the burden of proof is on the taxpayer to show that the valuation is in error or that the taxable value exceeds full cash value (market value).

Also note:   the role of the Assessor is property valuations, not property taxes, or property tax rates.  Questions concerning your taxes should be directed to your County Commissioner or locally elected state representative.

The appeal form and additional information can be found on our website on our Assessment Notice/Appeal Information page.


+
What Should I Do With The Notice?
This is your first opportunity to review the proposed taxable value of your property.  If you believe that this new value is in error or is above the full cash value for your property, please call  (775) 328-2233 or visit the Assessor`s office at 1001 E Ninth St. and ask to speak to an appraiser.  Upon request, our office will furnish a copy of the most recent appraisal of the property and more often than not your question or concern can be resolved on the initial phone call or visit. Information on your property assessment can also be found through our Property Assessment Data web pages.

+
Why Did I Receive A Value Notice?
Pursuant to the Nevada Revised Statutes, the Office of the Washoe County Assessor mails assessment notices to the property owners of Washoe County to inform them of the proposed taxable and assessed value of the real property on the tax roll for the next fiscal year. 

+
Why Did My Values Change?
The Taxable Value can change because of a boundary change, new construction, a change in use, a reappraisal, or any combination of these factors.
  • Boundary changes occur when old parcels are either divided or combined.
  • New construction includes new buildings, additions, remodeling, etc.
  • Changes in use can include such changes as converting a residence to office or retail use or land from agricultural use to residential use.
  • Reappraisal of property is done annually. Improvements are recalculated to current cost of replacement less depreciation and land is revalued to reflect the current market.


+
Why Didn't I Receive A Value Notice

The Assessor`s Office makes every effort to send each property owner a value notice; however  postal delays cannot be controlled.  If you would like to verify that this office has the correct mailing address please contact our office at (775) 328-2233. 
You can also verify your mailing address on line by going to Real Property Assessment Data then click on "Go To Search Page".  There you will be able to look up
your parcel using your Parcel Number, Street Address, or Owner Name.

The full secured tax roll will be printed in the newspaper, per NRS 361  , before the first day in January.  Copies will be available at the Washoe County Assessors Office and at Washoe County Libraries.

Failure to receive a value notice does not invalidate an appraisal or reappraisal.



+
Do All Owners Of A Given Property Have To Sign The Letter?
No.  Any owner or legally authorized agent may sign the letter.

+
Is My Taxable Value Capped?
No, only the amount of increase on your tax bill is capped.

+
Tax Cap
+
I Received The 3% Tax Cap, Why Did My Assessed Value Go Up By More Than 3%?
The 3% tax cap is applied to your tax amount, not the assessed value of your property.


+
Can I Apply For Or Change My Cap Over The Phone?
No, you must sign the application and, if necessary, the rental questionnaire as the property owner. We will send the documents to you upon request.

+
What If I Run A Business In My Primary Residence? Does My Property Still Qualify For The 3% Tax Cap
If your parcel has a land use code (zoning) of residential, your property would still qualify for the 3% tax cap.


+
I disagree with the decision on my appeal. What is my next step?
If you disagree with the decision on your appeal you may contact the Assessor`s Office with additional information and/or appeal the decision to the Nevada Tax Commission as outlined in Nevada Revised Statute 361.4734(2)

You have 30 days after receiving notice of the Assessor`s decision to file an appeal with the Nevada Tax Commission.


+
Do I Have To Give You This Information?
No, but you will not qualify for the primary residence or residential rental (low income rental) tax cap if you do not, and you must sign the form.

Please note: Incomplete and/or unsigned forms may result in the property not qualifying for the lower tax cap which may result in a higher tax bill.


+
If my home is under construction and I am living on the land in a mobile home, can the property qualify as my primary residence (3% "Tax Cap")
Yes, as long as you are not already claiming another property in the State of Nevada as your primary residence.

+
How Do I Qualify For A 3% Tax Cap For Rental Property?
Each and every rental unit on the parcel must be rented for equal to or less than the HUD median market rent. All units must qualify.

+
What If I Sell My Home Or Purchase A New Home?
The transfer of ownership of property will trigger a new affidavit to be mailed to the new owner to verify the status. The new affidavits will be mailed in April and August.

+
Is My Tax Rate Capped?

The Partial Abatement (“Tax Cap”) legislation does not cap the tax rate, however, other legislation does.

The primary statue is Nevada Revised Statute 361.453.  Legislation may allow for some specific rates to be excluded from the limitation.

For more information on Tax Rates please visit the website for the Washoe County Treasurer.



+
Is The Land My Manufactured Home Sits On Eligible For The 3% Cap On Taxes?
If you own both the land and the manufactured home, and occupy the manufactured home as your primary residence you are eligible for the 3% tax cap on the land and manufactured home.  This applies even if the manufactured home has not been converted to real property. 

If you own the manufactured home but not the land, the manufactured home is eligible for the 3% tax cap. The cap level for the land would be determined based on the space rent charged.

If you own the land but not the manufactured home you would not be eligible for the 3% tax cap unless the space rent is less than the HUD median market rent.

If you own the land and the manufactured home but they are a rental, you are eligible for the 3% tax cap only if the rent you are charging is equal to or less than the HUD median market rent.


+
I Own Many Homes Throughout Nevada, Each Of Which Is Used Only By Me. Can They All Qualify For The 3% Cap?
You can have only one primary residence in Nevada, however, if each home that you own has a family member living in it full time, that does not pay any rent, then that home would qualify for the 3% cap as a rental, renting below HUD median market rent.  (The rent would be $0.00 a month.)

+
I Own A Motel That Rents Weekly For Less Than HUD Median Market Rent For The Month. Do I Qualify For The 3% Cap?
No, transient lodging does not qualify.

+
I Have Multiple Properties Owned By A Trust That A Trust Beneficiary Live In. Will The 3% Tax Cap Apply To These Properties?
Yes, all properties which a beneficiary of the trust occupies as a primary residence would qualify for the 3% tax cap.


+
I Rent My Property Occasionally for about 400 Per Day for a week or so. Does it qualify as Primary Residence since I only made 3300 last year?

No, if you rent by the day, your property would be considered transient lodging, which does not qualify. A better way to do the math would be:  Rent of $400 a day X 30 days in a month = $12,000 a month rent, which is above HUD median market rent, and would not qualify.



+
I Own Many Homes, But Only One Home In Nevada. Do I Qualify For The 3% Cap?
The home in Nevada could qualify as your primary residence provided it meets all the previously stated requirements and it is not rented out at any time when you are not occupying the home.

If it is a full time rental and meets the HUD low rental guidelines it may qualify for the 3% residential rental tax cap.


+
What If My Primary Residence Is On The Same Parcel As My Business?
If your parcel has a land use code (zoning) of commercial and it also includes your primary residence, the residential portion of your property can qualify for the 3% cap. 

The county assessor may determine the separate portions of your property that are commercial (non-qualifying) and residential (qualifying) and apply to each such portion the appropriate partial abatement from property taxes.


+
I received tax cap forms for my rental properties, but I didn't receive one for my primary residence. Should I have received one?
Once we receive a claim form  for an owner occupied primary residence we maintain the 3% cap on the property unless there is an ownership change, mailing address change, or if the owner notifies us of a status change.  At that time we would send out another claim form for verification.  We have to verify rents every year so you'll continue to receive the rental forms.

+
What If I Rent Out A Room In My Primary Residence?
If you live in the home you own, it is considered your primary residence and therefore qualifies for the 3% tax cap.


+
What If I Rent Out My Guesthouse Or Casita?
The rent you are charging would need to be equal to or less than the HUD median market rent in order to qualify for the 3% cap. The higher cap would apply unless it is a new property for this year, which does not have a cap.

+
You Denied My Request For The 3% (Or Higher) Tax Cap, How Do I Appeal Your Decision?

The Assessor`s Office has created a form for you to fill out to appeal the decision made on the tax cap applied to your property. You can obtain that form by calling, writing or coming in to the Assessor`s Office and asking for the Partial Abatement, "tax cap",  appeal form.  It is also available on their web site: 

Jump to Appeal Form Link
 
The deadline to appeal is June 30th.

The Assessor has 30 days to respond to your appeal.



+
Why did my tax bill increase when my assessed value decreased or did not change?
Because the current year tax bill is calculated based on the prior year tax bill,  changes in assessed value do not have as much impact on a tax bill (up or down) as they did prior to the law change.

The abatement is the amount of additional taxes that would have been owed if not for the tax cap. For a property with a 3% tax cap, if the 2008 tax bill was $1,000 the 2009 tax bill could be no more than $1,030 even if the calculated taxes (assessed value x tax rate) were $1,050.

In the example above the $20 difference between the actual tax bill of $1,030 and the calculated tax bill of $1,050 is the abatement.

The abatement amount is identified on the tax bill. A decrease in assessed value will not result in a decrease in taxes until the prior year`s tax bill plus your tax cap percentage is greater than your actual calculated taxes. In an increasing market you may receive abatement for each year. In a declining or stagnant market your tax bill may eventually increase until there is no abatement for a tax year.

For most properties, fiscal year 2004/05 is the base year for applying the tax cap and calculating the abatement. Although values may have increased in succeeding years, the new law limits the increase to a tax bill to 3% or 8%.

Any increase in value (except increases due to improvement to or changes in the actual or authorized use of the property) that would cause a property owners tax bill to increase by more than 3% or 8% results in an abatement of the taxes.

For parcels created after fiscal year 2004/05, which are designated as "new parcels", the base year would be the year the parcel was created and the abatement and tax cap would apply from that year forward.


+
Why Did My Bill Go Up By More Than The Prescribed Cap From Last Year's Bill?

The following situations could cause an increase of more than the prescribed cap:

An exemption, which was applied to last years tax bill, was removed for
the current year.

There was a change in use for the property such as a zoning change or mobile home conversion.

There was new construction or improvement to the property.


New voter approved increases were levied or the property was annexed into a district with a higher tax rate.

There are items billed on your tax bill that are not ad valorem taxes.  These are not affected by the tax cap, and could increase more than the prescribed cap.



+
How Does The Tax Cap Affect My Exemption?
The exemption will be applied to the tax bill after the cap is applied.


+
I Rented My House On July 1st For More Than HUD Median Market Rents, But Now In November Of The Same Year, It Is My Primary Residence. Can I Receive The 3% Cap For The Remainder Of The Fiscal Year?
No, the cap is applied based on the status effective July 1st of that fiscal year ( our fiscal year is July 1 thru June 30).  You can change your property qualification to primary residence effective July 1st of the following year.

+
What Does Primary Residence Mean?
A residence which is designated by the owner as the primary residence of the owner in this State, exclusive of any other residence of the owner in this State; AND

Which is not rented, leased or otherwise made available for exclusive occupancy by any person other than the owner of the residence and members of the family of the owner.


+
What Is Capped Under The Partial Abatement Statutes?
The statutes provide for a partial abatement of the ad valorem taxes levied on a qualified property. The effect of this partial abatement results in a Tax Cap. The tax cap will limit the increase of your tax bill to 3% over the previous year`s tax amount for your primary residence within Nevada or rental properties where the rent charged does not exceed the fair market rent for the county in which the dwelling is located, as most recently published by HUD.  Most other property will receive a higher "cap". The higher cap is subject to change yearly.  The tax caps do not limit the increase in assessed value.

+
What Is The Partial Abatement?
NRS 361.471-361.4735 provides for a partial abatement of taxes by limiting or "capping" the amount a tax bill can increase from year to year. The increase is limited to 3% for an owner occupied primary residence (single-family home, townhouse, condominium or manufactured home) and certain qualified rental properties. Tax bills for all other properties (residences that are not owner occupied, land, commercial buildings, business personal property, aircraft, etc.) are limited to a percentage not to exceed 8%.

+
Who Is Eligible For The 3% Tax Cap?
All owner occupied homes (including single-family homes, condos, townhouses and manufactured homes) that are used as primary residences qualify for the 3% tax cap.  Also, rental units may be eligible if all the units are rented for equal to or less than the HUD median market rents.


+
Will My Tax Bill Increase By The Amount Of The Corresponding Cap?
Not necessarily, any property where the percentage of tax increase is less than the corresponding cap, and there is no prior abatement,  will only be billed the original increase of the taxes. The corresponding cap will not automatically increase the tax bill.

+
Building and Safety

+
Frequently Asked Questions

Can I search for a Building Permit?  Please See Our Permit Search Page                      

(You can search by Address, Assessor Parcel Number or Permit Number)

How do I get copies of Drawings?  Please fill out our Public Records Request Form

                    Note:Information/Drawings prior to 2000 may not be available.

Q: What Are Our Current Days and Hours of Operation?

A: 8:00am - 4:30pm

Q: Why Do I Need To Obtain A Building Permit?

A: The purpose of a building permit is to control the quality of construction to help insure that Washoe County continues to be a safe, beautiful area in which we all can live, work and play. Also, the evidence of a building
permit is often necessary to obtain financing from a lending agency and may be required to close a sale of your property to show that any improvements that have been made are in compliance.

Who May Apply For A Permit?

What work is Exempt from Building Permits?

How Many Sets Of Plans Are Required For Submittal?

If I Am Located Within An Architectural Committee, Does The Committee Need To Review The Plans Before I Submit Them For A Permit?

What are the Minimum Requirements for a Residential Certificate of Occupancy?

How Long Is A Permit Good For?

How Do I Renew A Permit?

What Forms of Payment Does the Building Program Accept?

 

 




+
Clerk

+
Board of Equalization
+
Can I get my hearing date changed?
You may request a hearing date to be changed by sending a letter to the Washoe County Clerk specifying the reason(s) why you need the date changed at least five (5) days prior to your hearing date. The final decision as to whether or not a hearing date can be changed will be at the Board's discretion. All business of the County Board must be concluded by February 28th.

+
How long can I expect to be at a hearing?
The Board may ask questions at any time during the hearing. Hearings are scheduled to commence at 9:00am. Hearings are called based on the petitioners present at the hearing in the order they sign in with the Clerk. Any particular petition on the agenda may be heard at any time during the day and may not be heard in the order it appears on the agenda. Hearings can sometimes run into the evening hours.

+
What are the Board of Equalization's hearing procedures?

All hearings before the Board of Equalization proceed as follows:

  1. Assessor describes and locates the subject property
  2. Petitioner's (property owner) presentation of value
  3. Assessor's presentation of value
  4. Petitioner's rebuttal

The Board may continue the hearing to a future date. In the event that the Board takes action on the petition, the Board may ask questions at any time. The Board's action may consist of denying the petition, upholding the petitioner's value, or deciding a different value for the property.

Action taken by the Board of Equalization on any appeal may include adding thereto or deducting therefrom a sum from any other property assessed by the County Assessor as is necessary to make it conform to the taxable value of the property on appeal.



+
What do I need to bring to my hearing and what do I need to leave with the County Clerk?

For information related to this question, please review the information contained in the Board of Equalization Evidence Exhibits section.



+
What if I can't be there for my hearing?

The Board of Equalization may hear a petition with or with out the petitioner present. If you can't attend the hearing, but want the Board to consider your written evidence, please review the information contained in this section.



+
When may I file an appeal?
Petitions must be filed with the County Assessor of the county in which the property is located, not later than January 15th.

+
Why does the County Clerk need my evidence five (5) days in advance of my hearing date?
The Clerk needs this documentation ahead of time so it can be copied and provided to the Board of Equalization. The Board has requested that they receive the information to review three (3) days prior to the scheduled hearing. If you are unable to provide the documentation to the Clerk five days before your hearing, please bring eight (8) copies of the documentation with you to the hearing and the Board will review it at that time.

+
Business
+
Does the Fictitious Firm Name Certificate expire?
The certificate will expire five years from the file date.

+
Does this information get published in the newspaper?
Publishing is not required in Nevada. Our office does not submit any information to the newspapers regarding fictitious firm name certificates.

+
How can I protect my business name?
The filing of this certificate does not prevent someone else from using the same business name. You can file a "Trade Name" with the Nevada Secretary of State. Please call (702) 486-2880.

+
When must I refile this certificate?
The certificate must be refiled with each change of legal ownership, change of residence address of any legal owner or at five years from the file date.

+
Where do I go next?
You will need to contact the Nevada Department of Taxation, as well as the business license office(s) for their requirements. Any business that is regulated by a State agency must comply with those specific requirements as well.

+
Why can't I use a PO Box? Can I use a private mail box?
The statute states a physical address must be used and prohibits the use of a public or private mailbox. We have provided space for an alternate mailing address.

+
Why must I file a fictitious firm name certificate?
When the business name is in any way different from the legal name of the owner(s) of the business, or a corporation is doing business under a name different than the legal entity name, a fictitious firm name certificate is required by state law. Please refer to NRS 602.

+
Will the Clerk's Office mail anything to my home?
When filing this document, the Clerk's office does not mail anything to your home. You will be notified of the expiration of your certificate at the five-year expiration period.

+
Marriage Officiants
+
Are faxed copies of the paperwork acceptable?
We are not able to accept faxed copies of any of the forms. We must have the originals.

+
Can the certificate be picked up or mailed to a different address from the one on the application?
Yes, just make sure to include the special instructions when you submit your application. Please note that we cannot express or priority mail certificates unless it is through the post office using a self-addressed, pre-paid Express Mail or Priority Mail envelope that is provided to us with your application package.

+
How does a minister, church or religious official, or notary public get removed from the database?
Removal of a minister, church or religious official authorized to solemnize marriages is accomplished by an Affidavit of Removal of Authority to Solemnize Marriages which needs to be completed by someone authorized to speak on behalf of the church or religious organization. We will also accept a letter from the minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages if he or she wishes to voluntarily notify us. 

A notary public authorization will be revoked upon notification from the Secretary of State that the notary public is no longer in good standing and/or upon written notification or request from the notary or a court-appointed personal representative on behalf of the notary public.



+
How do I become a minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages?
Our office cannot provide instruction to individuals on how to become a minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages. Each of the various churches and/or religious organizations has their own standards and requirements. Our office is only involved with authority to solemnize marriages. If you have any other questions regarding Certificates of Permission to Solemnize Marriages in the State of Nevada, feel free to send us an email.

+
How do I change my current certificate to Retired Clergy Status?
All clergy will need to reapply if they change to Retired Status. There is a separate application for a Retired Status Certificate. To obtain a Retired Status Certificate you must have had active charge of a church or religious organization in the State of Nevada for a period of at least (3) three years.  There is no retired status authorized for a notary public.

+
How long does it take to process the application and for the certificate to be issued?
The turnaround time for a permanent authorization is 2-3 weeks, depending on the results of the background check. If everything is in order, the certificate will be mailed to the home address of the applicant. If there is a problem with the paperwork, there will be a delay in issuing the certificate until any and all issues are resolved.

+
How long is the certificate valid?

MINISTER OR CHURCH OR RELIGIOUS OFFICIAL

According to NRS 122.066, it is valid until:

(a) The county clerk has received an Affidavit of Removal of Authority to Solemnize Marriages stating that the minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages from the church or religious organization is no longer authorized to solemnize marriages for the church or religious organization;

(b) The county clerk has received a written statement that the minister to whom a certificate of permission was granted is no longer a minister;

(c) The county clerk has reason to believe that the minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages is no longer in good standing within his church or religious organization, or that he is no longer a minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages, or that such church or religious organization no longer exists. The clerk may require satisfactory proof of the good standing of such minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages. If such proof is not presented within 15 days, the county clerk shall revoke the Certificate of Authority to Solemnize Marriages; and

(d) If any minister to whom a Certificate of Authority to Solemnize Marriages has been issued servers ties with his church or religious organization or moves from the county in which his certificate was issued, the certificate shall expire immediately upon such severance or move and the church or religious organization shall, within 5 days after the severance or move, file an Affidavit of Revocation of Authority to Solemnize Marriages. If the minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages voluntarily advises the county clerk of the severance with his church or religious organization, or that he has moved from the county, the certificate shall expire immediately upon such severance or move without any notification to the county clerk by the church or religious organization.

Authorization for a Single Ceremony Certificate of Permission to Perform A Marriage is issued for one specific ceremony. The minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages must obtain a separate authorization for each marriage performed, and may not perform more than five marriages in this State in any calendar year.

NOTARY PUBLIC

A Certificate of Permission issued to a notary public expires at the end of the notary’s current notary commission with the Nevada Secretary of State, unless renewed within 90 days of its expiration.



+
I am a judge in another state; can I obtain authorization to perform a ceremony in Nevada?

There is no provision in Nevada law allowing for an out-of-state judge to perform a marriage.



+
I am a licensed, ordained or appointed minister, or church or religious official; may I obtain permission to perform a specific wedding ceremony in Nevada?
NRS 122.062 states that a licensed, ordained or appointed minister, or church or religious official may be authorized to perform a specific marriage in the county where the ceremony is to take place if he is in good standing with his church or religious organization. The authorization must be in writing and a separate authorization is required for each marriage performed. Such a minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages may perform not more than five marriages in this state in any calendar year. You may apply by completing the application for a Single Ceremony Certificate of Permission to Solemnize Marriages.

+
I am a notary public in another state; can I obtain authorization to perform a ceremony in Nevada?

There is no provision in Nevada law allowing for an out-of-state notary public to perform a marriage.



+
I am a retired Nevada judge; am I still authorized to perform marriage ceremonies?
Nevada law does not provide for retired judges to perform a marriage. However, a Nevada senior justice or judge may perform routine ministerial acts, including the solemnization of marriages and the administering of oaths, during his/her term as a senior justice or judge. (Nevada Supreme Court Rule 10, Section 9)

+
I am an out-of-state licensed, ordained or appointed minister, or church or religious official; may I obtain permission to perform a specific wedding ceremony in Nevada?
NRS 122.062 states that a licensed, ordained or appointed minister, or church or religious official may be authorized to perform a specific marriage in the county where the ceremony is to take place if he is in good standing with his church or religious organization. (There is no residency requirement for this minister or religious official for a single ceremony certificate).  The authorization must be in writing and a separate authorization is required for each marriage performed. Such a minister or other person authorized to solemnize marriages may perform not more than five marriages in this state in any calendar year. You may apply by completing the application for a Single Ceremony Certificate of Permission to Solemnize Marriages.

+
If I belong to a church or religious organization that was just started and I am the senior pastor/president of the board, who can complete the Affidavit of Authority to Solemnize Marriages on my behalf?
NRS 122 provides that the form be signed by an individual authorized to speak on behalf of your church or religious organization. It could be someone such as a member of the board, an officer of the organization, or someone else within your organization who has authority to speak for your church or religious organization. You cannot sign on your own behalf.

+
Is there a fee for processing an Application for Authority to Solemnize Marriages?
Yes.  Effective July 1, 2019 there is a $30 fee for all Applications.  In addition, background checks are performed on all applicants, with the exception of single ceremony applicants and U.S. Armed Forces Chaplains.  The fee for the background check is $54 which goes to the third-party vendor conducting the investigation.  Details regarding payment of these fees are included in the application instructions.

+
The wedding is to take place within a few days. Is it possible to obtain the Certificate of Authority to Solemnize Marriages in time to perform the wedding?
Local ministers, church or religious officials or notary publics should submit their paperwork at least 3-4 weeks in advance of the wedding to allow time for processing and the required background check. Applicants applying for a Single Ceremony Certificate of Permission to Perform A Marriage should submit their applications 3-4 weeks prior to the wedding in case there are delays for corrections to the paperwork. Unfortunately, if the application is not received timely, there is a chance that your application will not be acted upon prior to your intended ceremony.

+
What are my responsibilities after the wedding ceremony?
+
What if I change my address?
Address changes require completion of the appropriate Change of Address form.  Religious Change of Address or Notary Change of Address.  A Notary Public moving to a different County must reapply in the new County of residence as the Certificate is only valid while they reside in the County of issuance.

+
What if I change my church or religious organization or if my church or religious organization moves to a new location?
Address changes for church or religious organization or the minister's home address require completion of a Religious Organization Change of Address form. Please notify us of address changes on the appropriate form and return it to the address listed above. Certificate holders will need to reapply if they change to a new church or religious organization. Applications can be obtained online.

+
Where do I send the application?
Send it to Washoe County Clerk's Office, Clerk’s Admin, 1001 E. 9th Street, Bldg. A, Reno, NV 89512. If you are sending it via express mail, send to 1001 E. 9th Street, Bldg. A, Reno, NV 89512.

+
Why do I have to have a background check?
NRS 122.064, Subsection 3 (c), mandates that "…the county clerk shall, before approving an initial application, satisfy himself that: …the applicant has not been convicted of a felony, released from confinement or completed his parole or probation, whichever occurs later, within 10 years before the date of the application." A background check will be conducted by a third party vendor on Permanent Applications, and Temporary Replacement Applications. The non-refundable fee for this background check is $54 payable by the applicant. Additional information is contained in the individual Application packets.

+
Marriages
+
Am I married after I receive my license?

To be legally married, a marriage ceremony must be performed by any person authorized to perform a marriage in the State of Nevada. Your options are:

One witness to the marriage ceremony is required by law. Chapel brochures are available in the 1st floor hallway of Building A at the 9th Street complex for your selection. You may also call the Reno-Sparks Convention & Visitor's Authority at (800) FOR-RENO, (888) 367-7366. The Chamber of Commerce  at (775) 636-9550. To be married at Lake Tahoe you may call the Incline Village/Crystal Bay Chamber of Commerce at (775) 831-4440.

A marriage license issued in the State of Nevada may be used anywhere within Nevada. If a Nevada license is used anywhere other than Nevada, the ceremony and the marriage are not legal. A marriage performed in Nevada with a Nevada license is a legal marriage.

+
Do we both need to be present to purchase a marriage license?
Both parties must be present at the time their license is issued unless there are extenuating circumstances. Single signature licenses will only be issued with supervisor / management approval. If you feel you may qualify to be issued a single signature license, please contact our office prior to coming in so that we can discuss the specifics of your situation.

+
Do we need a blood test?
Blood tests are not required in Nevada, and there is no waiting period.

+
How do I get certified copies of my marriage application/certificate?

You can request a copy of the Marriage Application online. You are not requesting a license to be married. You must be present in our offices to request a Marriage License. By clicking the "online" link above, you will be taken to our secured server. When you have completed your request, you will need to click on continue to return to our site. If you do not feel comfortable submitting your request online, you may obtain a copy by mail from:

Washoe County Clerk
1001 E. 9th Street, Bldg. A
Reno, NV 89512

When ordering a certified copy by mail, please remit $.50 per page copy charge and $6.00 for the certification (most documents are one page in which case the fee would be $6.50 for a certified copy). You will be notified if there are additional pages.

Visa, MasterCard, Money Orders or Cashier Checks only, no personal checks. Please include the date of marriage and names of the bride and groom with your request. You may also call us at (775) 784-7287 as we do accept phone orders with a Visa or MasterCard credit card only.

You can obtain a true, legal certified copy of your marriage record (marriage certificate) from the Washoe County Recorder's Office. You can download the request form and mail or fax it to the Recorder's Office. The Recorder's Office is located in the Washoe County Administration Complex, 1001 E 9th Street, Building A, Room 150. The hours of service are Monday through Friday, 8AM to 5PM. The fee per certified copy is $15.00. When requesting certified copies through the mail from the Recorder's Office you will need to allow 10-15 working days for processing. The mailing address is WASHOE COUNTY RECORDER, 1001 E. 9th Street, Bldg. A, RENO, NV 89512. It is Nevada State law that within 10 days after you have had a marriage ceremony performed, that the minister must deliver the original marriage certificate to the Washoe County Recorder's Office for official recording. If you need a certified copy of your marriage certificate sooner than 10 days, check with the agency performing your ceremony, as they may be able to help expedite the processing of your certificate.



+
What do I need to change my name with Social Security and the DMV?
Social Security and the DMV require a certified copy of your Marriage Certificate, which will be recorded with the County Recorder after your ceremony.

+
What if I'm divorced?
You do not need to bring your divorce papers, however, if you have been divorced or your previous marriage has been annulled, the divorce or annulment must be final in the state where granted. You must know the year of the divorce or annulment and where the papers were filed.

+
What if I'm not 18?

Effective October 1, 2019 persons under the age of 17 are prohibited from marrying (see AB 139). Nevada residents under the age of 18 and over the age of 17 may obtain a marriage license with parental consent AND a certified copy of a Nevada Court Order.

The fee for filing a Petition for a Minor Marriage with the court is $255.00.

A full packet is required to be completed and filed with the Second Judicial District of the State of Nevada. For your convenience, you may download the forms here:

Alternatively, you may visit the Second Judicial District Court's website for more information below (navigate to "All Other Family Related Packets" and then to "MM Petition for Court Authorization for the Marriage of a Minor"):
https://www.washoecourts.com/Main/FormsAndPackets

For additional information about the process to obtain a court order, you may contact the Second Judicial District Court by phone at (775) 328-3110 or in person at 75 Court Street, Reno, Nevada 89501.

Once a court order authorizing the marriage of a minor has been entered, you must bring a certified copy of the Order to the County Clerk to obtain a marriage license.



+
What information do we need to purchase a marriage license?

Each applicant must provide government issued photo ID containing the person’s legal name and date of birth (see Marriage FAQs:  What Should I Bring for Identification? and What If I’m Not 18? for more information).  Your name and birth date will appear on your marriage license exactly as they appear on the ID you present.

Nevada Revised Statute 122.040(3) requires each applicant to provide the following information under oath:

  1. Information about applicant:
    1. Place of residence (city and state or, if outside the U.S.A., name of country)
    2. Place of birth (city and state or, if outside the U.S.A., name of country)
    3. Social Security Number (documentation is not required). If a person does not have a Social Security Number, the person must state that fact
    4. Prior marriages (documentation is not required)
      1. Number of this marriage (1st, 2nd, etc.)
      2. How most recent marriage ended (death, divorce or annulment)
      3. Where most recent marriage ended (city and state, if outside U.S.A., name of country)
      4. When most recent marriage ended (month and year)
  2. Parental Information
    1. Father's name
    2. Father's place of birth (state or, if outside the U.S.A., name of country)
    3. Mother's name (maiden)
    4. Mother's place of birth (state or, if outside the U.S.A., name of country)
  3. Mailing address for the couple



+
What should we bring for identification?

IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

Except as otherwise provided in this section, before issuing a marriage license, the county clerk shall require each applicant to provide proof of the applicant’s name and age (NRS 122.040-2).

The marriage license must contain the name of each applicant as shown in the documents presented (NRS 122.050).

The following documents are acceptable as proof of age and name (NRS 122.040-2):

  • Driver’s license
  • Driver’s instruction permit
  • State ID card
  • Passport
  • United States military ID
  • United States military dependent ID
  • United States certificate of citizenship or naturalization
  • Permanent or Temporary United States resident ID card.

Additional documents containing the applicant’s age, name, photo, and/or date of birth may be accepted on a case-by-case basis with managerial approval.  If you do not have any of the documents listed above but would like to discuss if what you have will suffice, we recommend speaking with the Marriage & Business Division Operations Manager prior to visiting our office.

 

IMPORTANT NOTE:

Your Marriage License and Certificate will be prepared with your legal name exactly as it appears on the identification presented. It is your responsibility to present the proper identification to have your name reflected as you desire. For example, if you want your Marriage License and Certificate to reflect your full middle name, the identification you present must contain your full middle name - not an initial.

Errors discovered after the ceremony may be corrected upon written request to this office. Marriage records WILL NOT be changed after the ceremony to reflect names that are different from the names on the identification presented at the time the license was issued unless extenuating circumstances exist and proof of the correct name is provided. Corrections of marriage records will be approved on a case-by-case basis and will be subject to a fee. No fee will be charged for corrections due to clerical errors made by County Clerk staff.



+
Where are you located and how are the road conditions?
+
Where can I find information related domestic partnerships?
+
Who May Marry?

Persons at least 18 years of age, not nearer of kin than second cousins or cousins of the half blood, and not having a living spouse, may be joined in marriage. Both parties must appear at the Marriage License Bureau in either Reno or Incline Village.



+
Community Services

+
Why is the Washoe County Code (cargo containers) being reviewed for possible change?

The Board of County Commissioners has asked staff to review the Washoe County Code related to cargo containers and the requirement to obtain a permit for those types of storage structures.  The intent of this review is to simplify Washoe County Code.



+
What does current Washoe County Code say about cargo containers?

In current Washoe County Code chapter 100 (Building Code), “Any owner or authorized agent who intends to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or change the occupancy of a building or structure…”  is required to obtain a building permit, unless that structure is less than 200 square feet in size.  While these types of storage structures do not require a permanent foundation, and are considered personal property, they are not “temporary” structures in terms of the Building Code which defines temporary structures as being in place for no more than 180 days.  



+
Why are some cargo containers under different rules?

Containers placed prior to July 3, 2009, follow a somewhat different set of rules for code compliance and are not relevant to changes made on Oct. 27, 2015, for cargo containers.



+
What happened that started the discussion?

In October 2015, the Board of County Commissioners amended the Code to relieve some of the requirements specific to temporary use of cargo containers.  Members of the public became concerned that the change required permits for all containers. 

  • Since 2009 cargo containers have required the issuance of a permit for placement on a lot within unincorporated Washoe County if the container was larger than 200 square feet.
  • In the revised code, a separate permit is no longer required to utilize cargo containers for temporary storage at a permitted construction site.
  • Additionally the revised code allows commercial vehicles to be stored outside on properties in conjunction with ongoing construction activities that have a valid building permit. 


+
Is a permit required for a permanent cargo container?

Yes, if the container is larger than 200 square feet in size.  Since at least July 3, 2009, a permit has been required for using cargo containers on properties within unincorporated Washoe County. Containers smaller than 200 square feet in size do not require a permit.



+
What changes were recently made to the code regarding cargo containers?

On Oct, 27, 2015, the changes to the development code did the following: clarified the organization structure, tied the development code to the current building code, replaced terms for different storage structures to the term cargo container which has a definition in the code, and lessens the requirements related to temporary use of cargo containers within Washoe County.

Code

1.   Organization/structure, name changes, and format changes:

a.   Director of Community Development changed to Director of the Planning and Development Division.

b.   Department of Community Development changed to Planning and Development Division.

c.   Building and Safety Department changed to Building and Safety Division.

d.   District Health Department changed to Health District.

e.   Listing only the number or figure rather than both [e.g., 11 instead of eleven (11)]  No numbers were changed just the way they were listed in the text.

2.   Section 1, WCC Section 110.306.10, Detached Accessory Structures (subsection g, Cargo Containers):

a.   Modified subsection 13 to require a building permit when the cargo container is more than the allowable exempted square footage in WCC Chapter 100, rather than citing 120 square feet.  The 120 square feet was changed to 200 square feet with amendments to WCC Chapter 110 in 2014;  however, this Development Code section was not updated.  Using the term “allowable” rather than a specific square footage will minimize future required Development Code amendments.

3.   Section 2, WCC Section 110.306.35, Outdoor Storage/Outdoor Display:

a.   Subsection (c)(1), Commercial Vehicles Defined.  Modify the definition of Commercial Vehicles to change the term “cement truck” to “concrete truck”, which is a more comprehensive definition for such vehicles.

b.   Subsection (c)(2), Exceptions.  Add subsection iv to exempt commercial vehicles used in conjunction with on-going construction activities having a valid building permit.  This new subsection extends the current general exceptions to outdoor storage in subsection (d)(1) (exception if temporarily stored for the purpose of construction and during the time permitted by a valid building permit) to the outdoor storage of commercial vehicles.

4.   Section 3, WCC Section 110.310.35, Mobile Homes, Manufactured Homes, Travel Trailers, Commercial Coaches and Recreational Vehicles:

a.   Subsection (h), Temporary Contractor or Owner-builder’s Materials or Equipment Trailers and/or Portable Storage Containers.  Replace the terms “trailers”, “portable storage containers”, and “temporary factory built units” with “cargo containers”.  Cargo containers are defined in WCC Section 110.306.10(g) as follows:

(g)        Cargo Containers, to include Sea-land Containers, Cargo Containers or Other Portable Storage Containers not Designed for Independent or “In-tow Trailer” Highway Use.  Cargo containers designed and constructed as a standardized, reusable vessel to be loaded on a truck, rail car or ship may be established as a detached accessory structure for the sole purpose of storage with the following restrictions:

The current codes refer to “trailers” and “portable storage containers”.  Neither term is defined in the Development Code nor are these terms used elsewhere in the Development Code.  Replacing both of these terms with “cargo containers” will allow the public and staff to refer to WCC Section 110.306.10(g) for a definition of “cargo container”. The term “cargo containers” includes portable storage containers as currently written within this subsection (allowing a person to temporarily use a portable on-demand storage container with a valid building permit as currently authorized in Code).  Using a defined term makes it easier for the public and staff to understand and conform to this subsection’s regulations.  



+
What’s next regarding cargo containers?

Given Board direction at the Oct. 27, 2015 meeting, staff is currently reviewing the reasoning behind the requirement for a building permit on “structures” that are pre-manufactured and utilized for storage without electrical and plumbing.  A discussion regarding these types of uses is tentatively scheduled to be brought before the Board in February 2016.



+
How can I share a positive CSD experience?

Email us at CSDAllstars@washoecounty.gov.  We'd love to hear your story and recognize our staff for their hard work!



+
Business License – Requirements
+
Do I need a business license in Washoe County?

You will need a Washoe County business license if your place of business (or home if you have a home-based business):

  • is located in unincorporated Washoe County; OR,
  • if your business is located within the Cities of Reno or Sparks, or outside of Washoe County, and you physically go into the unincorporated areas of Washoe County to conduct your business.

Neighborhoods in unincorporated Washoe County include:  Cold Springs, Lemmon Valley, Verdi/Mogul, Incline Village or Crystal Bay, Wadsworth, Gerlach or Empire, Red Rock or Rancho Haven, Warm Springs, Geiger Grade, Spanish Springs, Washoe Valley, Golden Valley, Sun Valley (among others).



+
Am I in unincorporated Washoe County?
Check your jurisdiction on our simple map. Red is the City of Reno. Green is the City of Sparks and yellow is unincorporated Washoe County, Nevada. 

+
Which businesses don't require a business license?

The following businesses do not require a Washoe County business license:
•Providing childcare in private homes to six or fewer children.
•Garage and/or yard sales which are less than 72 hours in duration and/or do not occur more than twice on the same property in any 6 month period.
•Telecommuting from home by employees of a business located elsewhere.
•Informal, casual, or seasonal work performed by minors (for example, babysitting or lawn mowing).
•Parades or processions

These activities may require a permit through the Washoe County Sheriff’s Office, and/or the jurisdiction has authority over the public road (for example, NDOT or County Roads). Please contact these agencies for more information.



+
Cat 1
+
Will brine hurt our vehicles or cause them to rust?
Washing or rinsing your vehicle of the brine solution after each storm event should reduce any effect on your vehicle.

+
What is the County spraying on the roadway?
It is brine. It is a mixture of salt and sand. When applied, it prevents snow from sticking to the pavement. 

+
Why is brine being used?

Brine will significantly reduce the amount of snow that bonds to the roadway, which will allow the snow to be plowed much easier.  By applying brine, we are reducing the amount of salt and sand that would typically be applied to roadways.



+
Why are they spraying today? It is not snowing.
The brine can be applied up to seven days prior to a storm.  When it dries in place the saturation from the new snow will reactivate it.  We anticipate applying the brine solution during normal operation hours, 3-4 days prior to a predicted storm, which will also help to reduce overtime and fatigue.

+
Development Services - Land Use
+
How do I schedule an appointment to meet with a planner?

Meet one-on-one with a Washoe County Planner by phone, virtually or in-person. Schedule an appointment online. You may contact our team at planning@washoecounty.gov or (775) 328-6100.  



+
How do I find out if I am in unincorporated Washoe County?

To determine if your property is within unincorporated Washoe County or within the City of Reno or City of Sparks look up your property on the Washoe Regional Mapping System. You can look up the property with either the address or assessor’s parcel number (APN).

Centralized Washoe Regional Mapping System: 1) enter your property address or APN in the search bar 2) Select your parcel. 3) In the gray box, the “Corporate Area” will indicate your jurisdiction.

Washoe County EZ Maps are quick reference maps for our most common questions, including jurisdiction. 



+
What is a regulatory zone?

Regulatory zone is a tool to divide land into sections (ie. blocks, lots, or areas) that indicate the type of use (activity) that may occur on the land, the type of development and the intensity of development. The intent of the tool is to shape the community look, feel, and use while considering community public safety, quality of life, functionality, and economic development.

Washoe County EZ Maps are quick reference maps for our most common questions, including the property regulatory zoning. 



+
How can I find out my regulatory zone?

Regulatory zones for every property are easily viewed online using www.washoecounty.gov

  • In the search bar, type your property address
  • The property will be included in the search results.
  • Confirm the jurisdiction in “Area”.
  • The zoning is listed under the year built.
  • Zoning options include PR (public resource – example is a library),

In addition to the search function, additional information may be found within the Washoe Regional Mapping System.

Washoe County EZ Maps are also a quick reference maps for our most common questions, including jurisdiction and zoning.



+
What is allowed on my property?

The type of use or activity allowed on a property based on current zoning is readily available within Washoe County Code, Table of Uses starting on page 302-2. There are multiple tables of interest to property owners and real estate/development professionals.  Please take the time to review the tables to see the variety of development opportunities for your property by right, with an internal administrative review or with a public review process.

For example, Table 110.302.05.1 outlines the ability to have a detached accessory dwelling on properties with low density, medium density, or high-density rural zoning with an administrative review. An administrative review is an internal review process to ensure minimum standards are met with development.

Washoe County EZ Maps are quick reference maps for our most common property features, including jurisdiction and zoning.



+
What are the setbacks for my residential property?
In general, front and side yard setbacks are determined by the property zoning and range between 30 and 15 feet for front yard, 50 and 5 feet for side yard, and 30 and 10 for rear yard.  For lots on a corner, all corners are considered front yards.  There are exceptions for some properties in subdivisions with specific setbacks

+
How do I find the size of my parcel?

To determine the size of a property within unincorporated Washoe County or within the City of Reno or City of Sparks look up your property on the Washoe Regional Mapping System (WRMS).

In WRMS: 1) enter your property address in the search bar 2) Select your parcel. 3) In the gray box, the square ft: indicates the size of your built property (your building/home in feet), the acreage indicates the size of the property (in acres).

Washoe County provides neighborhood services (planning, building, engineering etc.) for residents within unincorporated Washoe County. The City of Reno and City of Sparks have unique codes and regulations within their jurisdictions. They have community development/neighborhood services within their boundaries.

+
What type of regulatory zones are in unincorporated Washoe County?

There are 18 types of regulatory zones within unincorporated Washoe County that designate the use (activity) allowed within residential, commercial, industrial and tourist areas and the intensity of development within those areas.

  • Low Density Rural (LDR)
  • Medium Density Rural (MDR)
  • High Density Rural (HDR)
  • Low Density Suburban (LDS)
  • Medium Density Suburban (MDS)
  • High Density Suburban (HDS)
  • Low Density Urban (LDU)
  • Medium Density Urban (MDU)
  • High Density Urban (HDU)
  • General Commercial (GC)
  • Neighborhood Commercial/Office (NC)
  • Tourist Commercial (TC)
  • Industrial (I)
  • Public Facilities (PCP)
  • Parks and Recreation (PR)
  • Open Space (OS)
  • General Rural (GR)
  • General Rural Agricultural (GRA)

To view your property zoning visit Washoe County EZ Maps - quick reference maps for our most common questions, including jurisdiction and zoning. 



+
How do I measure setbacks?

Setbacks are measured from the property line to the structure.

Please note that there are exceptions if there is an access easement (private or public greater than 20 ft) or a public road. Please contact Washoe County planning for additional support.  



+
Does the County have an online GIS map available for the public to access?

Yes. Property information including ownership, jurisdiction, land use, land zoning, water services, fire services and more are located on the Washoe Regional Mapping System: Washoe Regional Mapping System. Development Services EZ Maps are easily referenced for our most common questions.



+
Which permits will I need for my project?

Building permits or land entitlement approvals are required to ensure that a proposed project meets local adopted code. All projects are different and require permits that related to the type of project and the location and zoning of the project site. It may be helpful to consider what you would like to do on your property (our project information sheet is helpful tool), and, then contact one of our planners to determine which permits you will need.  



+
How many horses (chickens, fowl) may I have on my property?

The number of poultry and rabbits for private use are not limited by Washoe County Code; however, animal cruelty and solid waste management will need to be kept in mind. 

Please keep in mind that Washoe County is dedicated to public safety and prevention of animal cruelty. Proper family animals must adhere to waste removal regulations, proper keeping, and animal cruelty measures in Health, County, and State regulations.



+
I would like to build an accessory structure (e.g. shed, patio cover). What are my setbacks?
  • Cornices, canopies, chimneys, eaves, or similar feature maybe extended into the front, side and back yard setbacks no more than 2 feet.
  • Decks less than eighteen inches in height from the finished grade are not counted as a structure for front yard setback purposes or side yard setback purposes and may extend to the property line.
  • Outside stairs that are not covered may extend into the side yard no more than 3 feet and back yard no more than 5 ft.
  • Accessory structures that are an average of 12 feet in height or less may be located within the side yard and rear yard (except for guest buildings (detached accessory dwelling units) which cannot be within the side yard setback) if they are more than 5 feet from the property line.
  • Detached garages and accessory structures must be behind the front yard setback except for decks less than 18 inches above grade.

Please note accessory structures cannot be inhabited. Typical uses are storage building, sheds, barns and detached garages.

Setbacks from the property line to a structure on a property is determined by the property zoning. In general, front and side yard setbacks are determined by the property zoning and range between 30 and 15 feet for front yard, 50 and 5 feet for side yard, and 30 and 10 for rear yard.  For lots on a corner, all corners are considered front yards.



+
May I put a manufactured home on my property in unincorporated Washoe County?

Manufactured homes are allowed on all residential properties (properties with residential zoning) as a primary structure. Typically the manufactured house needs to be 1,200 SF or more and 6 years or newer.

Manufactured homes may be allowed as a secondary dwelling (called detached accessory dwelling) in low density suburban, medium density suburban, high density suburban, and low density suburban regulatory zones with an approved administrative review provided the size of the Manufactured Home is 50% or less of the size of the main dwelling on the property and does not exceed a maximum of 1,500 square feet.  Please note that secondary dwellings are required to be smaller than the primary dwelling and have size restrictions based on the lot size. Please see Washoe County Code Section 110.306.10.

Manufactured homes require inspections and/or building permits to ensure that the structure meets minimum public safety standards. Inspections and permitting are a shared responsibility between unincorporated Washoe County, the State of Nevada, and, within Sun Valley, the General Improvement District. Please visit the Washoe County Building site for more information related to your specific installation.



+
Do I need a permit to get a fence?
Residential fences that do not exceed thirty (30) inches in height within the front yard setback or six (6) feet in height outside of the front yard setback do not require a building permit. Fences in the front yard setback over 4 ½ feet in height or less (to 30 inches) require a Building permit. A six foot fence is not allowed within the front yard setback. Additionally, if the fence is required for screening or as a swimming pool barrier a permit is required. Please remember to consider setbacks and access easements when building a private fence.

+
What are the rules for a detached structure on my property?

Regulations for a detached accessory structure are outlined in Washoe County Code Section 110.306.10 (page 306-1). If the detached structure is larger than the residence an Administrative Permit is required.

Please contact Washoe County Planning for additional information on the submission process, review process and payments. You may email planning@washoecounty.gov or contact (775) 328-6100.



+
Can I have an accessory dwelling unit(ADU)/guest house/mother-in-law unit legally in this zone?

Accessory dwelling units (guest house, mother-in-law, tiny home) are allowed within residential areas in unincorporated Washoe County with an administrative review. Residential zoning areas include low density rural, medium density rural, high density rural, and low density suburban. An application and process for an administrative review is available online

They are also allowed within medium density suburban zoning upon approval of a special use permit.

Please contact Washoe County Planning for additional information on the submission process, review process and payments. You may email planning@washoecounty.gov or contact (775) 328-6100.



+
Can I live in an RV on my property?

"Recreational vehicle" means a vehicular structure (it has wheels) and is licensed by DMV.  The vechicle is primarily designed as temporary living quarters for travel, recreation, and camping uses. A recreational vehicle can be self-propelled, mounted on, or towed by a separate vehicle. RV’s may be used temporarily as living quarters during construction of a permanent structure. The timeframe is limited to 18 months with a possible extension to 37 months with the original date of issuance of a building permit. An active (issued) building permit is required (Washoe County Code, Section 110.310.35).

Please contact Washoe County Planning for additional information. You may email planning@washoecounty.gov or contact (775) 328-6100.



+
How many cows may I have on my property?

For properties within unincorporated Washoe County, less than an ¾ an acre - the number of livestock is limited by the size of the parcel.

  • Parcels between 21,780 square feet (.5 acres) and 35,000 square feet (just over 3/4 acre), two adult livestock may be kept on the property.
  • For parcels 35,000 square feet or more (just over ¾ of an acre), there is no restriction on the number of animals kept for private/personal pet use.

Please contact Washoe County Planning for additional information. You may email planning@washoecounty.gov or contact (775) 328-6100.



+
How many dogs and cats may I have?

Washoe County allows dogs and cats on all Washoe County private property and the number pets (more than 7 cats and more than 3 dogs within congested areas) is regulated by Regional Animal Services (RAS). RAS follows Washoe County Code Chapter 55 and includes regulations on noisy animals, waste disposal, the number of animals, animal abuse, animal restraint/confinement, licensing, and vaccinations. For more information please call (775) 322-DOGS (3647) or visit them online.



+
May I legally have horses (chickens, fowl, livestock) on my property?

Animals, for personal pets, including horses, chickens, fowl may be kept on private property within unincorporated Washoe County depending on zoning and the size of the property.

  • Poultry and rabbits are allowed on rural and low and medium density suburban regulatory zones with lot sizes greater than 12,000 square feet (.28 acres).
  • Livestock: Cows, pigs, sheep, goats and horses (or mutations thereof) are permitted in all rural zones, and low and medium density suburban regulatory zones with lot sizes (21,780) square feet or (.5 acres) or greater.

Please contact Washoe County Planning for additional information. You may email planning@washoecounty.gov or contact (775) 328-6100.



+
Can I legally camp on my property?

Please contact our Planner of the Day for additional information on temporary camping on private property at planning@washoecounty.gov

Temporary use of private property for personal camping and recreation in unincorporated Washoe County is permitted without the addition of non-permitted infrastructure or buildings (effluent (ie. installing a bathroom facility or kitchen, using an accessory structure as a dwelling (shed), permanent shade over 10 feet tall and/or greater than 200 square/ft); and there is no discharge of litter, sewage, or effluent. Temporary camping is for nonpaying guests or relatives within Residential, general rural, parks and recreation and open space zones. Temporary camping is limited to 14 consecutive days. A self-contained travel trailer or recreational vehicle may be used.

*Please note, if you are considering a self-contained travel trailer to care for the infirmed, there are additional time frames and options available through the administrative review process. Please contact planning@washoecounty.gov for additional support.

 



+
How do I apply for a planning application? What are the fees?

Planning applications and instructions are centrally located on the Washoe County CSD Planning webpage. Please note that there are various checklists and information contained within the application.

Applications may be submitted on the 8th of each month (or following business day if the 8th is not a working day). The submission days are noted on the “intake calendar”.  Applications are submitted in person at the Washoe County Community Services Department – Planning Division, 1001 E. 9th Street, Building A.

Application fees are determined by the type of application submitted. The fee list is available online and most fees may be paid online at OneNv.us or in person by check or credit card.



+
May I get feedback prior to submitting an application or permit?

Washoe County has two types of reviews for development projects. The first is a pre-application. The second is a predevelopment meeting. 

For projects that are being conceptualized but are not concrete enough for a full review, a pre-application meeting is available with our planning team to discuss the use, the type of project and ideas or considerations for development. To participate, please complete the application online  

For projects that have had a pre-application meeting or are more concrete (have a site plan) a pre-development meeting is available. A pre-development meeting includes a cross representation of regional agencies that review the project and provide common strategies, pitfalls, and references to avoid prior to submission.

Visit us online to learn more and to participate in a predevelopment meeting.

Please note: prior to submission, many development projects require a neighborhood meeting. Additional information is available on the neighborhood meeting website.



+
How do I find out if there are any violations on a property?

Violations on a property are noted in a centralized database publicly visible through OneNv.us.



+
What is the process for obtaining documents that are part of the public record?
Washoe County Community Services Department Planning is responsible for the public review process with the Planning Commission and the Board of Adjustment. The agendas, staff reports, applications and minutes are posted on the respective board meeting page accessible to the public. In addition, both live stream and meeting on demand videos are available.

For other public documents, please submit an online request for service for public document to Washoe311. You may also call 311 at 3.1.1. or 775.328.2003.



+
Can my structure(s) be rebuilt if destroyed?

Structures may be rebuilt if destroyed according to current adopted building code. Please visit www.washoecounty.us/building for additional information. If the structure is non-conforming (i.e. does not meet current requirements) and is destroyed a building permit needs to be acquired within six (6) months of the damaging event.



+
May I rent my house on a nightly basis?

In unincorporated Washoe County, private residences may be rented nightly in their entirety or a portion of the home for less than 28 days at a time (as in air bnb or similar tool) with a Short-Term Rental permit.  Short Term Rental Permits and require application, approval, inspections, and annual renewals. The intent is to protect public safety by ensuring compliance with minimum codes (ie. emergency exits operating, fire alarms, access etc.).



+
What are the sign requirements for my property?

Private property sign requirements are outlined in Washoe County Code 110.505. Signs that are under two (2) square feet in size and posted to warn against trespassing, security or dangerous conditions are not subject to sign requirements. Election signs are limited by time frames (first day of filing to ten days after the general election).

For more information, please contact Washoe County Planning at planning@washoecounty.gov



+
May I subdivide my property?

Subdividing properties is allowable in certain areas within unincorporated Washoe County based on the regulatory zoning, size, location, and the plan for community development within the area. Land that is sub-divided will be recorded with either a final map, parcel map or a division of land into large parcels. New parcels must meet minimum design standards. Washoe County Code of interest when considering subdividing is listed below.

Please contact planning@washoecounty.gov for additional information or schedule an appointment online.



+
What is the allowable TRPA coverage for my parcel?
The Tahoe Regional Planning Agency regulates coverage for properties within the Lake Tahoe Basin. Please visit www.trpa.org for additional information or to speak with a TRPA planner.

+
How do I find out if there are any violations on a property?

Violations on a property are noted in a centralized database publicly visible through OneNv.us.

Please contact planning@washoecounty.gov for additional information or schedule an appointment online.



+
Does a violation remain if a property is sold?

A property violation remains open with the property if the violation still exists at the time of sale. In such circumstances, the new owner becomes responsible for correcting the violation and any new Penalty Notices (i.e. fines) issued as a result of the continued violation.  If a code enforcement lien has been recorded against a property you are considering buying, or have already purchased, please contact code enforcement at 775-320-6106 to discuss.  The lien can only be removed by the code enforcement program after confirming the violation has been corrected. 



+
How can I find out what’s being built on a property? Or proposed?

All construction permits are included on a centralized platform for Washoe County and partners OneNV.us. There are multiple ways to review construction permits issued for a project.

OneNv.US: On the online platform, please use the “Building Tab”, select Washoe for the agency and building permit for the record type. Complete the form specific to the area of concern.

Washoe County Search Tool: At www.washoecounty.gov use the search tool bar to find the property. Enter the address and the search function will pull up address details including permits.

If you have any questions about active permits, please submit a request to Washoe311 at (775) 328-2003 or submit a service request online.

 



+
Who should I contact about a zoning ordinance violation?

Land use, building, engineering or business license complaints may be submitted to Washoe311 at (775) 328-2003 or contact Washoe County Code Enforcement at (775) 328-6106 or code-enforcement@washoecounty.gov. All complaints received will be investigated by code enforcement. 



+
How do I submit public comment on a project application to planning?

Washoe County Community Services Department Planning is responsible for the public review process with the Planning Commission and the Board of Adjustment. If you are interested in providing public comment on an item being heard before those boards, you may do so prior to the meeting or during the meeting itself.

Prior to the meeting, submit your public comment in writing to washoecounty311@washoecounty.gov.  

During the meeting, you may provide public comment before the Board at the dias in person or virtually using zoom. Information on public comments and submission of supporting materials is included at the top of the meeting agenda.



+
How can I find out if a structure is permitted?
All construction permits are included on a centralized platform for Washoe County and partners OneNV.us. There are multiple ways to review construction permits issued for a project. OneNv.US: On the online platform, please use the “Building Tab”, select Washoe for the agency and building permit for the record type. Complete the form specific to the area of concern.

Washoe County permits new and improvements to current construction. Construction built prior to ownership is grandfathered in as long as public safety concerns are addressed. New or rebuilt construction must meet current code.



+
Comptroller

+
Accounting
+
Where can I find information about Washoe County's finances?
Please review the "Comprehensive Annual Financial Report" located at https://www.washoecounty.us/comptroller/CAFR/index.php 

+
Collections
+
When am I charged a collections fee?
You are charged a $25.00 collections fee when the debt owed has become 90 days late.

+
What departments does the Collections Division collect for?
The departments collected include, but are not limited to, the District Court, Public Defender, Eureka Justice Court, Regional Animal Services, Juvenile Services, Sheriff's Office Room and Board, Notice of Civil Penalty, Wadsworth Justice Court, and Community Services Utilities.

+
Where are you located?
On the corner of E. 9th Street and Wells Ave. at 1001 E. 9th St., Building D, upstairs from the Treasurer and Assessor offices in the Comptroller's Office, Suite D200.

+
What is the interest rate?
Interest on outstanding delinquent balances is 10.50%.

+
Purchasing
+
How do I get on Washoe County's bidders list?
Washoe County does not maintain bidder's lists. The County utilizes the online services of Onvia-Demandstar to post bids and RFP's. Suppliers and contractors may elect to subscribe to Onvia-Demandstar in order to receive bid notifications for services and supplies that they handle but there is no requirement by Washoe County that vendors do so. A link to the Onvia-Demandstar website showing County bids and RFP's can be found here.

+
How do I register to do business with Washoe County?
Washoe County does not pre-register suppliers and contractors. At such time as the County determines to purchase goods or services from a particular supplier or contractor, a new vendor application must be completed in order to establish the supplier or contractor in the County's financial software system as an accounts payable vendor.

+
Risk Management
+
Where do I find claim forms?

Claim forms can be obtained by calling the Risk Management office at 328-2665.



+
District Attorney

+
I got a text saying a hearing is no longer happening. What does this mean?

Sometimes, a hearing that was scheduled will be continued or called-off. If a hearing is continued, it will likely be reset for another date, while call-offs happen for a variety of reasons. For example, one of the parties may file a motion in the case and the hearing won't be able to go forward until a judge addresses the motion. Or in some casses, a defendent may agree to a plea, eliminating the need for the hearing altogether. If you receive a notification that a hearing is no longer happening, you do not need to attend court. You will be notified if a new date is set. 



+
Child Support

For answers to questions concerning child support services or how to make a child support payment, please visit Washoe County Family Support for more information.



+
Fraudulent Check Diversion Program

 Fraudulent Check Diversion Program payments can be made with Cashier's Checks or Money Orders at the following locations:

 Pay by mail OR in person with a Cashier's Check or Money Order. Mail or take payments to:

               Mills B Lane Justice Center
               1 South Sierra St, 4th Floor
               Reno, NV 89501  

Credit Card payments have been temporarily discontinued.  

Victims of Fraudulent Check crimes can find more information here.



+
How do I get an attorney for a civil matter? What if I don’t have money for an attorney?

The Nevada State Bar has a list of licensed attorneys in the area and some are listed by specialty.

If you can’t afford an attorney, you can contact Washoe Legal Services.  There is also help available at the Washoe County Law Library located in the Second Judicial District Court building at 75 Court Street, Reno, Nevada.  They have a program called Lawyer in the Library on Tuesday and Wednesday evenings with free legal help.



+
How do I get copies of my court papers?

You will need to contact the Court Clerk’s Office for copies of court papers.



+
Health

+
What are the Nevada Revised Statues and Nevada Administrative Codes relevant to Providers concerning communicable disease, including STDs/HIV? What do they say?

NAC 441A.230: Outlines the duty of health care providers in reporting a case or suspected case of communicable disease to health authorities. This Nevada Administrative Code enumerates requirements and content of the mandatory report by providers for communicable disease. Refer to box 5 for specific requirements.

NRS 441A.150: States that a provider of health care who knows of, or provides services to, a person who has or is suspected of having a communicable disease shall report that fact to the health authority in the in the manner prescribed by regulations of the Nevada State Board of Health. For STDs/HIV this is required within one day.

NRS 441A.165: States that health authorities shall, for the protection and welfare of the public, have access to all medical records, laboratory records and reports, books and papers relevant to the investigation which are in the possession of a provider of health care or medical facility being investigated or which are otherwise necessary to carry out the investigation. The determination of what information is necessary to carry out the investigation is at the discretion of the health authority.

+
AIDS/HIV Prevention
+
Consequences of STDs

Some STDs are easily treated and some STDs stay with you for life. Other STDs are more of a nuisance than a health risk. Pubic lice, or 'crabs,' for example, itch a lot but don`t do any permanent damage. If you get an infection and you want to know how serious it could be, talk with your health care provider. There are four serious health consequences of some STDs:

  • Blockage of the fallopian tubes which can lead to infertility and ectopic pregnancy
  • Pregnancy loss and increased newborn deaths caused by transmission of the infection to the infant during pregnancy and childbirth
  • Genital cancers for males and females
  • Enhanced transmission of HIV/AIDS

Social and Psychological Consequences: The psychological impact of having a sexually transmitted disease can be difficult. Some persons become depressed or anxious. They fear recurrent outbreaks, transmission to sex partners, and difficulties in developing new relationships. Fortunately, proper treatment and knowledge about the true risks can greatly lessen all these effects.



+
Do condoms provide 100% protection from HIV?

Condoms are not 100% effective at preventing HIV transmission. When used correctly and consistently, condoms are highly effective and reliable in reducing the risk of transmitting HIV and most sexually transmitted diseases (STDs). Condoms should be used EVERY TIME during sex when transmission of HIV (or other STDs) is possible. When condoms fail to work properly, it is most often because of improper and/or inconsistent use.

Condoms may not work as well against STDs spread through skin-to-skin touching, like herpes and genital warts, because condoms may not cover the infected areas.

Following these basic rules will reduce the already small chance of condom failure: - Experiment with different condoms and practice putting them on before intercourse. - Practice talking with your partner about your desire and intention to use condoms. - Use latex (rubber) or polyurethane (plastic) condoms. Avoid "natural skin" condoms, which have tiny holes, which may allow HIV and other STDs to be transmitted. - When using a male condom choose one that fits. Male condoms come in different sizes, shapes, and styles, but most condoms will fit most men. - Another choice is the Reality condom, which is made of polyurethane and is designed to fit inside the woman`s vagina for vaginal sex, and the anus for anal sex. Use the directions from the manufacturer that come with Reality condoms. - Open and handle condoms carefully. Never use a condom that is in a damaged package or is past its expiration date. Condoms should be stored loosely in a cool, dry place (not in your wallet or the glove compartment of your car) and kept where you can easily get them if you decide to have sex. - To reduce friction that can cause breakage, use plenty of water-based lubricant on the outside of the male latex condom and a small amount on the inside at the tip. With the Reality condom use plenty of lubricant on both the inside and outside. Some condoms come with lubricant, but often there is not enough, so additional lubricant is recommended. Never use oil-based lubricants like Vaseline, hand cream, Crisco, or mineral oil with latex condoms. Oil-based lubricants can rapidly break down latex and allow the virus to pass through. Water-based lubricants include K-Y Jelly, Slippery stuff, ForPlay, Astroglide, ID Lubricants and most contraceptive jellies. These can be found in grocery or drug stores next to the condoms. WARNING: Some lubricants contain nonoxynol 9, which can cause irritation. This irritation may increase the risk of HIV transmission. We do NOT advise the use of nonoxynol 9 or products containing it for STD and HIV prevention!

The male condom should be put on after erection and before any sexual touch. Remember that pre-cum is also infected with HIV. The Reality condom should go in before sex - it can be inserted up to 8 hours before use. Never use the Reality and the male condoms together or two male condoms at the same time. - Some male condoms have a reservoir tip; some don`t. In either case, the tip of the condom should be squeezed while rolling it down onto the penis in order to leave an airless pocket to collect semen. If the penis is natural and has a foreskin, try pulling back the foreskin before unrolling the condom all the way down to the base of the penis. Some men don`t like to pull back the foreskin because they`ve found that the condom slides off when the foreskin is pulled back. If you have trouble with this, consider keeping the foreskin down before putting on the condom or try using a Reality condom with your partner. - After intercourse, withdraw the penis while still erect, holding the base of the condom to prevent it from slipping off or spilling semen. Remove the condom and wash the penis with soap and water. - Use a condom only once and dispose of it in the garbage; do not flush condoms down the toilet. Never reuse a condom. - Use a condom EVERY TIME during sex when transmission or acquisition of HIV is possible.



+
HIV is NOT transmitted by:

Casual Contact. HIV is a fragile virus outside the body. It quickly becomes inactive when exposed to air, soap and common disinfectants such as bleach.

There is no risk of getting HIV from: donating blood, mosquito bites, toilet seats, shaking hands, hugging, sharing eating utensils or drinking containers, food or objects handled by people with HIV or AIDS, spending time in the same house, business or public place with people who have HIV or AIDS.



+
How can HIV transmission from injection drug use be prevented?

The best way to avoid HIV infection (and other blood-borne infections like hepatitis B and C) from injection drug use is to stop injecting drugs. Drug treatment can help. If treatment is not available or you cannot quit on your own, use a brand new sterile syringe and needle every time you inject or divide drugs. Do not share drug using "works" with anyone else. This includes needles, syringes, cookers, cottons, mixing and bleaching water, and all other supplies. If you do not have new clean equipment, thoroughly disinfect all drug use tools with bleach before re-use. It is also important to dispose of used works safely. Discarding needles in the trash, on the street, or flushing them down the toilet is dangerous.

Drug use (including use of alcohol) can impair judgment and decision-making. This can increase risk for HIV, especially if you have sex while high. High or not, you can successfully use condoms and clean injection works. Plan ahead, carry condoms and stick to your prevention plan. *A person does not need a prescription to purchase syringes in Nevada. However, a pharmacist may refuse to sell to people based on their own judgment.



+
How can sexual transmission of HIV be prevented?

The only way to completely avoid the sexual transmission of HIV is to abstain from anal, oral and vaginal sexual. If you choose to have sex, it is safest when you practice monogamy with an uninfected partner. Monogamy is when two people have sex only with each other. For those with a new sex partner, both can abstain from sex, or use condoms every time during anal, vaginal and oral sex for at least 3 months and then get tested for HIV and other STDs. At that time, if both partners are HIV negative AND both partners are completely avoiding other risk behaviors (e.g., sharing needles or having other sex partners), then unprotected sex with each other is not a risk for HIV transmission. For someone with an HIV positive partner or a partner who does not know his/her HIV status or multiple sexual partners, touching, dry kissing, body rubbing, and mutual masturbation are the safest sexual activities. However, simple, skin-to-skin touching can spread other STDs. For any penetrative sex acts such as vaginal, anal or oral sex, condoms are highly effective at reducing the risk of HIV transmission when used consistently and correctly - every time, from beginning to end of each sex act. For more information on condom use see the answer to the question, "Do condoms provide 100% protection from HIV?"



+
How is HIV transmitted?

HIV can be transmitted when blood, semen (including pre-seminal fluid or pre-cum), vaginal fluids, or breast milk from an infected person enters the body of an uninfected person. HIV must get into the bloodstream or body in order to cause infection. Transmission most often occurs during unprotected sex or during injection drug use when equipment is shared. An infected woman who becomes pregnant can transmit HIV to her baby during pregnancy or during birth, but this risk is significantly less if the woman takes antiretroviral drugs. She can also pass HIV to her newborn if she breastfeeds. Anyone infected with HIV can transmit it, whether or not they appear sick, have an AIDS diagnosis, or are successfully treating their infection with antiretroviral drugs. HIV is spread in the following ways: Unprotected anal, vaginal or oral sex HIV can enter the body during sex through the anus, vagina, opening at the end of the penis or mouth and through cuts, sores and abrasions on the skin. Unprotected anal and vaginal sex have the highest risk of infection. There are a growing number of reported cases where HIV has been transmitted during oral sex (mouth to genital contact), but oral sex is much less risky than anal or vaginal sex.

Anyone having unprotected sex (inserting or receiving partner) with an infected person is at risk of getting HIV. The person most at risk is the receiving partner. Heterosexually, women are at higher risk than men.

Blood exposure. Sharing needles or drug injection equipment can transmit HIV (and other viruses like hepatitis). After use, small amounts of blood can remain in the used needles, syringes, cookers, cottons, and water. This remaining blood can enter the body of the next user when any of these items are shared. If this blood is HIV infected, transmission can easily occur.

There is a very small but real risk of health care workers getting HIV from infected patients as a result of needle stick accidents or when blood gets into a worker`s open cut or a mucous membrane in their eyes, mouth or nose. The risk for health care workers is greatly reduced when universal precautions are carefully followed, such as safe disposal of sharps, wearing latex gloves, etc. Universal precautions also protect patients.

Very rarely in this country is HIV transmitted when receiving a blood transfusion, blood clotting factors, an organ or tissue transplant (the risk of acquiring HIV from a blood transfusion is approximately 1 in a million). Before 1985, there were no tests to screen blood and organ donations for HIV. Now, blood, organ and tissue banks extensively test all specimens for HIV and other blood-borne germs.

Mother to child If a woman is infected with HIV, she can give it to her baby during pregnancy, during birth, or by breastfeeding. Early in the epidemic, 25% (1 out of 4) of babies born to HIV-infected women in this country became infected with HIV. Now, in developed countries where early detection of HIV is possible, treatment with the latest antiretroviral medications can reduce this rate to about 1% (1 out of 100). All pregnant women should see a doctor, be tested for HIV, and if infected, obtain the best treatment.



+
Is there a cure for HIV and AIDS?

Not at this time. Medical providers have become much better at identifying, monitoring, and treating HIV infection and AIDS. In 1995, a new class of drugs known as protease inhibitors became available. These new medications, used in combination with other antiretroviral drugs, have dramatically improved the health and quality of life for many people living with HIV/AIDS. While there is not currently a cure or vaccine for HIV/AIDS, there are many things that people living with HIV/AIDS can do to remain healthy and to live longer. The first step for anyone who has HIV infection is to see a knowledgeable, experienced medical provider. This provider will be able to assess and monitor the infection, and, if appropriate, prescribe antiretroviral drugs. People at increased risk for HIV infection need to be tested for HIV antibodies every 3-6 months. This way they can seek medical care at the earliest possible opportunity if they become infected with HIV. Early detection can also reduce the chance of HIV transmission when people are most infectious. Although medical care and drugs are expensive, programs exist to ensure that people with HIV infection and AIDS can get the treatment and care they need.



+
What are STDs?

Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs) are diseases that are spread through anal, oral or vaginal intercourse. Sharing drug injection equipment can also transmit some STDs such as HIV and Hepatitis B. Common STDs include: Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Hepatitis A Virus (HAV), Hepatitis B Virus (HBV), Hepatitis C Virus (HCV), Herpes Simplex Virus (Herpes), Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), Human Papilloma Virus (Genital Warts), Molluscum Contagiosum, Pelvic Inflammatory Disease (PID), Pubic Lice, Scabies, Syphilis, and Trichomoniasis.



+
What are the symptoms of a new HIV infection?

Between 50-90% of people with new HIV infections have mild to severe "flu-like" symptoms 2 weeks to 3 months from the time of HIV exposure. Others do not have any symptoms. In general, symptoms are not a reliable way to tell if someone has been infected with HIV; the only way to know for sure is to get tested. Many of the symptoms of early HIV infection are the same as for other, less serious illnesses. People who may have been exposed to HIV should see a doctor promptly if the following symptoms occur within 3 months of the exposure:

  • A persistent fever of over 101 degrees that lasts more than 2 days without a known cause
  • Constant tiredness
  • Night sweats that soak your pajamas or sheets
  • A persistent rash of unknown cause
  • Persistent swollen glands (lumps under the skin) which occur in several places at once (especially the neck, armpits and groin)
  • Sore throat


+
What is AIDS?

AIDS (Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome) is a medical condition resulting from HIV infection, usually after many years. By the time a person is given an AIDS diagnosis by a doctor, HIV has seriously damaged the body`s immune system. There are effective treatments to prevent, as well as treat, these serious illnesses.



+
What is HIV?

Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) is the virus that causes AIDS. HIV kills specific white blood cells (T cells), which are an important part of our immune systems. Without treatment, HIV gradually destroys the body`s defenses against disease (it takes an average of 8-10 years), leaving it vulnerable to many infections and cancers. But treatment with antiretroviral drugs can slow or stop the harmful effects of retroviruses like HIV, so that many people with HIV are living longer, healthier lives.



+
What is the HIV Antibody Test?

There are several types of HIV antibody tests used today. All are highly accurate at detecting HIV antibodies (HIV antibodies are specific proteins made in response to an HIV infection). After infection with HIV, however, it can take up to 3 months for enough HIV antibodies to develop to be detected by the test.

A negative HIV antibody test result means that a person does not have detectable HIV antibodies at the time of the test. Since it can take up to 3 months after HIV infection for enough antibodies to develop, a negative test result is reliable only if the person has not had any sexual or needle-sharing risk behavior (or other exposure to infectious body fluids) during the 3 months prior to testing. Some people with recent risk behavior will test HIV antibody negative, yet may have actually been infected during the previous 3 months. These people will be highly contagious and may easily transmit HIV to their sex and needle-sharing partners. A high proportion of HIV transmission may occur when people are unaware of their infection. Finally, a negative test result does not mean that a person is safe from future HIV infection. People who test HIV antibody negative are urged to continue to follow HIV prevention guidelines to avoid becoming infected. People who continue risk behaviors are advised to re-test at least every 6 months.

A positive HIV antibody test result means that HIV antibodies are present because the virus is present - the person is infected with HIV (with the exception of newborn babies who are born with their mothers` antibodies). A positive test does not mean the person has AIDS, although many HIV-positive people may develop AIDS in the future. Anyone who tests HIV-positive can transmit the virus to others, regardless of how long they have been infected, whether they have AIDS or other symptoms, or whether their HIV infection is being treated with antiretroviral drugs. It is extremely important that HIV-positive people follow HIV prevention guidelines, not only to protect their partners from getting HIV infection, but also to protect themselves from other germs that could cause HIV/AIDS-related disease. People at increased risk of HIV infection should NEVER donate blood, plasma, or other organs, or go to such facilities to be tested.



+
What is the "window period" for HIV?

It can take up to 3 months after HIV infection for enough antibodies to develop, therefore a negative test result is reliable only if the person has not had any sexual or needle-sharing risk behavior (or other exposure to infectious body fluids) during the 3 months prior to testing. Some people with recent risk behavior will test HIV antibody negative, yet may have actually been infected during the previous 3 months. Every exposure pushes the window period out another months.



+
Where else is HIV testing available in the community?

HIV testing is available from a variety of resources in the community:

  • Private health care provider
  • A Rainbow Place - 789-1780
  • Nevada AIDS Foundation - 329-2437
  • Nevada Hispanic Services - 826-1818
  • Planned Parenthood Mar Monte - 688-5560
  • HOPES - 348-1301


+
Who is at risk for HIV infection?

Anyone can get HIV if they have unprotected sex or share injection drug equipment with someone who is infected. The virus does not discriminate - it can infect males or females, babies, teens, adults or senior citizens. You cannot look at someone and know they have HIV. In fact, as many as 1 out of 3 people who have HIV (33%) have no idea they are infected.



+
Air Quality
+
Can I have a wood burning stove or fireplace in Washoe County?
Wood stoves and fireplaces are regulated by the Washoe County Health District because they are major contributors to air pollution in the Truckee Meadows. Therefore before you make a purchase, it is important for you to spend some time researching whether it is legal to put a wood burning appliance in your home. To determine if you can install a wood burning stove or fireplace in your home, you need the following information, then call (775) 784-7200 (AQMD).
  • What is your zip code?
  • What is your land-use zoning?
  • What is the net size of your property?


+
How do I know if an air permit is required from the AQMD for my business?

Normally, a business which emits 2 pounds or more per day of criteria air pollutants or 1 pound per day or more of toxic air pollutants will require a permit to operate. Different types of air pollution control devices are also required for different processes depending upon the size of the operation for compliance with the AQMD regulations. Applications may be obtained by downloading from the District Health Department Web site. For further information, please contact one of our environmental engineers at 784-7200 for help with the necessary information for application submittal.



+
How do I register an air pollution complaint?

Just call 784-7200 (24 hours per day) and your complaint will be logged onto an official AQMD complaint form. After that, within "normal" hours of operation, an air quality specialist will investigate your concerns and determine if there is a violation of the AQMD regulations. If a violation exists, the person or business will be required to correct the problem. A Notice of Violation may also be issued.



+
Is it okay for me to burn wood in my fireplace or woodstove today?

Every year between November 1 and February 28, the Washoe County Health District Air Quality Management Division uses the Green, Yellow, Red Burn Code Program to inform area residents whether or not lighting stoves or fireplaces is allowed, or is advisable.

Washoe County residents can get a daily air quality update by visiting www.OurCleanAir.com or by calling the Air Quality Hotline at (775) 785-4110. They can also get this update by listening to television and radio weather forecasts, or by checking the Reno-Gazette Journal's weather page.



+
What are the local asbestos regulations for commercial buildings?

The local asbestos regulations essentially mirrors the federal requirements. If you own a commercial building and want to do some remodeling, an asbestos survey will need to be completed by a certified consultant to determine the presence or absence of any asbestos materials. If present, a certified abatement contractor will need to remove the asbestos before the project can proceed. In addition, the property owner will need to obtain an asbestos acknowledgment form from the AQMD prior to obtaining a building permit from the local building departments. For further information, please call 784-7200.



+
When does the Air Pollution Control Hearing Board meet?

The Air Pollution Control Hearing Board (APCHB) hears appeals when a negotiated resolution cannot be achieved. The APCHB meets the first Tuesday of every month (as needed).



+
Antimicrobial Resistance
+
Do antibacterial products (such as antibacterial soaps) prevent infections better than ordinary soaps?

For household use, antibacterial products are no better than ordinary soap for preventing infections. Hand washing for 15 seconds with ordinary soap and water will reduce the risk of most common infections and does not add to antibiotic resistance.



+
Are antibiotic-resistant bacteria a problem?

Yes. It is becoming a major public health concern. Each time you take an antibiotic unnecessarily or improperly, you increase your chance of developing drug-resistant bacteria. We could run out of ways to kill disease-causing bacteria.

You don't know who is carrying anti-biotic resistant bacteria and they may pass that resistant bacteria on to you and make you ill. This could mean stronger, more expensive antibiotics, hospitalization and, sometimes, death.



+
Can antibiotics be harmful?

Unnecessary antibiotics can be harmful. Antibiotics only fight bacterial infections. They do nothing to help viral illnesses like colds or influenza (flu). If you take an antibiotic when it is not necessary, such as for a cold, you increase the risk of developing an infection caused by antibiotic-resistant bacteria. Antibiotics also destroy good bacteria in your body.



+
Do ear infections need antibiotics?

Sometimes. Viruses and bacteria can cause ear infections. Your doctor may wait to see if the ear infection improves by itself before deciding to give antibiotics.



+
Does a cold or the flu need an antibiotic?

No. The common cold and the flu (influenza) are caused by viruses, not by bacteria. Antibiotics do not work against viruses. Normal cold symptoms include sore throat, fever, cough, and/or a runny nose. A runny nose often starts out with clear drainage and then turns to a green or yellow color. This is a good sign that the body is fighting the virus. If your runny nose is not getting better after 10-14 days, please talk to your healthcare provider.



+
Does bronchitis need an antibiotic?

No. Viruses cause most bronchitis.



+
Do people become resistant to antibiotics?

No, this is a common misconception. People may exhibit allergic reactions to antibiotics, but they are not resistant to them. It is the bacteria, not the person, which become resistant.



+
Do sinus infections need an antibiotic?

Sometimes. Bacteria or viruses cause sinus infections. Antibiotics are needed for bacterial sinus infections. A bacterial sinus infection may be present if cold symptoms do not improve after 10-14 days.



+
Do most sore throats need an antibiotic?

No. Viruses cause most sore throats. Only strep throat needs an antibiotic; it is caused by strep A bacteria.



+
How do antibiotics work?

Antibiotics either inhibit the growth of bacteria (bacteriostatic) or actually kill the bacteria (bacteriocidal). By stopping the growth of bacteria, it gives the body time to mount an immune response and allows the body to eliminate the bacteria. Drugs that kill the bacteria are the preferred choice when someone has a weakened immune system and whose body cannot destroy the bacteria on its own. Antibiotics are not effective against viruses.



+
How do bacteria become resistant?

Some bacteria are naturally resistant to certain types of antibiotics. Bacteria can also become resistant by a genetic mutation or by acquiring resistance from another bacterium. Because bacteria can collect multiple resistance traits over time, they can become resistant to many different families of antibiotics, which allows the resistant bacteria to continue to live/and multiply even in the presence of antibiotic treatment.



+
How do I catch an antibiotic-resistant infection?

There are three ways in which you can get an antibiotic-resistant infection:

  • You can develop antibiotic-resistant infections when you take an antibiotic. The bacteria could figure out how to outsmart the antibiotic and stay alive. In that case, you can transmit these resistant bacteria to others and they too may become ill.
  • You can catch antibiotic resistant-infections from people or objects around you that are infected with resistant bacteria. Not properly washing hands can increase your risk of catching all kinds of infections.
  • You can develop an antibiotic-resistant infection when the bacteria inside your body change; it mutates or acquires genes that allow them to resist antibiotic treatment.

Antibiotic-resistant bacteria can also develop in pigs, chickens, cattle and other farm animals, which are exposed to low doses of antibiotics in their daily feed. These resistant bacteria can then spread to humans, causing antibiotic-resistant infections. Guidelines are being developed to address this concern.



+
What are bacteria?

Bacteria (singular: bacterium) are one-celled organisms visible only through a microscope. There are many types of bacteria, only some of which cause disease. Most are harmless and even some are helpful (good bacteria), by aiding digestion or breaking down rotting material. Bacteria are found almost everywhere.



+
What can I do about antimicrobial resistance?
  • Reduce the need for antibiotics.
  • Wash your hands! Wash your hands! And, wash your hands! By washing your hands often and thoroughly with plain soap and water, you are helping to prevent disease and, therefore, the need for antibiotics.
  • Prevent food borne illnesses by properly refrigerating perishable foods, thoroughly cooking all food from animal sources, and avoiding cross-contamination of other foods.
  • Consider pets, even if not ill, as potential sources of infection.
  • Dispose of feces, urine, diapers and contaminated articles properly.

Also, you should take antibiotics only when necessary. Don't insist on an antibiotic when your doctor says, "no". Never take an antibiotic for a viral infection such as cold, cough, or flu. Take an antibiotic exactly as the doctor prescribes. And take the antibiotic until it is gone, even if you are feeling better. Never save the medication to treat yourself or others later.



+
What can I do to feel better?

It is very important to have your body help itself. Get plenty of sleep, drink lots of fluids and eat healthy foods. Help decrease the symptoms by using a vaporizer or use over-the-counter medicines like saline nose drops, gargles or throat lozenges. Viral infections simply take time to get better.



+
What is an antibiotic?

An antibiotic is a powerful medication designed to kill bacteria or stop them from growing, such as an illness caused by strep throat. They cannot cure illnesses caused by viruses, such as a cold or the flu. Different antibiotics may be used for different types of bacterial infections. Your health care provider will determine what infection you have and if an antibiotic is appropriate to treat it.



+
What is antibiotic resistance?

Antibiotic resistance occurs when an antibiotic has lost its ability to effectively control or kill bacterial growth. These bacteria are considered to be resistant to an antibiotic. Overuse and misuse of antibiotics are the main reason for antibiotic resistance.



+
Birth and Death Records
+
How do I obtain a birth or death record/certificate?

If you are a qualified applicant, you can complete an application form and mail it along with a copy of your valid photo identification and a check or money order, payable to Washoe County Health District, or you can appear in person at the office which is located in the Washoe County Health District, 1001 E. Ninth Street, Reno, Building B, first floor, Birth and Death Records. Our hours are listed on the Vital Statistics Program page.



+
Who is a qualified applicant for a birth or death record?

Birth and death certificates are confidential in the State of Nevada and may only be released to a qualified applicant. A qualified applicant is defined as the registrant, or a direct family member by blood or marriage, his or her guardian (Must provide certified original court order appointing guardianship.), or his or her legal representative. For more information, refer to NRS 440.650 and NAC 440.070.



+
How much does it cost for a copy of a birth or death record?

The Vital Statistics Office provides certified copies of Washoe County birth and death certificates either at the office or by mail. Fees for certified copies are set by statute and the current prices can be found on the Vital Statistics fee page.



+
What are the hours for Vital Statistics?

Our hours are listed on the Vital Statistics Program page.



+
Where can I get a copy of a birth or death certificate?

The office is located in the Washoe County Health District, 1001 E. Ninth Street, Reno, Building B, first floor, Birth & Death Records. Our hours are listed on the Vital Statistics Program page. For more information call (775) 328-2455.



+
How do I make a correction on a birth or death record?

Fill out the Affidavit For Correction of Record to amend or correct information on a birth or death record. Direct questions and send completed forms to the Nevada State Health Division Office of Vital Statistics. Adding a child's legal father to his or her birth certificate requires filling out a Declaration of Paternity form.



+
Commercial Recycling
+
Isn’t commercial recycling limited by city franchise agreements?

No. In fact, commercial recycling has been excluded from franchise agreements to allow for private enterprise to expand recycling opportunities.



+
How do I prepare my waste for recycling?

Waste that is to be sent for resource recovery or recycling must be separated at the site of generation. For example, if your business generates glass and aluminum cans and you want to recycle it, the glass and aluminum must separated from your other solid waste. Once separated, the recyclable materials (e.g., glass and aluminum cans) must be placed in a container for collection by a waste hauler permitted to collect and transport recyclable materials.



+
Is there a cost to recycle?

There is no easy answer to this question. Recyclable materials are subject to the same supply and demand limitations faced by most businesses. Flux in the market for recyclable materials has a major impact on their value. Some recyclable materials have enough value that a permitted waste hauler will collect them for free or even pay for the material. Other recyclable materials may have a low value, requiring the permitted waste hauler to charge you a nominal fee to collect them. As with most resources, collection and transportation costs may offset any profit that could be realized from recycling.



+
Where can I get more information if I am interested in establishing a recycling program for my business?

For more detailed information, please contact the Washoe County Health District, Environmental Health Services Division at (775) 328-2434. The staff assigned to the Waste Management Program can answer your questions and provide more information.

Additional materials on waste reduction and proper waste management (including hazardous waste) can be obtained from the University of Nevada, Reno Small Business Development Center, Business Environmental Program.



+
What can be recycled?

Any waste material that has an end use or can be re-processed into a usable material, product or item. This includes, but is not limited to, food waste, aluminum, glass, yard debris, plastic, office paper, etc. Additionally, this includes any solid waste that can be processed and used as a feedstock for energy generation. Not all recyclable materials can be recycled in Washoe County due to lack of markets, availability of necessary collection services, etc. Prior to recycling any material, it is important to identify the method of transportation and the final processing location.



+
Why recycle if the process will cost my business money?

There are environmental benefits to recycling that are well documented. For example, paper recycling has greatly reduced the need to harvest virgin timber to make paper products. Instead, waste paper is re-processed and used in the manufacturing of new paper. Thus, the act of recycling promotes efficient and cost effective use of solid waste without depleting limited natural resources. This effort also limits environmental degradation that often results when extracting or harvesting virgin raw materials.

Another benefit can be realized by promoting the fact that your business recycles. Sustainability, responsible use of resources and commitment to community can be featured as part of an advertising campaign. Further, many residents are demonstrating a preference for businesses that actively recycle. Finally, by reducing the overall amount of waste that must be disposed, your business may reduce the cost for disposal. For example, if a business currently uses a six (6) yard dumpster, but can divert 20 – 30% of their waste to recycling, a four (4) yard dumpster would be adequate, resulting in lowered cost for service to the dumpster.



+
Cottage Food
+
Are there production limits for my Cottage Food Business?

The Nevada Legislature (SB 206 77/2013) placed a $35,000.00 per year limit to the amount of money that one can earn in the Cottage Food Industry.



+
Can I give out Cottage Food samples?

You can give out samples if they are prepackaged and labeled per the Cottage Food and Food Safety Guidelines. 

 

 



+
Can I sell Cottage Foods over the phone or the Internet?

No, you may not sell Cottage Foods over the Internet or the phone. All sales must occur by means of an in-person transaction. Shipping product through the mail is prohibited.  You may have a website/social media account that has your business information, but all sales must be conducted by the customer contacting you.



+
Can I sell my Cottage Foods to a wholesaler, etc.?

No, your foods are not inspected/produced under the required industry standards. The Cottage Food law disallows this.



+
Do I need to obtain a Business License for Cottage Foods?

Contact the following Business License Departments:

  • Washoe County (775) 328-3733
  • City of Reno (775) 334-2090
  • City of Sparks (775) 353-2360


+
Do I need a Health Permit to sell Cottage Foods?

No, but you need to be registered with a Nevada jurisdicion to sell in Washoe County. To sell in other Nevada Counties you must contact the respective agencies to enquire about registration procedures and policies.



+
Do I need to collect Sales Tax for Cottage Foods?

Please visit the Nevada Department of Taxation for further details.



+
How do I file a complaint against a Cottage Food operation?

Contact your local Health District. Washoe County Health District (775) 328-2434



+
Must I put a label on my Cottage Foods?
+
Why can’t I sell Cottage Foods to my favorite restaurant, etc.?

Your foods are not inspected/produced under the required industry standards (USDA, FDA) that are required for routine sales/use to the food service industry. The Cottage Food law disallows this.



+
What foods may we not sell as Cottage Foods?

Home canned foods and sauces, pickled items, breads/cakes/pies made with home canned food ingredients, apple cider, dried or dehydrated meats or chicken (jerkies), apple (fruit) butters, pumpkin butter or other fruit butters. Additionally, foods containing cream cheese frosting, uncooked egg, custard or meringue may not be sold.



+
What types of Cottage Foods may I produce?

Breads, cakes, pastries, candies, cookies, bread mixes, fruit pies, jams, jellies, preserves, dried fruits, popcorn, popcorn balls, cotton candy, dry herbs, seasonings, cereals, trail-mixes, granolas, coated and un-coated nuts and vinegar and flavored vinegar.



+
Where can I find a copy of the Cottage Food Law?
+
Where may I sell my Cottage Foods?

In your home, at a roadside stand on your own property, flea market, swap meet, church bazaar, garage sale or craft fair.



+
Why are some products not allowed to be sold as Cottage foods?

This is due to the inherent risks that may be associated with these non-allowable foods, since they will not be inspected or regulated by Local/State/Federal health officials. The bill passed by the Nevada Legislature allowed only certain listed foods to be provided.



+
E. coli
+
How does a person get E. coli?

One way E. coli can be contracted is when a person eats food that has been contaminated with animal waste or unsanitary water.



+
How long will it take for me to get well from E. coli?

Symptoms usually resolve within five to 10 days.



+
How sick can E. coli make me?

In some people, particularly children under five years of age and the elderly, the infection can also cause a complication called hemolytic uremic syndrome, in which the red blood cells are destroyed and the kidneys fail. About two to seven percent of infections lead to this complication. In the United States, hemolytic uremic syndrome is the principal cause of acute kidney failure in children, and most cases of hemolytic uremic syndrome are caused by E. coli O157:H7.



+
What are the symptoms of E. coli?

The main symptom is diarrhea, which is often bloody, accompanied by abdominal cramps. There also can be a mild fever.



+
What is E. coli O157:H7?

E. coli O157:H7 is one of hundreds of strains of the bacterium Escherichia coli. Although most strains are harmless and live in the intestines of healthy humans and animals, this strain produces a powerful toxin and can cause severe illness.



+
When should I see a doctor?

If you have severe, prolonged or bloody diarrhea, you should seek medical attention.



+
Environmental Health
+
Where do I make a complaint if I become sick from eating food at an event or restaurant?

If you believe that you became ill as a result of eating a meal prepared at a food establishment located in Washoe County, please call our office at (775) 328-2434 to report your illness.



+
Do I need a permit to drill or recondition an existing well?

A well construction permit must be obtained from the Washoe County Health District to construct, drill, recondition or plug a well. The permit applications are available and are processed at the Health District offices.



+
Family Planning Clinic
+
Does the Family Planning clinic have staff that speak Spanish?

Yes. We have staff that speak Spanish and interpret in the clinic. We also have a telephone interpreting service that can assist with interpretation in many other languages.



+
Where is the Family Planning Clinic located?

The Health Department is located at the corner of 9th Street and Wells Ave., just off the freeway and next to the fairgrounds. The address is 1001 East 9th Street, Building B. If you are traveling North on Wells, the entrance to the clinic is the first right (into the parking lot) after passing 9th Street. You can enter the door marked CLINIC SERVICES.



+
How do I pay for my Family Planning Clinic visit?

We accept cash, check, money orders and credit cards.



+
Is the Family Planning clinic appointment confidential?

Yes. All appointments are confidential.



+
Is there a bus stop near the Family Planning clinic?

Yes. There are Citifare bus stops close to the Health Department along routes 2 and 12.



+
I'm pregnant and thinking about adoption, where can I go to find out more information?

Social Services has information on adoption.



+
I just had sex and didn't use protection. I don't want to get pregnant. What can I do?

If you take an Emergency Contraception (the Plan B pill) within five days of unprotected sex you can reduce your chance of pregnancy by up to 75%. You need to be seen by a nurse to receive this medication. Call the clinic ASAP to make an appointment. For weekend, holiday or evening emergency contraception providers in the local area dial 1-888-NOT-2-LATE.



+
I've been sexually assaulted and I am afraid to tell the police. What do I do?

Contact Sexual Assault Support Services Crisis Call Center at 784-8090 or 1-800-992-5757 and they will listen to you as well as give you information about resources in the community that may help.



+
What ages of women do you see in the Family Planning clinic?

We see women in their reproductive years, which means during the time in their lives when they are able to have children. When a woman reaches menopause (stops having her period) we refer her to a different clinic for annual exams.



+
What is a Pap smear?

A Pap smear is a test that looks for changes of the cells on the cervix. If you would like to know more, please see the Pap Smear information sheet.



+
I am pregnant so where do I go to get checked (prenatal care)?
  • We provide pregnancy testing and proof of pregnancy if your test is positive. We do not provide prenatal care services: however, we will tell you where to receive those services.
  • The Washoe Pregnancy Center provides prenatal care services on a sliding scale. Their phone number is (775) 982-5640.


+
Immunizations
+
Can grandparents bring their grandchildren in for their vaccinations?

A parent or legal guardian must be the person who receives the vaccine information sheet (VIS), HIPAA informational sheet, HIPAA consent form and completes the vaccine administration record for the child receiving shots. Vaccine Information Sheets (VIS).



+
Before we moved to Nevada, my doctor said my child's immunizations were up to date. Why is my school now telling me my child needs more shots?

States have different requirements for school entry. The following are required by Nevada State Law:

  1. Tdap - All students entering 7th Grade must have a Tdap.
  2. Varicella - Students new to Nevada schools, who have not had Chicken Pox Disease, must have two (2) Varicella doses. The second dose must be at four (4) years of age or older.
  3. Polio - Students new to Nevada schools must have four (4) doses of Polio. The 4th dose must be at four (4) years of age or older.


+
Will the Health District bill my insurance company for immunizations?

The Health District only bills Medicaid, Nevada Check-up, and Cigna. You will be provided a receipt to submit to your insurance company with your claim for reimbursement.



+
How will I know when my child needs more shots?

Many shot records indicate when the next vaccinations are due. Parents can check with their physician's office or clinic. Complete childhood and adult immunization schedules are available at http://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/recs/schedules/. Annual influenza (flu) vaccination is recommended for children aged 6 months or older.



+
Will I need an appointment for an immunization or can I just come to the Health District?

Appointments are required for immunizations. We make appointments up to one week in advance. Walk in appointments are limited to schedule openings.



+
Salmonellosis
+
How common is Salmonellosis?
  • About 40,000 cases are reported in the United States each year (actual number may be significantly higher, as many milder cases are not diagnosed or reported.
  • About 400 people with acute Salmonella die each year.
  • It is more common in the summer than in the winter.
  • Children are the most likely to get Salmonella.


+
How is Salmonellosis diagnosed?

Through fecal specimens sent to a testing laboratory.



+
How is Salmonellosis transmitted?

Through the feces of people or animals including birds and especially reptiles (this includes turtles) to other people or animals, usually through food that has been contaminated, either though direct contact with infected feces or through unwashed hands of an infected food handler (did not wash hands after using the bathroom).



+
How is Salmonellosis treated?
  • Most infected persons recover without treatment unless the person becomes severely dehydrated.
  • Antibiotics usually are not necessary unless the infection spreads beyond the intestines.


+
How long does a person infected with Salmonellosis stay ill?

Usually five to seven days.



+
How long does the Salmonellosis bacteria survive in the environment?

It depends on environmental conditions.



+
How sick can a person infected with Salmonellosis get?
  • Most infected persons recover without treatment.
  • Some develop severe diarrhea, leading to dehydration and hospitalization for rehydration with intravenous fluids.
  • In some cases, the infection can spread from the intestines to the bloodstream, then to other body sites. In these cases, death can result unless the infected person is treated promptly with antibiotics.
  • A small number of people go on to develop Reiter’s syndrome (pains in joints, irritation of the eyes and painful urination), which can last for months or years and can lead to chronic arthritis.
  • Young children, the elderly and the immunocompromised are the most likely to have severe infections.


+
What are steps for avoiding disease transmission/getting Salmonellosis?
  • Currently, there is no vaccine to prevent Salmonella.
  • The primary method of prevention is to thoroughly wash your hands
    • After using the bathroom
    • After having contact with animal feces
    • After handling reptiles or birds
  • Avoid cross-contamination by
    • Thoroughly washing your hands before handling any food and between handling different types of food
    • Keeping uncooked meats separate from produce, cooked foods and ready-to-eat foods
    • Thoroughly wash hands and cutting boards, counters, knives and other utensils used to prepare uncooked foods of animal origin.
  • Do not eat or drink raw or undercooked foods of animal origin (e.g., eggs, poultry or meat or unpasteurized milk).
  • Thoroughly wash produce before eating.
  • If you have Salmonella, do not prepare food or pour water for others until you have been shown to no longer be carrying the Salmonella bacterium.


+
Is Salmonellosis required to be reported to health authorities?

Yes.



+
What are the symptoms of Salmonellosis?

Diarrhea, fever, abdominal cramps.



+
What is Salmonellosis?

Salmonellosis is an illness with symptoms that usually begin in the intestines. It is caused by a bacterium called Salmonella.



+
How long does it take for Salmonellosis test results to be available?

At least 72 hours, as testing involves growing a culture.



+
What is the incubation period (the time from exposure to Salmonellosis until the time symptoms occur)?

Symptoms develop within 12 to 72 hours after infection.



+
Where can I get more information on Salmonellosis?



+
Smoking Ban
+
Are businesses in Washoe County complying with the NCIAA?

Staff from the Environmental Health Services Division of the Health District have been conducting smoking ban compliance surveys during routine inspections since December 19, 2006. To date, an average 96.5% of permitted facilities were in compliance with the requirements set forth in the NCIAA during routine Environmental Health Services permit inspections.



+
Can a business allow smoking during certain times of the day?

No. The NCIAA states: "Smoking tobacco in any form is prohibited within indoor places of employment including, but not limited to, the following:

  1. Child care facilities;
  2. Movie theatres;
  3. Video arcades;
  4. Government buildings and public places;
  5. Malls and retail establishments;
  6. All areas of grocery stores; and
  7. All indoor areas within restaurants."

There are no provisions for allowing smoking, at any time, in any of the above locations.



+
Four ways to ask smokers to "take it outside":

Asking strangers, and sometimes even friends and family, to smoke outside can sometimes be stressful. It is important to remember that the vast majority of people are respectful and will abide by the law, if they are aware and reminded of it. Below are 4 ways to ask people who smoke to "take it outside". It may not be easy at first but you have the right and the responsibility to avoid secondhand smoke.

  1. As the business owner/manager to enforce the law: I thought this was a non-smoking business. Would you please ask them to smoke outside?
  2. Remind them of the law: Maybe you didn't know, but Nevada law prohibits smoking in this area/building/business. Smoking is allowed outside.
  3. Be polite: I would like to ask a favor. Would you mind smoking outside? This is a non-smoking area.
  4. It is the smoke, not the smoker that is the problem: Would you not smoke right now? I`d really appreciate it.


+
How do I comply with the NCIAA if I am a childcare facility?

Please see the guide for childcare facilities for information on compliance.



+
How do I comply with the NCIAA if I am an employer?

Please see the guide for employers for information on compliance.



+
I smoke, so how does the NCIAA apply to me?

Smokers play an important role in helping to implement the law. First and foremost, it is now illegal for you to smoke indoors in a facility where smoking has been banned. Even if a "No Smoking" sign is not displayed there, you are still required by law to refrain from smoking. You should also not bring any ashtrays or items used as ashtrays into a facility where smoking is now banned. You may still smoke anywhere outside of a facility where smoking is now banned indoors. You may also still smoke indoors at the following types of businesses:

  1. Areas within casinos where loitering by minors is already prohibited by state law;
  2. Stand-alone bars, taverns, and saloons that do not require a permit to serve food;
  3. Strip clubs and brothels;
  4. Retail tobacco stores;
  5. Private residences, including those which may serve as an office workplace, except if used as a childcare, an adult day care, or a health care facility; and
  6. Hotel and motel rooms, but only if allowed by the facility operator, so please ask the operator first before smoking there.

If you are uncertain about being able to smoke indoors, please ask the owner and/or manager of the facility first before smoking there. Your compliance with the new law helps protect non-smokers and children from the dangers of secondhand smoke. Your compliance also helps merchants meet their responsibilities under the new law. If you are asked by a representative of the business to refrain from smoking inside their facility, please do as they ask. It is the business's responsibility to enforce the new law in their establishment; if you are found smoking indoors at a location where smoking is now banned, then the business itself could be cited and required to pay a fine. You, too, could be found guilty of a misdemeanor, which generally carries a fine imposed by a judge. A person who violates this ban is also liable for a civil penalty of $100 for each violation.



+
How have smoking bans in other communities affected business owners?

Banning smoking in indoor spaces has been shown to have a positive impact for business owners in addition to the general community. Studies have shown that banning smoking in restaurants and bars can boost revenues and increase employment. For example, taxable sales receipts for bars and restaurants have increased every year in California since their smoking ban took effect in 2002. In New York City, tax receipts for restaurant and bars increased 8.7 percent, and employment increased by 10,600 jobs since their 2003 smoking ban went into effect; and, in Florida, retail sales for restaurants, lunchrooms, and catering services increased by 7.3 percent after a 2003 smoking ban. Florida's sales and employment in the hotel, restaurant, and tourism industries also were not hurt. Smoking bans in places of employment also have been shown to lower employee sick leave usage, health insurance costs, fire insurance rates, and cleaning costs.

Many studies have been conducted about the business impact of indoor smoking bans. For more information about these studies, please visit: tobacco.ucsf.edu.



+
How will the NCIAA be enforced?

Compliance with the ban is the responsibility of the owner, manager or operator of an area where smoking is prohibited. A reasonable effort to prevent smoking should be made by this individual or group of individuals. Health authorities, police officers of cities or towns, sheriffs and their deputies shall, within their respective jurisdictions, enforce the provisions of the ban and shall issue citations for violations of the ban.



+
How will the NCIAA improve the health of Washoe County?

Exposure to secondhand smoke has been linked to numerous life-threatening diseases such as heart attack, stroke, and cancer. Eliminating smoking in indoor spaces reduces exposure to secondhand smoke, thereby reducing the occurrence of these chronic illnesses. Research in communities that have implemented indoor smoking bans shows significant improvement to public health after the ban goes into effect. For example, hospital admissions for heart attacks dropped 40 percent in the six months following an indoor smoking ban in Helena, Montana; and, in Pueblo, Colorado, heart attacks declined 30 percent in 18 months after smoking was banned indoors.



+
Where can I get information about tobacco and secondhand smoke?

For information about tobacco and secondhand smoke, please visit the Be Tobacco Free page or call (775) 328-2442.



+
Where can I get information on quitting smoking?

If you smoke and want to quit, see the list of local stop smoking programs.



+
What if I have more questions about the NCIAA?

Please contact Environmental Health Services at 775-328-2434 with any questions you may have about enforcement and compliance.

For questions about the public health impact of the ban, call 775-328-2442.



+
What will it cost business owners to comply with the NCIAA?

The cost to comply with the law will vary for each business, but, in general, there are minimal costs. Employers must clearly and conspicuously post "No Smoking" signs in their facilities at every entrance. They also are required to remove all ashtrays and other smoking paraphernalia from any area where smoking is prohibited. For some businesses, additional costs may be associated with the removal of built-in ashtrays or other smoking-related items.



+
What are the penalties of violating the NCIAA?

A person who is found to violate the ban is guilty of a misdemeanor, which generally carries a fine imposed by a judge. In addition, a person who violates this ban is liable for a civil penalty of $100 for each violation.



+
Whom do I contact to complain about smoking violations?

Please contact Environmental Health Services at 775-328-2434.



+
What changes does the NCIAA make?

As a result of the voters' mandate, smoking tobacco in any form now is prohibited within indoor places of employment, including, but not limited to: childcare facilities, movie theatres, video arcades; government buildings and public places; malls and retail establishments; all areas of grocery stores; all indoor areas within restaurants; and within school buildings and on school property.

Smoking tobacco is not prohibited in areas within casinos where loitering by minors is already prohibited by state law; stand-alone bars, taverns, and saloons that do not require a permit to serve food; strip clubs and brothels; retail tobacco stores; private residences, including those which may serve as an office workplace, except if used as a childcare, an adult day care or a health care facility; and hotel and motel rooms, if allowed by the facility operator.

For more information on the smoking and tobacco laws in Nevada, refer to Nevada Revised Statute (NRS) 202.2483.



+
What is smoking-related paraphernalia?

Ashtrays or any items being used as an ashtray (e.g., beer bottles, coffee mugs, discarded trash, etc.) are considered smoking-related paraphernalia and must be removed from any area where smoking is prohibited. Merchants may still sell tobacco products.



+
When did the NCIAA go into effect?

The Nevada Clean Indoor Air Act (NCIAA), became statewide law on December 8, 2006.



+
Where can I get a printable no smoking sign?
+
If the law refers to "public places," then why is smoking banned in businesses that are privately owned?

Sec. 2 (9) (d) of the new law defines "public places" as "any enclosed areas to which the public is invited or in which the public is permitted." If a business meets this definition, then smoking must be banned there indoors, regardless of how the facility is owned. The law also defines a "place of employment" in Sec. 2 (9) (i) as "any enclosed area under the control of a public or private employer which employees frequent during the course of employment including, but not limited to, work areas, restrooms, hallways, employee lounges, cafeterias, conference and meeting rooms, lobbies and reception areas." Again, if a business meets this definition, then smoking must be banned indoors as described, regardless of how the facility is owned. The law does make an exception in Sec. 2 (3) (e) for private residences that serve as workplaces, except if they are being used as a childcare, adult day care, or health care facility.



+
Why is the Health District involved in the NCIAA?

Sec. 2 (7) of the new law states that "Health authorities, police officers of cities or towns, sheriffs and their deputies shall, within their respective jurisdictions, enforce the provisions of this Act and shall issue citations for violations of this Act[.]" The Washoe County Health District is the health authority for Washoe County (per NRS 202.2485). Therefore, the Washoe County Health District is required by law to enforce the smoking ban.



+
Why was the NCIAA passed?

The ban was passed in order to protect the public from secondhand smoke. Secondhand smoke, also called environmental tobacco smoke, is a combination of smoke from the burning end of a cigarette, cigar or pipe and the smoke exhaled by smokers.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) reports that secondhand smoke contains more than 4,000 substances, many of which are known to cause cancer in humans. In 2006, the U.S. Surgeon General released a comprehensive report stating that there is no risk-free level of secondhand smoke exposure.



+
Solid Waste Management Plan
+
What if I don't understand some of the terms in the Solid Waste Management Plan?

There is a glossary in the beginning of the Plan. The EPA website also has a helpful glossary of terms at http://www.epa.gov/OCEPATERMS/.



+
What is solid waste?

Solid waste is anything you would throw away or discard such as garbage or trash.



+
Special Events/Temporary Food
+
Is there an annual permit to cover a full season for temporary foods?

No. However, there is an annual sampling permit available for vendors who wish to sample only, which applies to sanctioned Farmer's Markets, Craft Fairs, etc. This permit is valid only for the calendar year in which it was purchased.



+
If I turn in a food permit application and pay the fee, have I been approved?

No. The application is subject to review and food service operations must comply with regulations. Incomplete applications may be rejected. Applications may also be rejected based on inability to contact the person in charge of food service, menu item restrictions, or operational concerns.



+
I am going to buy bulk muffins and bagels at my local grocery store and sell them individually at an event. Do I need a temporary food permit?
A temporary food permit is required any time open food is being offered to the public at a special event.

If food items that are not individually prepackaged and on-site preparation (opening of package and contact with food item) is required, a temporary food establishment permit must be obtained.



+
Can I prepare food for a Special Event at home?

Only registered cottage food operators can prepare food at home for a special event.  All cottage food requirements must be followed including packaging and labeling requirements.  Other than the above exception, no food preparation is allowed at a private residence for items served to the public.

All preparation of food for a special event must be conducted at the event or in a pre-approved permitted food establishment.



+
What is a cumulative maximum fee for special events/temporary food establishments?

A temporary food establishment which operates at the same special event, in the same location and serves the same menu for at least three times during a calendar year will be eligible for a cumulative maximum fee. The temporary food establishment will be charged the permit fee for the event multiplied by three. The operation of the temporary food establishment is limited to 14 days per calendar year.



+
Do I still need a permit if I am giving away food?
Food prepared in a private home and given away free of charge for charitable purposes, such as feeding unhoused individuals, does not require a permit.  The food cannot be given to a food establishment and cannot be associated with a special event.
Food given away druing promotional events does not quailfy for this expemption and a permit is still needed for these types of events.


+
What food and beverage items are exempt from permit requirements?
The following is a list of temporary food establishment permit exemptions (per regulation):
  • Bottled water, canned soft drinks.
  • Coffee/Tea with powdered non-dairy creamer or ultra-pasteurized creamer packaged in individual servings (this exemption does not include beverages such as lattés and espressos that are mixed with dairy product or ice by the vendor during preparation).
  • Commercially prepared acidic beverages (orange juice, lemonade, etc.) that are served from the original, properly labeled container without the addition of consumer ice or other regulated food product.
  • Draft beer and other alcoholic beverages (wine) that are served without the addition of consumer ice or the addition of other regulated food product.
  • Hermetically sealed and unopened containers of non-time/temperature control for safety food (TCS) etc.
  • Hot chocolate prepared without the use of time/temperature control for safety food (TCS) dairy products.
  • Non-time/temperature control for safety food (TCS) prepackaged baked goods with proper labeling from an approved source and requiring no on-site preparation (opening of package and contact with food item).
  • Non-time/temperature control for safety food (TCS) and unopened prepacked foods from an approved source with proper labeling such as honey, jerked meats, potato chips, popcorn and other similar foods.
  • Produce sold from a produce stand where no sampling (cuttin or slicing) or food preparation is done.
  • Commercially prepared, prepackaged, and unopened ice cream that is appropriately labeled as to ingredients and manufacturer. Smoothie products (Jamba Juice and Keva Juice) made and prepackaged at the fixed permitted facility and appropriately labeled with ingredients and manufacturer.
  • Shelled and unshelled nuts, including flavored nuts for sample or sale.
  • Food Supplements that are offered for sample or sale without the addition of regulated food items. These include, but are not limited to vitamins, minerals, protein powder mixes, energy drinks, and herbal mixtures (excluding those containing unapproved additives such as CBD or kratom).
  • Foods from an approved source prepared for a “cook-off” or judging contest in which food is not provided to the public.


+
Can I sell food made from a private home at my school or church fundraiser?

Yes. A religious, charitable or other nonprofit organization may, without possessing a permit from the Washoe County Health District (WCHD), sell food to raise money, whether or not the food was prepared at a private home, if the sale occurs on the premises of the organization.



+
Is there a food permit fee exemption for veterans as in California?

No. County Finance has not passed any such exemptions for purchase of permits.



+
I am a grocery store and I would like to barbeque food outside and sell/serve the food inside. Do I need a temporary food permit?

No. If a fixed facility (grocery store, restaurant, etc.) already has a permit through the Washoe County Health District (WCHD) Food Protection Program, and the food will be sampled inside the store, a temporary food permit is not required. If the establishment wishes to sample or sell food outside, a temporary food permit is required.



+
I am a grocery store and I would like to sample food inside my store. Do I need a temporary food permit?

No. If a fixed facility (grocery store, restaurant, etc.) already has a permit through the Washoe County Health District (WCHD) Food Protection Program, and the food will be sampled inside the store, a temporary food permit is not required. If the establishment wishes to sample or sell food outside, a temporary food permit is required.



+
How far ahead of time must I purchase a Temporary Food Permit?

A temporary food permit must be obtained at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the event.  Late fees apply to applications submitted within seven (7) days prior to the event.



+
I am an existing food establishment that would like to participate in a special event what do I do?

Existing food establishment permits do not extend outside of the approved fixed facility. Existing food establishments must obtain a Temporary Food Permit when operating outside of the approved facility.



+
I have a mobile food unit and would like to participate in a special event. Do I need a temporary food establishment permit?
If a mobile food unit has a valid Mobile Food Permit issued from the Washoe County Health District (WCHD) Food Protection Program, a temporary food permit is not required if the unit is fully self-contained as permitted and other food preparation or storage equipment is not required; however, the mobile food unit must have the permission of the event promoter to participate in the event. If the mobile food unit does not have a valid WCHD Mobile Food Permit, a temporary food establishment permit is required.
NOTE concerning multiple-day special events: A mobile food unit must return to the designated servicing area DAILY as a condition required under the valid mobile permit. A temporary food establishment permit is required if the mobile unit remains in the same location for the duration of a multi-day event.


+
I am going to have a tasting event where food is donated and sampled by patrons; do I need a temporary food permit?

A temporary food establishment permit must be obtained to cover each separate food vendor. Please contact this agency for available permitting options.



+
Can I prepare the food for a Special Event ahead of time at an approved facility?

Any food prep performed prior to the first day of a special event must receive prior approval from the WCHD.  Advanced preparation details must be disclosed in the temporary food permit application.  Cooking and cooling of food items in advance is usually not allowed.



+
I am a promoter and I would like to organize and put on a special event, what do I need to do?

The promoter must first contact the city or county business licensing department (Washoe County, City of Reno or City of Sparks) in which the event is going to be held to ensure the necessary permits/licenses are obtained in order to operate within the city/county limits. If the event’s daily attendance is equal to or exceeds 5,000 persons per day, or the total attendance over a fourteen (14) day period is equal to or exceeds 10,000 persons, the promoter must obtain an Application for a Special Event Permit from the Washoe County Health District.



+
Is there a reduced food permit fee for non-profits?

No. Non-profit fees were removed from the current fee schedule as of July 1, 2016.



+
What is a low risk food?

Examples of low risk food items include, samples given of any food item (including potentially hazardous foods), any beverage served in an open container with consumer ice, coffee drinks blended with dairy products (espresso, lattés), popcorn, pretzels, cotton candy, snow cones/shaved ice, funnel cakes, French fries, fried/cooked vegetables, roasted corn, churros, breads, pastries, nuts, sliced fruit (including melons), candy, fudge/chocolate.



+
What is a time/temperature control for safety food (TCS) food?

Time/temperature control for safety food (TCS) food includes any animal food (a food of animal origin) that is raw or heat-treated; a food of plant origin that is heat-treated or consists of raw seed sprouts; cut melons; and garlic-in-oil mixtures that are not modified in a way that prevents bacterial growth. Some examples of time/temperature control for safety food (TCS) food include, meat, poultry, fish, shell fish and crustaceans, milk and dairy products, cooked rice, and cooked beans, baked potatoes, tofu and soy protein foods, eggs (except those treated to eliminate Salmonella), raw sprouts, sliced melons, cut tomatoes, and cut leafy greens.



+
What is a special event?

A special event is a transitory gathering such as, but not limited to, an activity (including soccer, baseball and softball league games), a celebration, festival or fundraiser which is open to the public.



+
What is a temporary food establishment?

A temporary food establishment is any food establishment which operates at a fixed location for a temporary period of time, not to exceed 14 consecutive days, in connection with a special event.



+
STD
+
What communicable diseases am I required to report?
Click here for a list from Washoe County Health District.

+
In regards to STDs, what diseases am I required to report?
The most common reportable STDs are Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Syphilis, and Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection (HIV).  Additional reportable STDs are located in NAC 441A.775.

+
Teen Health Mall
+
Does the Teen Health Mall have staff that speak Spanish?

Yes. We have staff that speak Spanish and interpret in the clinic. We also have a telephone interpreting service that can assist with interpretation in many other languages.



+
Is there a bus stop near the Teen Health Mall clinic?

Yes. There are Citifare bus stops close to the Health Department along routes 2 and 12.



+
Is the Teen Health Mall appointment confidential?

Yes. All appointments are confidential.



+
I'm pregnant and thinking about adoption, where can I go to find out more information?

Social Services has information on adoption.



+
I just had sex and didn't use protection. I don't want to get pregnant. What can I do?

If you take an Emergency Contraception (the Plan B pill) within five days of unprotected sex you can reduce your chance of pregnancy by up to 75%. You need to be seen by a nurse to receive this medication. Call the clinic ASAP to make an appointment. For weekend, holiday or evening emergency contraception providers in the local area dial 1-888-NOT-2-LATE.



+
I've been sexually assaulted and I am afraid to tell the police. What do I do?

Contact Sexual Assault Support Services Crisis Call Center at 784-8090 or 1-800-992-5757 and they will listen to you as well as give you information about resources in the community that may help.



+
Where is the Teen Health Mall Clinic located?

The Health Department is located at the corner of 9th Street and Wells Ave., just off the freeway and next to the fairgrounds. The address is 1001 East 9th Street, Building B. If you are traveling North on Wells, the entrance to the clinic is the first right (into the parking lot) after passing 9th Street. You can enter the door marked clinic services.



+
What does it mean to receive family planning services?

The Teen Health Mall offers family planning services to help you plan the size of your family. By using birth control methods a woman has more control over when she has children and how many children she has.



+
What do I need to bring to my first Teen Health Mall visit?
  • If it is your first visit, or if your income has changed, please bring proof of family income. Please see Cost of Services.
  • If you are on medications, bring in your medications, or write down the names so a nurse can review them. This would also include any birth control pills that you did not receive from this clinic.


+
What is a Pap smear?

A Pap smear is a test that looks for changes of the cells on the cervix. If you would like to know more, please see the Pap Smear information sheet.



+
What is the Teen Health Mall phone number?

The number to the office clinic is (775) 328-2470. The phones are answered between the hours of 9 a.m. - noon and 1 p.m. - 4 p.m.



+
What will happen at my first Teen Health Mall visit?
  • You will fill out paperwork.
  • An aide will obtain your weight and height, measure your blood pressure, and check your iron level (in some cases).
  • The Advanced Practitioner of Nursing will review your medical history and determine what services you need (birth control, STD testing etc.).
  • If you are interested in birth control you may get it on the day of your visit; however, in some instances you will need to return to receive your method of birth control.
  • You may or may not receive a pelvic exam (having a nurse look and feel inside your vagina) and Pap smear on your first visit. If you receive birth control you will need to have a pelvic exam within 3 months.


+
When do I pay for the Teen Health Mall visit?

You can pay for your visit on the day that you receive services, or we can put you on a payment plan.



+
I am pregnant so where do I go to get checked (prenatal care)?
  • We provide pregnancy testing and proof of pregnancy if your test is positive. We do not provide prenatal care services: however, we will tell you where to receive those services.
  • The Washoe Pregnancy Center provides prenatal care services on a sliding scale. Their phone number is (775) 982-5640.


+
Tuberculosis (TB)
+
What if I had Bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG) vaccination for TB?

Bacillus Calmette-Guérin (BCG) is a vaccine for tuberculosis. It is often given to infants and young children in countries with high rates of tuberculosis. It protects children and babies from developing severe forms of tuberculosis, like meningitis or miliary TB. It is not used routinely in the United States. Your skin test may be positive because of BCG vaccination.

However, a positive skin test is most likely due to infection with TB bacteria if:

  • You recently spent time with a person who has active TB disease
  • You are from an area of the world where active TB is very common (Africa, Latin America, Asia, Eastern Europe and Russia)
  • You spend time where TB disease is common (homeless shelters, migrant farm camps, drug treatment centers, health care clinics. jails or prisons)
  • You were vaccinated more than 5-10 years ago
  • Your skin test is greater than 20 mm

Consider a blood test. Blood tests are not affected due to BCG - they will not give a false positive result due to BCG.



+
What is the difference between latent TB infection and TB disease?

A Person with Latent TB Infection (LTBI):

  • Usually has a skin test or a blood test result indicating TB infection*
  • Usually has a normal chest x-ray
  • Has TB bacteria in their body that are alive but inactive
  • Has no symptoms
  • Does not feel sick
  • Cannot spread TB to others
  • Can take treatment for LTBI to reduce their risk of developing TB disease

A Person with Active TB Disease:

  • Usually has a skin test or a blood test result indicating TB infection*
  • Usually has an abnormal chest x-ray
  • Has TB bacteria in their body that are active (growing)
  • Usually feels sick and experiences symptoms
  • May spread TB to others
  • Needs treatment to cure the active TB disease

* - A positive tuberculin skin test (TST) or a positive blood test only shows that you have been infected with the TB bacteria. Neither test can tell if you have TB disease, only if the TB bacteria are in your body.



+
How is latent TB infection treated?

Treating latent TB infection is essential to controlling and eliminating TB in the United States, because it substantially reduces the risk that the infection will progress to TB disease.

A person with TB infection can take medication called Isoniazid or Rifampin. This will kill the TB bacteria and greatly reduce the risk of TB disease from developing. Your doctor will decide which medicine is best for you. It is important to have health monitoring every month while taking either of these medications to be sure that you are not developing any harmful side effects. Your health care provider may order blood tests during your treatment.

There is now a 12 dose regimen that makes treating latent TB infection easier.

Considered one of the biggest breakthroughs in treatment for latent TB infection (LTBI) since the 1960s, the 12-dose regimen reduces treatment from 270 daily doses over 9 months, to 12 once-weekly doses over 3 months. It is a combination regimen of isoniazid and rifapentine; two of the most effective medications available for TB treatment.

Following the results of a recent large randomized control trial, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) released recommendations on the use of the new treatment regimen for LTBI:

  • It is recommended for otherwise healthy people aged 12 and older who are at an increased risk of developing TB disease
  • Close patient monitoring and the utilization of Direct Observed Therapy (DOT) in which a health care worker observes a person taking the treatment and monitors side effects is required for each of the 12 doses
  • It is an additional treatment option for LTBI and is not meant to replace other available treatment regimens

More information: CDC guidelines, Recommendations for Use of an Isoniazid-Rifapentine Regimen with Direct Observation to Treat Latent Mycobacterium tuberculosis Infection (MMWR 2011; 60: 1650-1653).



+
How is TB disease treated?

It takes a long time to kill all the TB bacteria. A person with TB disease typically must take 4 different medicines for 2 months:

  • Isoniazid
  • Rifampin
  • Pyrazinamide
  • Ethambutol

Then take Isoniazid and Rifampin for another 4-7 months depending on how much damage the bacteria have caused.

This treatment has been successful in treating TB disease for many years. In recent years, some TB bacteria strains have become resistant, (the medicines no longer kill the TB bacteria) to one or more of these drugs.

Multi-drug resistant (MDR) TB is resistant to the two strongest TB medicines, Rifampin and Isoniazid. The most common cause of drug resistance occurs when TB medications are not taken long enough and/or in the right amounts. Drug resistant TB is much more difficult and expensive to successfully treat. Extremely drug resistant (XDR) TB is a less common form of multi-drug resistant TB. There is resistance to Isoniazid and Rifampin, as well as most of the alternative drugs used against MDR TB. The Center for Disease Control and Prevention urges all health care practitioners to use directly observed therapy (DOT) in the treatment of tuberculosis.



+
How is TB spread?

When a person with active TB disease coughs or sneezes tiny droplets that contain TB bacteria are released into the air. If another person breathes air containing these droplets, they may become infected with the TB bacteria. However, not everyone infected with TB bacteria becomes sick. As a result, two TB-related conditions exist: Latent TB infection (LTBI) and Active TB disease - both of which are treatable and curable.



+
My TB test is positive, now what?

You will need to have a chest x-ray. If your chest x-ray is normal, this means you have been infected with the TB bacteria but your immune system has "walled off" the bacteria and is protecting you from getting sick. Your doctor may recommend that you take medication to kill the bacteria so you will lower your risk of ever developing active TB disease. If your chest x-ray is abnormal and/or you have symptoms of TB disease your doctor will order additional tests to see if you have active disease.



+
What are the symptoms of TB disease?

Symptoms of TB disease can include any or all of the following:

  • A cough lasting longer than 3 weeks
  • Trouble breathing
  • Pain in the chest
  • Feeling tired all of the time
  • Fever
  • Weight loss
  • Poor appetite
  • Night sweats
  • Swollen lymph nodes
  • Coughing up blood

See your doctor if you have these symptoms.



+
What is directly observed therapy (DOT)?

To increase the success of TB disease treatment and decrease the risk of drug resistance, a health care worker observes each dose of TB medication taken.

Most persons believe they are able to take their medication without help. But 6 - 9 months is a long time to take antibiotics, especially after you start to feel better. Health care workers who provide DOT offer encouragement to complete treatment. People are human and humans are sometimes forgetful. DOT health care providers help people remember to take their medicine. They also check for harmful side effects and make sure the medicines are working as expected.



+
What is TB?

Tuberculosis (TB) is caused by a bacteria called Mycobacterium Tuberculosis (M. tuberculosis). TB usually attack the lungs. Sometimes TB bacteria attack other parts of the body such as, the kidney, spine or brain. TB disease is a serious illness, but with proper treatment it can be cured.



+
Where can I learn more about TB?

The Washoe County Health District's Tuberculosis Prevention and Control Program staff welcomes questions about tuberculosis. They can be reached at 775-785-4785.

There are many informative websites available:



+
Who is most likely to get TB?

Some people are more likely to be infected with the latent form of TB. These include:

  • persons who were born in a foreign country with high rates of TB
  • persons who have lived in a foreign country with high rates of TB
  • persons who have spent time with someone with active TB disease
  • persons who live or spend a lot of time in crowded places

Some people who are infected with latent TB have a greater risk of progressing to active TB disease. These include:

  • persons who became infected with TB in the last 2 years
  • children under 5 years of age
  • new immigrants from countries with high rates of TB - persons who have been in the United States for less than 5 years
  • persons with weakened immune systems
  • persons with certain kinds of lung disease, such as silicosis
  • persons with diabetes
  • persons who have had stomach or bowel surgery
  • persons who take certain medications for arthritis
  • persons who take prednisone or other steroids for extended periods of time
  • persons who have had cancer of the head, neck or leukemia
  • persons with end stage renal disease
  • persons who are extremely underweight (10% or more below ideal body weight)
  • persons with an abnormal chest x-ray suggestive of old healed TB disease
  • persons who had TB disease in the past but did not receive adequate treatment
  • persons with HIV infection. Persons with HIV infection have the greatest risk of progressing to active TB disease.


+
Vasectomy
+
Can a vasectomy be reversed if I change my mind afterwards?

A vasectomy is a permanent operation. Some doctors try to undo a vasectomy with surgery, but it is expensive and many times does not work. Make sure that you do not want to father any more children before you have a vasectomy.



+
How do they do a vasectomy?

A vasectomy is done in a doctor’s office or clinic. The doctor numbs the area and then makes a small cut in the scrotum (skin around the testicles) to get to the tubes that carry the sperm (sperm ducts). The doctor then closes off the sperm ducts so that sperm cannot get into the semen (what comes out during an orgasm). When there are no sperm in the semen, you cannot cause a pregnancy.

Illustration showing the location of the sperm duct (tube), seminal vesicle (where sperm is stored), the closed off tube of a vasectomy, the testicle, and the scrotum.



+
Are there other ways to prevent pregnancy besides a vasectomy?

Yes, there are several temporary ways to prevent pregnancy. A man can use a condom or a woman can use methods like birth control pills, the Depo shot, the patch, an IUD as well as others. If you would like more information about these and other temporary ways to prevent pregnancy, talk to your health care provider.



+
What are the benefits of a vasectomy?

With a vasectomy you don't have to worry about making a woman pregnant and you don't have to use a temporary method of family planning again (like birth control pills for women, condoms to prevent pregnancy, etc). However, the procedure will not protect you against STDs. A condom is still the best method for STD prevention.



+
What are the risks of a vasectomy?

Vasectomy is a safe and simple operation, but there is a small chance you could have problems afterwards. Some of the problems include:

  • You may have temporary swelling around the area of the skin that was cut.
  • You may have bruising that usually goes away on its own.
  • You may get an infection on the skin or inside the scrotum.
  • The operation may not make you sterile. A small number of men who have the operation will still be able to get a woman pregnant. The vasectomy is more than 99% effective.


+
What is a vasectomy?

A vasectomy is a sterilization operation for men. This means that after the operation a man cannot get a woman pregnant.</p.



+
Will I still be able to have sex after a vasectomy?

Yes. A vasectomy will not alter your sex drive. Your erections and orgasms will be the same. You will have the same amount of ejaculate (semen), but it will not contain sperm.



+
Waste Reduction, Recycling, and Disposal
+
Can I recycle yard clippings and other "green wastes"?

At this time, there is not a green waste program. However, you can build a compost pile from yard wastes that will provide nourishment and fertilizer for the garden and landscape.

For more information on how to construct a compost pile, consult your local nursery or the Master Gardener Program through the University of Nevada Cooperative Extension Office at 784-4848.



+
How do I get my recyclables picked up at the curbside in my neighborhood?

The residential recycling program in Reno, Sparks, and Washoe County is voluntary. You must contact Waste Management Inc., at 329-8822 to request recycling bins. They will be delivered to your home. Also, don’t forget to request a pickup schedule for recycled items. Your pickup day may be different that the regular garbage pickup.



+
How can I dispose of household products containing hazardous materials or chemicals?

The best way to prevent this disposal dilemma is to not purchase products that contain hazardous materials or chemicals. However, if you cannot share the product or donate it for use by others, please solidify the waste with kitty litter, dirt, or coffee grinds and throw it away.



+
How do I dispose of old computers?

If you are a homeowner, you should first try to donate the unit or turn it in to one of the used computer retailers in the area. The last and least attractive alternative is to dispose of it in the trash. If you are a business, your computers cannot be landfilled!



+
How do I get rid of old paint?

In Washoe County, there are several ways to dispose of household paint. First, remove the lids from the paint cans and let the contents dry to a solid form. If there is more than 1/2 inch of paint, add kitty litter to absorb it. When the material is solidified, you can dispose of it your household trash. Or, secondly, you may pour the paint directly on to plastic tarps being careful not to spill on to the ground; let it harden, and then roll up the tarps and place in your household trash.



+
Is there an option for single-stream recycling in Washoe County?
Washoe County and Waste Management agreed to a new Garbage Franchise Agreement for residents in unincorporated Washoe County that includes Single Stream Recycling. See the details here.

+
How can I start a waste reduction, recycling and a buy-recycled program in my work place?

Contact the Nevada Small Business Development Center's "Business Environmental Program" at 1-800-882-3233, or 689-6699, or contact EPA for the free "Business Guide for Reducing Solid Waste" at www.epa.gov.



+
Where can I dispose of used motor oil?

Most oil recycling centers will accept up to five gallons of used oil free-of-charge. Many of the large auto parts retailers in Washoe County will take motor oil from local residents. Make sure when transporting the oil, that it is in a secured container and is free of contamination by lubricants, gasoline, or antifreeze.

In other Northern Nevada Counties, call the State of Nevada Recycling Hotline at 1-800-597-5865.



+
Water Projects/Engineering
+
Can NNPH accept “red line” corrections on plans?
Washoe County Health District (WCHD) cannot accept any red line corrections on plans.  All plans are submitted through the City of Reno, City of Sparks, and Washoe County Community Services Department (CSD) and therefore, all plans must match.  Since WCHD is only a small piece of the total plan review, all revisions must be submitted through the correct agency and routed for review.

+
Can we meet with NNPH to discuss specific concerns or projects?

Meetings are held at the Washoe County Health District (WCHD) office, and scheduling is completed through WCHD staff at 775-328-2434 or the ehsplanreview@nnph.org email.  



+
Is there a special exception process?

When a special exception is requested, this must be completed by the Water System submitting the plan for whatever the proposed exception is to the plan.  This must include why the minimum requirements of NAC 445A cannot be maintained, provide an analysis of any potential public health impacts, how this exception can be protective of public health, and any other pertinent information necessary to complete the review process.

Special exceptions are considered only on a case-by-case basis.

All special exceptions must be completed and submitted in writing to Washoe County Health District (WCHD).  WCHD will coordinate with NDEP for concurrent review and comment as part of the review process.



+
What is required for a Final Map signature from NNPH?
An approved water project that matches the grading and civil infrastructure plans is required in order for Washoe County Health District to sign any final map.  Map Signature form

+
What is required when the design does not meet the minimum requirements for construction per NAC 445A?

A justification for each occurrence must be included with the plan submittal from the licensed professional preparing the plans.  The justification must address the proposed design, why it is required, why the design could not be modified to meet the requirements of NAC 445A, and address the potential public health impacts associated with not meeting the minimum construction requirements.



+
What are ANSI / NSF requirements?

Per Nevada Administrative Code 445A, certain water system infrastructure is required to meet ANSI / NSF requirements and demonstrate the appropriate certification for use.

The following list of websites provide ANSI / NSF Accredited Third-Party Certification (https://nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P100LVYK.txt):

  1. CSA - https://www.csagroup.org/testing-certification/product-listing/
  2. IAPMO - http://pld.iapmo.org/default.aspx
  3. ICC ES PMG - https://icc-es.org/pmg-listing-program/listing-directory/
  4. Intertek - http://etlwhidirectory.etlsemko.com/WebClients/ITS/DLP/products.nsf/$$Search?OpenForm
  5. NSF - http://info.nsf.org/Certified/PwsComponents/index.asp?standard=061
  6. Truesdail - https://www.truesdail.com/product-listings/
  7. UL - http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.html
  8. WQA - https://www.wqa.org/Find-Products#/


+
What are the professional stamp and signature requirements for plan submittal?

Per the Nevada Board of Professional Engineer and Land Surveyors (NVBPELS), all plans are required to be stamped and signed in accordance with NAC 625.

Per the Nevada State Board of Architecture, Interior Design and Residential Design (NSBAIDRD), all plans are required to be stamped and signed in accordance with NAC 623.



+
What is required when water infrastructure is completed?

Water project completion letters are required to be submitted to Washoe County Health District (WCHD) once all infrastructure has been installed and tested.  These letters are also a requirement for the developer to receive the Certificate of Occupancy and be able to sell or occupy any structures proposed.  Water Project Completion Letter



+
How are separation distances determined?

All separations are determined from the outside pipe or enclosure.  All plan submittals should be utilizing the outside diameter of pipe, catch basin, sewer main, storm drain, etc to identify the minimum separation distance allowed per NAC 445A.

Plans must demonstrate actual pipe diameters and ensure all separations meet the minimum requirements of NAC 445A.



+
How do I find the status of a Water Project or Construction plan review?

Email ehsplanreview@nnph.org

All plan review status, supplemental information for review, and other information regarding plans should be emailed to this location.

Emails should include the building permit number or water project number in the subject line.



+
What is the submittal process for a water project?
  • All water projects are submitted by the permitted public water system directly to the Washoe County Health District (WCHD) for review and approval.  All WCHD correspondence will be distributed through the water system. For WCHD to approve a construction permit or final map, WCHD must review and approve the associated water project, and the two designs must match. 
  • Water Project Application


+
Housing and Homeless Services

+
Admission/participation
+
When will the Safe Camp open
The Safe Camp is in the development phase for the long-term camp. As this process takes time, Washoe County developed a temporary site to operate while construction for the long-term site is underway. The temporary site opened June 17, 2021.  

The layout, budget and construction timeline for the long term site are currently being established. Professional staff are engaged in the infrastructure development to address all location matters including site grading, emergency access, ADA access, drainage, utilities, etc. A tentative opening date for long-term site will be shared as soon as it becomes available.



+
Emergency Shelter
+
Admission
+
Does the Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter have safe parking locations for vehicles or RVs

Parking is available for functioning, licensed, and registered automobiles that participants are using for transportation regularly.  



+
What are the service eligibility requirements
Below are the service eligibility requirements as outlined in the Washoe County Nevada Cares Campus
Policies:
  1. Nevada Cares Campus participants must be currently experiencing homelessness and want to end their homelessness as quickly as they can do so.
  2. Nevada Cares Campus participants must be willing to treat all other Nevada Cares Campus participants with respect and not engage in any theft, destruction of property or violence towards staff or other Nevada Cares Campus participants.
  3. Nevada Cares Campus participants must be at least 18 years of age. Unaccompanied minors seeking shelter will be referred to the appropriate resource.
  4. Nevada Cares Campus participants must be ambulatory enough to get in and out of their bed on their own and independently take care of activities of daily living, such as feeding themselves, hygiene and bathroom needs.
  5. Nevada Cares Campus participants do not need to be citizens of the United States, nor do they have to have any documented immigration status, to be eligible for Nevada Cares Campus services.
  6. One of the goals of the Nevada Cares Campus is to minimize the barriers that prevent people from accessing services. This means the Nevada Cares Campus will serve people who are actively using drugs and/or alcohol; who have no income; and who may not be medication or treatment compliant. However, no drugs or alcohol are allowed on campus and no selling or giving away drugs or alcohol is allowed.
  7. Previous Nevada Cares Campus participants that have been released from the program or excluded from the premises due to violence towards staff or other Nevada Cares Campus participants, or due to selling or giving away drugs at the Nevada Cares Campus, will not be permitted to be at the Nevada Cares Campus per the sit out timeframes.
  8. Until a day center is open, day services are available for anyone seeking showers, laundry or a meal between the hours of 6 am and 6 pm.


+
What is the criteria for an emergency bed at the Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter

Criteria for emergency bed:

  • Provide name
  • Date of birth
  • Share the resources one is seeking


+
What meal and food services are provided

The Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter provides breakfast, lunch and dinner for individuals.

  • Pastries and juice are provided as participants begin to wake for the day around 5:30 am.
  • Lunch is at 11:30 am and dinner is at 4:30 pm. 

The line for meals typically starts 30 minutes beforehand and security will check any bags a person is carrying for any drugs, alcohol, or weapons.



+
What services are available to guests that are severely mentally handicapped

As a low barrier shelter, requirements to obtain a shelter bed do not include compliance with medication, case management or other services.

When able, case managers make referrals to programs that include mental health services such as ReStart.



+
When admitted, what does the full intake process consist of

An intake at the Nevada Cares Campus is conducted by a Volunteers of America (VOA) case manager when case management staff are on shift (Monday - Saturday 8 a.m. - 5 p.m.). For participants seeking shelter outside of those hours, basic intake information is collected and full intake is completed by the next available case manager.  The current intake process includes:

  • Diversion: Which includes assessing if a participant has other housing resources or options available to them such as reuniting with family or friends
  • A crisis needs assessment: Which includes basic personal information, to determine the appropriateness of the shelter
  • An individualized housing and service plan is created
  • A bed, locker, and small storage container is then assigned, and a general overview of the campus layout is provided. Information on how to access a case manager is provided as well


+
Where is the Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter located

The Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter is located at:

1800 Threlkel St., Reno, NV, 89512

Open 24 hrs.

Contact Phone Number: 775-329-4141 



+
Program model
+
How is participant feedback incorporated in the operational model
Participant feedback is incorporated in the operational model by a Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter Participant Advisory Board. The Advisory Board is comprised of current participants only who show interest or were nominated by their case workers. The team attempts to touch multiple demographics with board membership such as 1 single female, 1 single male, 1 couple, a participant with an animal and a participant from every section.

The purpose of this Advisory board is to give participants a voice on issues involving the emergency shelter and review the entries submitted to the suggestion boxes that are located in every dorm.  This board meets on a weekly basis and advises the Contracted Operator and Washoe County staff on how they can improve services.



+
What are the policies and procedures of the Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter

Policies and procedures have been developed for participants, to maintain a safe environment where all participants are treated with dignity and respect. The Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter follows a low barrier, harm reduction model to be as inclusive as possible.

To view the Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter polices, please click here.



+
What are the statistics of successful exits from the emergency shelter into housing
With the transfer of the operation of the shelter, Washoe County is assessing the current metrics being reported. The team plans to build on the foundation already established by Volunteers of America (VOA), the contracted operator, and report additional metrics on the County website in the future.

+
What is the ratio of case workers to guests

Best practice is 1 case manager to 20-30 individuals.  Case management ratios for this population are not recommended to be higher than 1:30 for lower acuity individuals and no more than 1:10 for higher acuity individuals requiring more intensive case management.

Currently, there are 9 case managers employed by Volunteers of America (VOA), the contracted operator, ratio: 1:67. Please note, there is a distinction between case managers and floor staffing. Floor staffing ratios are 1:25. Staffing at the Nevada Cares Campus is Washoe County’s number one priority during this transition.



+
What is the shelters goal for average stay
The shelter's goal is to exit people to permanent housing within 90 days. 

+
What performance measures, goals and outcomes are established
We will be establishing a baseline measurement which future improvement can be measured against. These metrics will be consistently analyzed and shared with the community on the Washoe County Housing and Homeless Services County webpage.

+
What services or programs will be accessible
A model is being developed to bring services on site and Washoe County is working on partnerships with existing programs. Programs and services offered will be housing or employment focused.

+
Site administration and development
+
How can I help

If interested in donating, volunteering or fundraising opportunities, please visit our Community Engagement page, here



+
What are the staffing levels at the Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter

Throughout December 2021 and January 2022, the Board of County Commissioners approved the following staff:

  • 14 additional Front Line Staff (VOA staff)
  • Diversion/ Intake Team (Current team of 10 VOA staff)
  • 21 Case Managers (1:30 ratio, Washoe County staff)
  • 6 Mental Health Counselors (Washoe County staff)
  • 2 Additional Administrative staff: (Washoe County staff)
    • Community Partnerships and Volunteers, Staff/ Training Development
    • Medical Billing Specialist (Implement Medicaid Reimbursement)
  • 24-hour RN/EMS Support (Contracted)

A couple of these positions are under recruitment and/or will be posted in the near future. To view job openings, please click here.



+
What is the continued construction development of the Nevada Cares Campus
Construction is anticipated to start early 2022. We are working on developing a page to be a resource to the community which will include the phases of construction to follow progress.

+
Who is responsible for operating the Nevada Cares Campus Emergency Shelter
The Nevada Cares Campus emergency shelter is a Washoe County program serviced by a contract operator, Volunteers of America (VOA). The contracted operator is responsible for the day-to-day operations and responsible for hiring staff.

+
Safe Camp
+
Admission/participation
+
Where will the Safe Camp be located

After many community conversations about the need for expanding the capacity for emergency shelter, in a concurrent meeting on November 18, 2020, the Washoe County Board of Commissioners and the City of Reno and Sparks City Councils voted to acquire and cost share three parcels on East 4th Street for the purpose of expanding shelter capacity in the region to assist people experiencing homelessness.

One of the purchased parcels included the Governor’s Bowl Park which was discussed to be a safe camping location.  The location was identified to serve as a safe space where people living in encampments could relocate providing access to basic services and a more secure location for individuals not wishing to move into shelters.



+
What rules will be put into place at the Safe Camp
Policies and procedures have been developed for participants, to maintain a safe environment where all participants are treated with dignity and respect. The Safe Camp follows a low barrier, harm reduction model to be as inclusive as possible. 

Please note: Weapons, drugs and alcohol aren’t allowed onsite at the Safe Camp. If a participant is found with drugs or alcohol they will be asked to dispose of the items or take them offsite.  



+
What will the admission process and criteria be for the Safe Camp

The Safe Camp is designed to be as low barrier as possible while maintaining the safety of all participants. Couples and single adults 18 years of age and older will be eligible to stay at the safe camp, sobriety will not be a requirement for admission to the Safe Camp, in regards to pets, the team is exploring how to accommodate pets at the safe camp. 

Admission Criteria 

  • To be eligible the person must be willing to work towards a housing plan and be able to manage their own activities of daily living.
  • A very simple application form has been developed that asks the bare minimum amount of information needed to be able to make an admission decision and ensure the person meets the minimum criteria.

Pilot Partners

  • Given this is a pilot program, we will be distributing and collecting applications through pilot partners to pilot the application process.
  • Applications will ONLY be distributed to pilot partners, who are the only people that can submit an application on someone’s behalf, however, any community member can work with a pilot partner to get an application submitted.
  • Pilot partner group is comprised of people who are doing outreach with an existing organization or government entity.

Pilot partners include

  • Eddy House
  • Health Plan of Nevada
  • Washoe County MOST team
  • City of Reno - Clean and Safe Program 
  • Safe Camp Case Manager
  • Karma Box Project

Application Review

  • The Washoe County Housing and Homeless Services (WCHHS) team will review applications for completeness.
  • Pilot partners will be engaged to review the list of applications and assist in the development of the approved participant list.
  • Pilot partners will assist in determining ideal move in dates and existing community groups that may desire to be placed in tent groupings in close proximity and/or have corresponding move in dates.


+
When will the Safe Camp open
The Safe Camp is in the development phase for the long-term camp. As this process takes time, Washoe County developed a temporary site to operate while construction for the long-term site is underway. The temporary site opened June 17, 2021.

The layout, budget and construction timeline for the long term site are currently being established. Professional staff are engaged in the infrastructure development to address all location matters including site grading, emergency access, ADA access, drainage, utilities, etc. A tentative opening date for long-term site will be shared as soon as it becomes available.



+
Will drug use be allowed at the Safe Camp

The Safe Camp is intended to implement a harm reduction model and sobriety is not required to be a Safe Camp participant. However, for the safety of those in the Safe Camp, drugs, alcohol, and weapons are not allowed on premises. If a participant is found with drugs or alcohol they will be asked to dispose of the items or take them offsite. 



+
Program model
+
How is participant feedback incorporated in the operational model

Participant feedback is incorporated in the operational model by a Safe Camp Participant Advisory Board. The Advisory Board is comprised of Safe Camp participants only and per the Advisory Board Charter, includes Officers elected to positions by members of the Advisory Board.

The purpose of this Advisory board is to give Safe Camp Participants a voice on issues involving the Safe Camp, housing of homeless persons, and other services provided. This board meets on a weekly basis and advises the Contracted Operator and the Homeless Services Program Specialist on how they can improve services.

All Safe Camp participants are invited to attend meetings to provide feedback. 



+
What food services will be provided
Lunch, dinner, snacks and beverages are provided to all Safe Camp participants.

+
What is the purpose and desired outcome of the Safe Camp
To provide a sanctioned location for people currently living outside that reduces the environmental, public health and safety concerns of unregulated encampments.

To provide a sanctioned camping location to reduce the negative impacts of unsheltered people being forcibly removed from a location.

From this stable location, engage Safe Camp participants in housing focused conversations, service referrals and housing placements.



+
What services or programs will be accessible to Safe Camp participants
A model is being developed to bring services on site and Washoe County is working on partnerships with existing programs. Programs and services offered will be housing or employment focused.

+
What transportation services will be available to Safe Camp
Linkages to transportation was a key consideration for the Safe Camp location.  The safe camp is 0.2 miles away from the nearest bus stop location at the 6th and 4th street intersection.  This bus stop provides access to the 4th street bus station, a key hub for bus transportation in our area.

+
What will staffing levels be at the Safe Camp

Washoe County has established a full time Washoe County position, to oversee the administration of the Safe Camp. In addition, the Safe Camp is a Washoe County initiative with a contracted operator.

The contracted operator is responsible for the day to day operating of the safe camp and is responsible for hiring staff for that specific role. Washoe County has also contracted with a social worker to provide housing focused case management and 24/7 contracted security staff.



+
Why are portable propane heaters not allowed in tents

Portable propane heaters are not allowed in tents at the Safe Camp due to fire safety risk and close proximity of the tents.

Additionally, personal heaters have previously been reported in a tent fatality.  



+
Will fires be allowed within the Safe Camp
Fires are not allowed onsite. Options to provide shelter from adverse weather events such as cold, wildfire smoke, extreme heat, etc. are explored.

+
Will tents be provided

On June 17th, 2021, when the Safe Camp pilot program initiated, the program provided participants a tent, sleeping bag and a cot to sleep on in a specific location within the temporary Safe Camp site. As the team continued to assess the program, the decision to transition from tents to individual ModPods was made late Fall 2021.

Participants are invited to bring any possessions that can fit within their assigned ModPod. Safe storage of belongings will be accommodated as capacity allows. 



+
Site administration and development
+
How will weather related issues like snow and flooding be mitigated
We are exploring all options for the safety of the individuals staying at the Safe Camp to include any drainage issues that may exist. Washoe County is developing this site in partnership with our Community Services Department, who have licensed staff to assist with these challenges in site development.

+
Who will be responsible for operating the Safe Camp
The Safe Camp will be a Washoe County initiative with a contracted operator. The contracted operator will be responsible for the day to day operations of the safe camp such as intake and participant conflict resolution.

+
Will camping along the river be allowed after the Safe Camp is completed
Ordinances related to camping in non-designated areas are being explored by the applicable jurisdictions. Water quality and safety are key concerns of encampments along the river. The Safe Camp will provide a place where campers will not be subject to jurisdictional sweeps and where amenities such as restrooms, handwashing and trash disposal will be offered.

+
Will the Safe Camp have safe parking locations for vehicles and or RVs
While Washoe County is aware of this need in our community, safe parking locations for vehicles and/or RVs are not planned for the Safe Camp at this time.

+
Human Resources

+
Benefits-COBRA
+
Who administers the program?
Washoe County administers our COBRA program for participants in the High Deductible Health Plan, PPO and the Surest plans.

+
Who do I contact if I have any questions on my COBRA election?
Please contact Washoe County Human Resources at 328-2081.

+
How much does COBRA Continuation Coverage cost?

Current rates can be found on the Human Resources website with the following link: Washoe County Employee Benefits 

Normally, qualified beneficiaries are required to pay the entire cost of COBRA Continuation Coverage.  The amount a qualified beneficiary may be required to pay may not exceed 102 percent (or, in the case of an extension of continuation coverage due to a disability, 150 percent) of the cost to the group health plan (including both employer and employee contributions).



+
How and when will I be notified of continuing my health coverage?
Terminated employees and their dependents (qualified beneficiaries) will be provided an election notice within 14 days of their termination date.

+
When is my payment due?
The initial premium payment must be made within 45 days after the date of the COBRA election (This is the date the Election Notice is post-marked, if mailed.) Payments must cover the period of coverage from the date of COBRA election retroactive to the date of the loss of coverage.  Qualified Beneficiaries have 60 days beyond the date they receive their election notice to sign up for their health care coverage.

+
When would my coverage start?
The effective date of COBRA Continuation Coverage is the day following the termination date of health insurance.  The insurance is not activated until payment is received.

+
When does my health insurance coverage end?
Your current health insurance coverage ends on your last day of work.

+
What is COBRA?
The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) of 1985 mandates that employers that have with 20 or more employees and offer health coverage continue to offer employees benefits when they quit, are laid off or fired or have their work hours reduced. Additionally, benefits must be offered to the employee’s spouse and dependents. COBRA benefits apply to health care plans, dental plans, vision plans, prescription drug plans, etc. Benefits may continue for up to 18, 24, 29 or 36 months, depending on the cause for the loss of benefits.

If you are separating service with the County you will most likely be entitled to 18 months of continued coverage.

+
When and how must payment for COBRA Continuation Coverage be made?
You will be notified by Washoe County on the process utilized to continue your health insurance program. After you make your first payment for COBRA Continuation Coverage, you will be required to make monthly payments for each coverage period. Payments are due on the 1st of the month for that coverage period. The Plan will not send monthly notices of payments due.

+
Benefits-Deferred Comp
+
Where can I get more information and education on saving for my retirement?

Contact Voya's local representative Tom Verducci at 775-530-3089. 



+
What are the responsibilities of the Deferred Compensation Committee?
The Deferred Compensation Committee has a fiduciary responsibility to act in the best interests of participants with respect to plan administrators, fund offerings, account management, plan review for compliance, best practices and competitiveness, and is responsible for plan revisions and other necessary actions to meet those responsibilities.

+
What is the authority of the Washoe County Deferred Compensation Committee?
In accordance with NRS 287.440, the Board of County Commissioners established a Washoe County Deferred Compensation Committee in 1979 to administer the 457 plan. The powers of the Deferred Compensation Committee as established by NRS and conferred upon the Committee as approved by the Board include collecting deferred compensation, transmitting to depositories within the State, payment of deferred compensation to participants and contracting with a private entity for services necessary to the administration of the plan.

+
What are the enrollment periods for the 457 and 401(a) plans?
Enrollment periods are established by Federal Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Codes. For the 457 plan, eligible employees can enroll at any time. For the 401(a) plan, employees are eligible to participate after one (1) year of employment with the County and then have a 90 day window in which to enroll. After the 90 day period ends, the employee is not eligible to enroll in the 401(a) plan for the remainder of his/her employment with Washoe
County.


+
Can I take a loan from my 457 or my 401(a) plan?

Participants are eligible to take loans from the deferred compensation plans. The minimum loan amount is $1,000 and the minimum loan term is 12 months. For more information contact Voya's Retirement Readiness Service Center at 1-800-584-6001 or Voya's local representative Tom Verducci at 775-530-3089.       



+
What is the minimum contribution required for participation in the plans?

Participants in the 457 Plan can start your retirement savings with as little as $10 or 1% per pay period, so starting sooner rather than later is easy.  You can start or stop your contributions to the 457 at any time. Participants electing to participate in the 401(a) Plan may select a minimum contribution amount of 2.5%. 401(a) enrollment and contribution elections are irrevocable.



+
Why does Washoe County have only one provider for the Deferred Compensation plans?
The Committee has conducted record-keeper and administrator searches in 2005, 2010, 2015 and 2018. During these search projects the Committee has not found any compelling evidence that there are any advantages for our employees in adding a second provider. A single provider also minimizes confusion for plan participants and creates pricing advantages due to the economies of scale that are created.

+
How is the performance of the offered investment options evaluated?
The Committee adopted a written Statement of Investment Policies and Guidelines at their August 12, 2004 meeting. This Statement establishes criteria for funds offered within the 457 and 401(a) plans as well as the criteria for eliminating investment options. The policy is reviewed annually and assists in meeting the fiduciary responsibility of the Committee to act in the best interest of all plan participants. As stated in the guidelines, “the Committee will evaluate fund performance at least annually. Performance results will be evaluated using comparisons with the guidelines, pertinent market indices and appropriate peer groups of managers. When necessary, fund performance will be reviewed more frequently.” Evaluation is focused on long-term performance, though interim qualitative factors may influence a decision to add or remove a fund.

+
What are the participation rates for the 457 and 401(a) plans?
Both the 457 and 401(a) plans are voluntary retirement plans that employees may utilize. Neither plan offers a matching contribution which means each plan is funded solely from employee contributions. The 457 plan has maintained a strong participation rate of nearly 70% for several years. The 401(a) plan is a supplemental plan and is an irrevocable enrollment which make it appealing for a smaller number of employees.

+
Can I purchase PERS service credits with my 457 or 401(a) dollars?
Yes. Participants in the 457 and the 401(a) plan may elect to have any portion of their account balance transferred to a defined benefit governmental plan (PERS) at any time during their employment. For more information on purchasing “time” contact Voya's local representative Tom Verducci at 775-530-3089 or the Voya Retirement Readiness Service Center at 1-800-584-6001. You will also need to contact NVPERS at 775-687-4200 or visit the PERS website at www.nvpers.org.

+
What is a Roth 457 plan?
The Roth Provision was added to the 457 Deferred Compensation program in May 2011. This feature enables you to contribute after-tax money from your paycheck to your 457 retirement plan account. The Roth option offers alternative tax benefits. Unlike traditional before-tax contributions, the Roth feature lets you save and invest with after-tax dollars. Because Roth contributions have already been taxed, Roth contributions and earnings can grow tax free.

+
Benefits-GAP
+
Who administers the GAP Plan?
The GAP is administered by American Fidelity Assurance (AFA).

+
How should I submit my Claim Form and supporting documentation to American Fidelity?

The easiest way to file a gap insurance claim is through your online account at Americanfidelity.com or the mobile app, AFmobile. Download American Fideity mobile app from the App Store or Google Play. 

 When filing a gap insurance claim you will need to provide the following documentation:

  • Statement of Insured, completed via  online claim filing  or paper claim form
  • Itemized Bills with diagnosis from each of your providers with a complete breakdown of charges for each date of service
  • Explanation of Benefits (EOB) from your primary medical insurance carrier

We may also need:



+
I want to submit a claim for reimbursement. Where can I find these forms?

Forms are available on the Employee Benefit Forms page of the Human Resources website: Employee Benefit Forms.

You can also visit American Fidelity's website to file an online claim or download the AF mobile app.

Please note that the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act does require that information submitted on this claim form is protected and only disclosed as necessary to process your claim. Employers, plan sponsors and providers are subject to ensuring that your data is private and secure.



+
What number do I call should I wish to follow up on the fax, or if I have other questions?
To follow up on a fax (after 48 hours to allow processing time): 1-800-662-1113
  
For any other plan or claim questions, contact the local American Fidelity office at 829-1313.

+
What does the GAP cover?

The following out-of-pocket expenses are covered:

Maximum In-Hospital Benefit:

• Up to $1,000 per hospital confinement

Maximum Out-patient Benefit:

• Treatment in a hospital emergency room

• Out-patient surgery in a hospital out-patient facility or free-standing out-patient surgery center

• Diagnostic testing in a hospital out-patient facility or MRI facility

• Up to $200 for treatment of the same or related conditions unless separated by a period of 90 consecutive days (then a new out-patient benefit will be payable)

Physician Out-patient Treatment Benefit:

• Treatment in a hospital out-patient clinic, free-standing emergency care clinic or physician’s office

• Up to $25 per treatment; $125 maximum per family per calendar year (non-routine care excluded)



+
How can I cover my dependents through a GAP plan?
If your dependents are covered under your HMO, you may also purchase GAP coverage for them. You may enroll dependents during the annual Open Enrollment period (mid-October through mid-November for a January 1 effective date) by meeting with an American Fidelity representative, or anytime during the year with a qualifying event. Rates can be found on the Human Resources website and premiums are collected pre-tax through payroll deduction. To enroll your dependents outside of the Open Enrollment period (with a qualifying event), contact American Fidelity at 829-1313.

+
What if I want to drop a dependent?
Just as with your health plans, dependents can only be dropped during Open Enrollment or with a qualifying event. To delete a dependent, you must contact American Fidelity directly. Dependent GAP coverage is privately purchased insurance and it is the responsibility of the employee to maintain the integrity of that policy. Calling Health Benefits to delete a dependent from your health insurance plan will not automatically delete them from your GAP Plan.

+
How can I obtain an EOB (Explanation of Benefits)?
To access a copy of your Explanation of Benefits, go to Prominencehealthplan.com and create an account. 

+
Can I check my individual account online?
Employees can visit www.americanfidelity.com and to set up an online account or download the AFmobile app.

+
What is the GAP Plan?
This supplement benefit works in conjunction with the HMO Plan and is provided only to HMO participants. The GAP was added as a result of health insurance negotiations to offset plan design changes that helped the County meet budget needs in FY 2010/2011. The cost of the GAP Plan is covered by the County for all employees and retirees, and is available on a voluntary basis for dependents.

+
What constitutes a qualifying event?
A list of qualifying events can be found under the “Eligibility Quick Reference” link on the Medical-Dental-Vision page of the Human Resources website:

+
Benefits-Health Savings Account
+
What is a limited-purpose Flexible Spending Account (FSA)?
This type of plan still allows you to participate in an HSA, and simply limits your FSA reimbursements to dental and vision expenses only (no medical).

+
Who is administering our HDHP claims?

The High Deductible Health Plan is administered by UMR. You can go to the website to search for providers, view claims, referrals and other benefit information. You can also download the UMR Mobile App. Download on the App Store or Google Play Store.



+
What is a qualified High Deductible Health Plan (HDHP)?

To be eligible for a Health Savings Account (HSA), you must be enrolled in a qualified High-Deductible Health Plan (HDHP).

A HDHP has a lower premium than conventional health plans, and you must meet the calendar year deductible, before the plan starts paying. Prescription drugs must be paid at contract price until the deductible is met.  HSA’s help pay for the medical expenses not covered by your HDHP— tax- free.



+
What happens to the money in an HSA after I turn age 65?
You can continue to use your account tax-free for out-of-pocket health expenses. When you enroll in Medicare, you can use your account to pay Medicare premiums, deductibles, co-pays and coinsurance under any part of Medicare. If you have retiree health benefits through your former employer you can also use your account to pay for your share of retiree medical insurance premiums; however, the coverage may not be a Medicare Supplement Policy. Medicare premiums for a dependent who has reached age 65 is not an eligible expense.

+
How do I access funds in my HSA?

American Fidelity will send you a debit card to pay for your qualifying expenses. You can also submit for reimbursement through your online account with American Fidelity or through the mobile app, AFmobile.



+
Can I have and participate in an HSA if I am on Medicare?
No. Medicare participants are not eligible for the HSA.  If you had an HSA before you enrolled in Medicare, you can keep it; however, you cannot continue to make contributions to an HSA after you enroll in Medicare.

+
In what bank will HSA contributions be deposited and will those funds be FDIC insured?
American Fidelity uses First Fidelity Bank, N.A. which has had FDIC insurance since July 1, 1981.

+
Who will be the “bookkeeper” for my HSA?
You are the "bookkeeper."  It is  your responsibility to keep track of your deposits and expenditures and keep all of your receipts (necessary if the IRS audits you). It is also your responsibility to adhere to the regulations governing HSAs and payment of qualified medical expenses. American Fidelity does allow the option to scan receipts into their system and will save them for you should you ever be audited.

+
Would dental and vision coverage be the same as they are now?
Yes.  All employees, regardless of which medical plan they are enrolled in, participate in the same self-funded dental and vision insurance plans.  You can pay for your portion of dental (other than cosmetic) and vision services from your HSA or your limited purpose FSA.

+
I have a 25 year-old dependent on my health plan. Can I add them to the HSA/HDHP?
In 2010, Health Care Reform Law extended health plan eligibility to children of the covered employee until the child turns 26 years of age, so you can cover your 25 year-old on your HDHP medical plan.  However, the HSA is subject to IRS rules and guidelines, and since their definition of dependent is “up to age 24 if a full-time student,” you are not able to use your HSA funds to pay for out-of-pocket medical expenses for that dependent, even though they may be covered on your HDHP for medical expenses.

+
Is the network of doctors for the HDHP the same as for the current PPO Plan?

Yes. Both the PPO Plan and the HDHP utilize the same network of providers. To search for providers, please visit www.umr.com and select the United Healthcare Choice Plus Network.



+
I want to cover my domestic partner on my HDHP. Can I use the HSA funds to pay for out-of-pocket expenses?

In most cases, you will not be able to use your HSA funds to pay expenses for your registered Domestic Partner per IRS rules and guidelines. Please seek the advice of a tax accountant.



+
Do I have to contribute to my HSA? Can I change my contribution amount at anytime?
You are not required to contribute to the HSA; however; it is a good way to save pre-tax dollars for medical expenses incurred in the future.  You can change/stop your contribution as often as you like via the Benefits and Payroll Tab in ESS.

+
Can my employer contribute to my HSA?

Although it is not a requirement, Washoe County has agreed to fund a significant portion of the $2,600/individual and $3,200/family annual calendar year deductible in 2024.

All employees enrolled on the High Deductible Health Plan effective January 1, 2024 will receive a $2,250 contribution to their Health Savings Account if they are only covering themselves or a $2,500 contribution to their Health Savings Account if they are covering one or more dependents. Anyone hired after January 1, 2024, will receive a pro-rated contribution to their Health Savings Account based upon their benefit effective date. The money in your HSA is your money and you may keep any County contributions when you change jobs or retire.



+
How much does it cost to maintain my bank account with American Fidelity?

Currently, there is no cost to maintain your bank account with American Fidelity.  Upon separation from employment or transfer to another Washoe County health plan, you will be responsible for the $2 per month fee as applicable.



+
Can I use my HSA to pay for medical services provided in other countries?
Yes, if the expenses are qualified medical expenses.

+
I have a current FSA for medical and dependent care reimbursements. How will this impact my ability to join the HSA/HDHP plan?

You will need to spend all your FSA money by December 31, 2021 in order to contribute an HSA.  You do have the option of enrolling in Limited Purpose FSA if you are participating in the HDHP/HSA; however, the Limited Purpose FSA is for vision and dental expenses only.

You will still be able to enroll and participate in the dependent care FSA.



+
What is the difference between an FSA and an HSA?

Flexible Spending Accounts (FSAs) allow you to contribute pre-tax dollars to an account managed by your employer. This money can be used for health care spending, but anything left over at the end of the year is forfeited. 

HSAs allow you to contribute pre-tax dollars into an account that is owned and managed by you, the employee. The money is used for health care expenses, but unlike an FSA, the unspent amount can remain in the account year after year and it stays with you in the event you terminate from your employer.



+
How do I know if the HSA is a good choice for me?

You will need to consider your options carefully. For more information, you can contact Health Benefits Staff by emailing at HR-Healthbenefits@washoecounty.gov

 



+
Do I have to use the HSA in conjunction with the HDHP?

Yes. IRS regulations stipulate that in order to be eligible for a Health Savings Account (HSA), you must be enrolled in a qualified High Deductible Health Plan. 

IRS regulations for 2023 require the HDHP to have a minimum  deductible of $1,500 for individuals and $3,000 for families. The premium for an HDHP generally costs less than a traditional health care plan, so the money that you save can be put in your HSA. You own and control the money in your HSA and decisions on how to spend the money are made by you.



+
My spouse and I both currently work at Washoe County. Can we both have an HSA/HDHP?
Since you are covered as individual employees by Washoe County, you will have a separate $2,600 annual deductible if both enroll in the HDHP/HSA. It may be more cost effective for one spouse to enroll in the HDHP/HSA with the $2,600 deductible ($3,000 deductible for family coverage) and the other spouse to enroll in the current PPO or HMO plan. Monies from the employee with the HSA account can be used for out-of-pocket medical expenses for family members regardless of whether or not they are on the same health plan.

+
Can I roll the money from my HSA into an IRA?
No.  However, you are allowed to make a one-time transfer from an IRA to an HSA.  You are also allowed to rollover funds from an Archer MSA or an existing HSA to a new HSA.  We recommend that you seek advice from a financial expert before making any transfers or rollovers.

+
Can I purchase long-term care insurance with money from my HSA?
Yes, if you have tax-qualified long-term care insurance.  However, the amount considered a qualified medical expense depends on your age.  See IRS Publication 502 for the amounts deductible by age.

+
What is the maximum amount of pre-tax dollars that I can contribute to an HSA?

The IRS has set contribution limits of $3,850 for individuals and $7,750 for families for 2023. Individuals 55 and over may contribute an extra $1,000 to their HSA.

The County’s HSA are administered by American Fidelity, and employees can make pre-tax payroll deductions every pay period.  



+
What happens to HSA funds when an employee is no longer covered by the qualifying High Deductible Health Plan leaves Washoe County, or turns age 65?

The HSA is owned by the employee; therefore, the funds remain in the account.  The employee can choose to use the funds for qualified medical expenses or save the funds for future medical expenses.



+
What happens if I use the money in my HSA for expenses other than medical?
The expenditure will be taxed, and for individuals who are not disabled or over age 65, subject to a 10% tax penalty.  It is your responsibility to report this information on your income taxes.

+
What if I contribute more than the employee contribution limit?

 The HSA contribution maximums are set up in payroll to not exceed the IRS limitations. If an employee’s contributions exceed the IRS limitation, the employee contribution amount will not be deducted from their paycheck.



+
What happens if I spend more than I have in the account?
If you try to use your debit card for an expense that exceeds the available balance, your card will simply be declined at the time of purchase.

+
Can I pay my health insurance premiums with an HSA?
In most cases, no. You can only use your HSA to pay health insurance premiums if you are collecting federal or state unemployment benefits, or if you have COBRA continuation coverage through a former employer.

+
Who decides whether the money I’m spending from my HSA is for “qualified medical expense?”
You are responsible for that decision, and therefore should familiarize yourself with what qualified medical expenses are (at least as partially defined in IRS publication 502).  Also, keep your receipts in case you need to defend your expenditures or decisions during an audit.

+
Can I stay on the HSA/HDHP when I retire from Washoe County?
 Yes. The High Deductible Health Plan with a Health Reimbursement Account (HRA) is another health plan option available to retirees.

+
Do unused funds in an HSA roll over year after year?
Yes. The unused balance in an HSA automatically rolls over year after year.

+
My spouse has a Flexible Spending Account or Health Reimbursement Arrangement through their employer. Can I still have an HSA through my employment with Washoe County?
No, the IRS does not allow you to have an HSA if your spouse’s FSA or Health Reimbursement Account (HRA) can pay for any of your medical expenses before your HDHP deductible is met.

+
I am an active employee that has access to, but I am not utilizing, veteran’s benefits or Tri- Care. Can I enroll in the HSA/HDHP?

Yes, if you are a veteran who has not retired from the military and is not enrolled in Tricare, you can enroll in the HSA/HDHP. The only exception is for veterans with service-related disabilities. The Internal Revenue Code was amended recently to allow veterans receiving VA medical care for service-related disabilities to fund an HSA.



+
What is a Health Savings Account?
Health Savings Accounts (HSAs) are another option when it comes to conventional health insurance. It is a tax-free savings account that gives you the power to decide how to pay for your medical care. You can pay for qualified medical expenses now or save for future medical expenses—all while earning interest on your money! Tax-free withdrawals can be made by the employee to pay for qualified medical expenses incurred by the employee, spouse, children or other dependents.

+
Benefits-Life Insurance
+
Can I purchase additional life insurance?

Supplemental life insurance may be purchased through Western Insurance Specialties and American Fidelity.

  • Western Insurance Specialties can be reached at 775-826-2333. 
  • American Fidelity can be reached at 775-829-1313.


+
Can I name more than one beneficiary to my life insurance?
Yes.  You may name as many primary beneficiaries as you want, as long as you indicate the desired percentage of distribution.  For example, if you name two children, you may want to show that each of them is entitled to 50% of the benefit.  You may also list contingent beneficiaries as well.

+
Can only family members be named as the beneficiary to my life insurance?
You can name anyone as your beneficiary, regardless of your relationship.  However, if you name a minor, the life insurance company will typically place the benefit in a Trust until that minor turns 18 years of age.

+
Does the County offer life insurance?
The County provides $20,000 of life and accidental death & dismemberment insurance for all benefited-employees, as well as a $1,000 benefit for those beneficiaries who are covered under your health insurance plan.  The $20,000 benefit reduces to $13,000 at age 65, and once again to $7,000 at age 70.

+
How does the $1,000 beneficiary benefit work?
The County provides a $1,000 of life insurance for dependents who are carried on the participant’s health insurance plan. In the event a dependent dies while on the participant’s insurance, the participant would receive $1,000 in life insurance.

+
What if I predecease my spouse? Will they still be entitled to any beneficiary benefit?
No, not unless they are eligible to enroll onto the retiree insurance.  In that case, they would have the $1,000 life insurance benefit for as long as they remain on the plan.

+
What is the difference between a primary and a contingent beneficiary?
Your contingent beneficiary comes into play only in the event that the primary beneficiary has predeceased them.

+
Do I lose my life insurance benefit when I retire?
The County provides this benefit for as long as you are covered under one of our health insurance plans.

+
Benefits-Medical Insurance
+
How do I add and/or delete a dependent?

You must log onto ESS and submit a Life and Work Event request to add or remove a dependent.  

Please see the “Eligibility Quick Reference” on the Human Resources website for more information on adding or deleting dependents: Eligibility Quick Reference 

Under the new Health Care Reform Bill, you may cover your child/children up to age 26.  They do not have to be a full-time student, living with you, and/or dependent upon your financial support. 

If you are adding a domestic partner, you must do so within 31 days of filing the declaration of domestic partnership, or during the annual Open Enrollment period. 

You may add your new baby within 31 days of the birth by submitting a Life and Work Event request through ESS and providing a copy of the birth confirmation to Human Resources.



+
Where is the Benefits Office? How do I contact them?

Washoe County Employee Benefits is located within the Human Resources Department at the County Administration Complex, 1001 East Ninth Street, Building A, Room A220, and the contact information for the benefits team is as follows:          



+
How do I change health insurance plans?
You may change your choice of health plan for any reason during the annual Open Enrollment period by logging on to ESS and completing the online enrollment process. 

+
How much does the County contribute toward premiums for me and my dependents?
Washoe County pays 100% of the employee premium. Through collective bargaining, the County has also agreed to pay 50% of the enrolled dependent’s premium.  Employees are responsible for the remaining premium for their enrolled dependents.

+
My dependent child just turned 19. Is he/she still covered?
As a result of the Health Care Reform Act, dependent children may now continue on your health insurance until age 26.

+
How can I find out how much it will cost to carry my dependents on my insurance?

Current insurance rates are posted on the Washoe County Human Resources public website. To access the website, click here: https://www.washoecounty.gov/humanresources/Benefits/healthbenefits.php.



+
Do the Washoe County health plans include prescription drug coverage?

Yes.  Visit the websites below to access pharmacy services, check drug prices, view your prescription history, locate pharmacies near you and enroll in pharmacy by mail program. 

• Self-funded PPO and HDHP:  www.maxorplus.com (or call 1-800-687-0707)

• Surest:  OptumRx (or call 888-29-5416)



+
What is the GAP Plan?

The GAP Plan was first introduced in FY 10/11 and is available in conjunction with the Surest Plan.  Washoe County covers the cost of the GAP plan for all employees enrolled in Surest; however, it is an elective coverage for dependents, and employees are responsible for dependent premiums.  Provided by American Fidelity, the GAP Plan is designed to reimburse the following out-of-pocket expenses up to:

• $1,000 per inpatient hospital confinement

• $200 for certain outpatient services

• $25 for non-routine doctors visits (limit of $125 per family per year)

For more information about the GAP Plan, or to enroll or delete a dependent, you must contact American Fidelity directly at 775-829-1313. 



+
When do my health insurance benefits go into effect?

Coverage becomes effective on the 91st day of continuous full-time or permanent part-time employment (21 or more hours per week).  You must log onto Employee Self Service (ESS) and add dependents, if applicable, and designate life insurance beneficiary(ies) for you life insurance benefit.  

If enrollment is not completed within the first 90 days of employment, you will be enrolled with employee-only as of your effective date.



+
What hospitals are associated with each plan?

 Self-funded PPO and HDHP Plan:

  • Renown Regional Medical Center, Renown South Meadows Regional Medical Center, St. Mary's Regional Medical Center, Northern Nevada Regional Medical Center, Northern Nevada Sierra Medical Center, and Carson-Tahoe Hospital

Surest Plan:

  • Renown Regional Medical Center, South Meadows Regional Medical Center, Saint Mary's Regional Medical Center, Northern Nevada Regional Medical Center, Northern Nevada Sierra Medical Center, and Carson-Tahoe Hospital


+
I lost my insurance card. How can I obtain a new one?

Contact information for the following plans:

  •  Self-funded PPO and HDHP contact UMR at 800-826-9781.
  •  Surest, contact Surest at 866-683-6440.


+
What is the Medicare Advantage Plan?
The HMO Medicare Advantage Plan was added to the Washoe County Retiree Health Benefits Program in FY 10/11.  The coverage is provided through Senior Care Plus, and is available only to those retirees and their dependents with both Medicare parts A and B.  This plan is a great option for those retirees who are receiving only a partial premium benefit from Washoe County and/or who are covering dependents. Please note that enrollment occurs only on the first of each month.

+
How do I find out more information about the Medicare Advantage Plan?
You may contact the Enrollment Specialist at Senior Care Plus at 775-982-3134.

+
What is the “Open Enrollment” period?

Every year, mid-October through mid-November, the County holds an Open Enrollment period during which time you can make any changes to your health insurance plan without qualifying event restrictions.  This is the perfect opportunity to review all your health insurance options to make sure you and your family are appropriately covered.



+
What if I do not want to make any changes during Open Enrollment?
With the introduction of online open enrollment in FY 12/13, you must now review and certify your existing benefits via ESS even if you are not making any changes. You are strongly encouraged to attend one of the annual Open Enrollment meetings or review the Open Enrollment data posted on the website to be sure you understand any changes occurring at the beginning of the calendar year (January 1).

+
How do I find out more about the plans offered through the Health Benefits Program?

We strongly encourage all employees to attend Open Enrollment meetings which are scheduled each year mid-October through mid-November.  If for some reason you cannot attend one of these informative meetings, you may contact a Benefits Specialist:  Kristie Harmon at (775) 328-2079, Molly Hodges at (775) 325-8111 or Christine Kirkland at (775) 328-2099 to set up an appointment.



+
How do I find out if my doctor is a provider on my plan?

If you are on the Self-funded PPO or HDHP, visit www.umr.com (select Washoe County, Nevada); or contact UMR at 800-826-9781.

If you are on the Surest Plan, visit join.surest.com; or, contact Surest Plan at 866-683-6440.

 



+
I see preventative and routine medical care is now covered at 100%. What exactly does this include?

For a full description of what services meet the definition of preventative and routine medical care, please refer to your plan summary or contact your plan administrator directly:

• Self-funded PPO and HDHP participants:  Contact UMR Customer Service at 800-826-9781.

• Surest participants: Contact Surest Customer Service at 866-683-6440.

 



+
My spouse/partner lost his/her job. Can I add them to my insurance?
Yes, this is considered a “qualifying event” and they must be added within 31 days of the loss of coverage.  You must submit a Life and Work Event request through ESS along with documentation from the previous insurance company that indicates the last day of coverage.

+
My spouse/partner has a new job and insurance is being offered. Can I remove them from my insurance?

Yes, this is considered a “qualifying event” and they must be removed within 31 days of the effective date of the new insurance.  You must also submit a Life and Work Event request through ESS along with documentation from your spouse’s new employer that indicates the effective date of his/her coverage.



+
Am I required to receive care only from contracted providers?

If you are on the Self-funded PPO and HDHP, or Surest Plan you will receive a better rate if you use contracted providers, but you do have flexibility. 

 



+
Benefits-MEDICARE
+
I am a pre 97/98 hire. Do I retain the same retiree health benefits when I retire?
Yes, you currently retain the same benefit provided by contract. However, the actual benefit plan design is subject to future changes that may take place during labor negotiations with the bargaining units. Upon retirement, employees hired prior to 97/98 are not required to enroll in Medicare but are strongly encouraged to do so. If Medicare is primary to your Washoe County Health Plan, it helps defray future claims costs, which in turn helps to keep premium rates down. Increased premiums impact plan design which could result in increased out-of-pocket expenses to employees and retirees.

+
How do I find out more information about the Medicare Advantage Plan?
You may contact the Chris Gourlay at Senior Care Plus, at 775-982-3134. Inform him that you are a retiree of Washoe County.

+
What is the Medicare Advantage Plan?
The HMO Medicare Advantage Plan was added to the Washoe County Retiree Health Benefits Program in FY 10/11. The coverage is provided through Senior Care Plus, and is available only to those retirees and their dependents with both Medicare parts A and B. Please note that enrollment occurs only on the first of each month.

+
I am over 65 and covered under a COBRA policy. Is COBRA considered creditable coverage?
No. Regardless of your insurance coverage, you must enroll in Medicare within the 8-month Special Enrollment Period immediately following termination of your employment.

+
Who do I contact for more information on Medicare?
Information is available on the Medicare website http://www.medicare.gov or you can contact the local Social Security Office at 1-888-808-5481; 1170 Harvard Way, Reno, NV 89502.

+
How much does Medicare cost?
In general, there is no premium associated with Medicare Part A. There is a premium associated with Medicare Part B. Please contact Medicare for information on Medicare Part A and B premiums.

+
How do I know if I’m eligible for Medicare?

You are eligible for Medicare if you are 65 or older and you OR your spouse worked and paid Medicare taxes for at least ten years. When an individual who has not paid Medicare taxes applies for Medicare (assuming the spouse has), they simply provide their spouse’s information in addition to their own.

Federal employees began paying the Medicare payroll tax in 1983 and all newly hired state and local employees (including Washoe County) began doing so in 1986. Thus, most government employees and retirees are now eligible.



+
Can I enroll in Medicare at any time?

If you did not sign up when you were first eligible because you are still working and covered under the County’s group plan, you can enroll anytime. After your employment ends, you can enroll anytime during the 8-month Special Enrollment Period or during Medicare’s regular Open Enrollment Period which runs from January – March each year for a July 1st effective date.

Please note: if your active employment ends and you do not enroll during the Special Enrollment Period you may have to pay a higher premium for late enrollment.



+
How does Medicare pay for medical services?

Hospitals and community mental health centers are paid a set amount of money (called the payment rate) to give some outpatient services to people with Medicare. The payment rate includes:

  • Medicare’s payment amount for the service you receive
  • Your yearly Medicare Part B deductible if you haven’t already paid it for the year. This amount can change each year.
  • Your co-payment amount or co-insurance

The payment rate is not the same for all hospitals and community mental health centers. The payment rate for a hospital or community mental health center is a national rate adjusted to reflect what people are paid to work in hospitals in the area where you get services. Each January 1, Medicare updates the payment rates to keep up with changes in the cost of providing services.



+
I have a spouse who qualifies for Medicare. If I retire at 66 or older, will I be penalized for not enrolling in Medicare at age 65?
No, because the County’s insurance is creditable coverage. Medicare provides an 8-month Special Enrollment Period in which you can sign up for Parts A and B after your employment ends. If you enroll after the 8-month period, you will face late enrollment penalties.

+
Do I need to notify you when I am eligible and enroll in Medicare?
Yes. If you notify us upon receiving your Medicare identification card and providing us with a copy, it may lower your premium rate. In addition, we will notify the plan administrator (Homeown Health or Prominence Health Plan) which could alleviate issues relating to the payment of claims.

+
Is there another Plan option available if I have Medicare?
Yes. The Medicare Advantage Plan was added to the Washoe County Retiree Health Benefits Program in July, 2010. Coverage is provided through Senior Care Plus and is available to those retirees and their dependents with both Medicare parts A and B. This HMO plan is a great option for those retirees who are receiving only a partial premium benefit from Washoe County or who are covering dependents, as premiums are considerably lower. Please note that enrollment occurs only on the first of each month.

+
I am curious about what Medicare Parts A and B will cost me when I retire. Is there some where I can go to research this?
You can either contact the Medicare’s customer service at 800-633-4227, or you can access one of their premium or eligibility tools on their website: www.medicare.gov

+
Should I enroll in Medicare Part A at age 65 even if I am still employed?
Yes. Part A is available at no cost, and employees and retirees both should always take advantage of this coverage as soon as you are eligible.

+
What are some of the advantages of enrolling in Part B?
• Lowers your monthly premium
• Lowers your out-of-pocket costs over time by eliminating, or greatly reducing, co-insurance/co-payments.

+
Should I enroll in Medicare Part B at age 65 even if I am still employed?
No, because the County’s insurance is creditable coverage. Medicare provides an 8-month Special Enrollment Period in which you can sign up for Part B after your employment ends. If you enroll after the 8-month period, you will face late enrollment penalties.

+
Do I need to sign up for Medicare Part D (Prescription) coverage?
No, the Washoe County Plans are equal to or better than Medicare Part D.

+
Do I need to sign up for Medicare when I turn age 65?
Depending on your original hire date with the County, enrollment in Medicare may or may not be required, and the decision to elect or reject Medicare may impact the way your claims are paid. We strongly encourage all retirees who are eligible for Medicare to take Parts A and B. If you are uncertain about whether or not to elect Medicare coverage, please feel free to contact our office.

+
I have a spouse who will eventually qualify for Medicare, but currently is only 62. I am 65 and want to retire. Can I enroll in Medicare now, even though my spouse is not yet eligible?
You are eligible to enroll in Medicare A and B if your spouse has paid Medicare taxes for at least ten years.

+
I am already retired from the County and am enrolled in the Retiree Health Benefits Program, but I am still working full-time in the private sector. Do I still need to enroll in Medicare when I turn 65?
If you are covered under your current employer’s group health plan in the private sector, you may want to delay enrollment in Medicare Part B.  If you are only enrolled in the Washoe County Retiree Health Benefits Program, then you should not delay enrolling in Medicare.  Retiree insurance is not considered “creditable” coverage by Medicare, so if you do not enroll in Part B at age 65 and decide to enroll later, you will be subject to a late enrollment fee of 10% for each 12-month period beyond your original Part B eligibility date.

+
What is Medicare?

Medicare is a national social insurance program, administered by the federal government since 1965 that guarantees access to health insurance for Americans who are:

• Age 65 years and older

• Under age 65 on Social Security Disability Income (SSDI) or diagnosed with certain diseases including End-Stage Renal Disease (ESRD) and Lou Gehrig's Disease (Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis or ALS) The original program included:

• Part A – Hospital Care. Part A is premium-free for most people.

• Part B – Doctor and Outpatient Care. Part B requires a monthly premium.

In 2006, the program was expanded to include:

• Part D – Prescription Drug Coverage. Part D is optional and requires a monthly premium.



+
Benefits-OBRA
+
What is a Section 457 deferred compensation plan?
Established under the Internal Revenue Code section 457, deferred compensation plans are tax deferred, supplemental retirement plans. Contributions to 457 plans are not subject to federal income tax at the time of deferral.

+
What if I become a full-time employee with my employer?
If you become a full-time employee, all contributions to the OBRA account cease.  At this point, you may either transfer the value of your OBRA account to the voluntary 457 plan available to full-time employees, or you may simply leave the funds in your OBRA account.  If you choose to leave the funds in the OBRA, please bear in mind that the funds cannot be withdrawn until you separate employment from Washoe County.

+
Aside from my quarterly statement, how else can I check my account balance?

You can contact Voya's Retirement Readiness Service Center and speak with a Customer Service Associate at 1-800-584-6001.



+
Are there any fees or charges for participating?
Yes. A total asset-based fee of 0.8% to cover recordkeeping and administrative expenses is applied to all deferred compensation accounts.

+
When will I have to pay income tax on my OBRA deferred compensation account?
All distributions will be taxed as “ordinary income.”  Taxes are payable on amounts distributed to you in the year of receipt.

+
What happens when I leave County employment?
When you separate employment with Washoe County, you have several options.  You can either leave the funds in the account, accruing interest; you can roll the funds over to another qualified plan; or, you can withdraw the funds in their entirety.  If you choose to withdraw, you will be responsible for the applicable taxes on the earnings.

+
Is participation in the OBRA deferred compensation plan mandatory?
Yes.  Your employer will automatically deduct the required 7.5% of gross salary to provide you, as a non-benefited part time, seasonal or temporary employee, with a defined contribution plan in lieu of social security coverage.

+
Do I need to notify anyone if I change my name and/or address?
Yes.  You can contact Voya's Retirement Readiness Service Center and speak with a Customer Service Associate at 1-800-584-6001.

+
What are the payout options available to me when I separate from service?
Payout options include lump sum or designated amount on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis.

+
Are there any penalties at withdrawal?
No.  There are no penalties or early withdrawal provisions applicable to the plan.

+
Will I receive any account statement?
Participants will receive quarterly statements by mail.

+
If my contributions are not currently taxable, do I need to make any adjustments to my tax returns each year?
No.  Your employer will make the necessary adjustments on your W-2 form, lowering your gross wages by the amount that you contributed in each tax year.

+
What is OBRA?
Established in 1990, OBRA is an acronym for Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act.  The primary purpose of this 457 deferred compensation plan is to provide a retirement alternative to Social Security for all non-benefited part-time, seasonal and temporary employees.  In addition, this plan permits those same employees of Washoe County to enter into an agreement which will provide for deferral of payment of a portion of their current compensation until death, retirement, severance from employment, or other event, in accordance with the provisions of Section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code.

+
When can I withdraw my money?
Assets in the plan may be withdrawn upon termination of employment, regardless of age.

+
Where are the contributions invested?
Contributions will be directed to the Voya Fixed Account.  The Voya Fixed Account provides safety of principle and a competitive rate of return.

+
Why am I required to participate?
OBRA requires that all state and local governmental employees be covered by social security or an employer retirement plan.

+
Employment Verification
+
Employment Verification FAQ

Please use the following choices when submitting a verification of employment.

Verbal Verification call 775-328-2081 ext. 3

Written Verification fax to 775-328-6119 or email HREmployeeRecords@washoecounty.gov

 



+
Examination
+
Special testing accommodations request

If you have a disability which requires special testing accommodations, please contact the Department of Human Resources before the scheduled exam, at careers@washoecounty.gov and include the ADA Special Testing Accommodations Request Form with your request.  Special testing accommodations will be provided in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act.



+
If I do not pass the exam may I take it again?
Washoe County does offer an exam retake policy.  If you choose, you may re-take an exam after sixty days and up to one year after testing.  This option to re-test is only available for a position when it is open for recruitment and the same exam is used.  In this circumstance, you will be emailed with the opportunity to re-take the exam or transfer your previous score.  If a re-test is chosen, the most recent score will be used, whether higher or lower.  If it has been less than 60 days or more than one year, re-testing will not be an option.

+
I wasn't notified when my exam date would be or I did not receive my exam scores.

All correspondence about your application and the position you applied for are sent through email to the email address you provided on your application.  Prior to contacting Washoe County Human Resources, check your email spam folder. Also, please verify your email address is correct by signing in at https://jobs.washoecounty.us/applicant, be sure to use the User ID and password you previously created.



+
Are exams given for all positions?

The Department of Human Resources administers examinations to determine which applicants are the most qualified for a particular position.  There is no single exam; examinations are developed to suit duties and responsibilities of each job classification.  The Department of Human Resources uses written and oral examinations, tests of physical ability, and demonstrations of practical skills as testing instruments.  For some positions, the entire examination consists of a rating of education and experience as you describe them in your application.

Some positions are unclassified and outside of the merit system.  Individuals selected for those positions serve at the pleasure of the hiring authority.  A variety of selection instruments may be used in evaluating candidates for these types of positions.



+
When will my test be scheduled?

Once the applications have been through final review, applicants who meet the qualifications are generally scheduled to take the exam generally a minimum of one week prior to the exam. The job announcement states the date the exam will occur so applicants are able to plan accordingly when they apply.  Most applicants are scheduled within a single session, however when there is a large number of applicants it may require more than one testing session and applicants will be scheduled in groups.  Also, if the recruitment is open continuously, applicants may be scheduled in groups in the order of the date their applications are received.



+
What type of exam might I expect?

The tentative examination content is described on page two of the job announcement. Some jobs require a written exam that may consist of short answer, multiple choice, true-false, or essay type questions that are directly related to the job. For example, do not be concerned about taking a spelling exam if you are applying for a maintenance job; you will most likely be asked questions about plumbing, carpentry, painting, etc.

Not all of Washoe County`s positions require written exams. Some jobs may require a performance test where applicants must perform tasks similar to those performed on the job. For example, clerical applicants may take a typing test. For certain jobs, such as a Sheriff`s Deputy, a physical ability test is also required.

Another type of exam is an oral exam, which reviews your qualifications,  experience, education and other knowledge, skills and abilities required for the job. This type of exam is still structured and scored by a panel, but it does give you the opportunity to express yourself, and to discuss what unique qualifications you bring to the position. It also gives you the opportunity to ask questions about the job.

The examination process may consist of one or any combination of these types of exams. Each portion of the examination is required to be taken in order to be considered. The passing score is determined by a statistical evaluation of the exam scores. Applicants are notified of their exam results by email.



+
When will I be notified if I am eligible to take the examination?
Review page two of the job announcement which provides the date of the exam.  After you have submitted your application and the Recruiting Analyst has determined that the minimum qualifications have been met, you will receive an email at the email address you provided on your application.  This email notification is generally sent approximately one week before the examination notifying you of your exam date, time and location.

+
When will I receive my exam scores?
Exam scores will be emailed to you within 1-2 weeks of taking the examination, larger exams may take up to 4 weeks to score.  

+
Where will the examination be held?
You will be provided the location by email approximately one week before the examination date. Refer to the examination date on page two of the job announcement.

+
What is an examination and why do I have to take one?
The term "examination" refers to the selection method used to rank all candidates for a particular classification. Applicants applying for employment with the Washoe County Merit System are required to go through an "examination" process. Depending upon the position for which you are applying, examinations may consist of written, oral, performance, physical agility tests, involve a rating of past experience and training, or be comprised of a combination of such exams.

+
Interview and Selection
+
How long do lists of qualified candidates last?
Most lists remain active for at least 1 year, but no longer than 3 years.  If you are on a list that is being replaced before 3 years has passed, you may be notified to reapply and retest.

+
Where am I ranked on the eligible list?

All candidates on the list are ranked in score order, based on the number of eligible candidates.  If there is a tie score, the candidates receive the same ranking.  For example, if two people have a score of 86.44 and are ranked at #8 then both are ranked 8.  If the next candidate’s score on the list is an 87,  that candidate  would be ranked 7 due to  their higher score.

Promotional candidates are ranked at the top of the list followed by open competitive candidates  to complete the list.  Departments receive an even number of candidates from the Promotional and Open Competitive groups based on how many they wish to interview. For example:  If a department requests 6 names to interview, they will receive the top three Promotional candidate’s names and the top three Open Competitive candidate’s names.



+
I didn't get notified about an interview or receive my ranking.

All correspondence about your application, testing and ranking are sent through email to the email address you provided on your application.  Prior to contacting Washoe County Human Resources, be sure to check your email spam folder. Hiring departments have the option to contact you directly to schedule an interview; therefore, you may receive notification either from Human Resources or the hiring department.



+
Can my rank ever change?
Yes, there are two ways your rank may change. If the examination is open continuous, new names will be added to the list each time the tests are administered. If another applicant scores higher than you, your rank will be lowered. It is also possible for you to advance higher on the eligible list as others are hired or removed for other reasons such as finding other jobs. 

+
When will I be notified for an interview?

As vacancies occur, the Department of Human Resources refers a list of eligible candidates to a hiring department. Candidates may be notified for an interview by either the Department of Human Resources or the hiring department.  Interview notices may be made by phone or email. 



+
On-line Application
+
Can I apply for more than one job at a time?

Yes, once you have completed your online application through our online application system and submitted, you can apply for multiple positions that are currently open and on the Job Opportunities web page. Even days or weeks later, all you have to do to apply for another job is to log back on to the online application system and apply using the same User ID and password you created. The last application you submitted will still be in the system available for you to update and/or submit for another job opening. 



+
How does the application process work?

Applicants can complete their applications online from any computer with Internet access. After the closing date, applications will be screened by the recruitment staff and all applicants will be notified by email of their results.  Additional information is available at Recruitment and Selection Process.



+
How long does it take to complete the online application?

The time it takes depends on several factors including the amount of work experience and education you have to enter, how fast you can type, whether you copy and paste information, etc. You should allow 20-45 minutes for the total process. However, you can speed up the process by collecting important information about previous work experience, education, certifications, etc. before you start creating your application. If you find you are missing a piece of information requested on the application, you may be able to skip the field and go back later to complete it. If you decide to do this, it is important that you return and complete the missing information BEFORE you submit your application for a specific job opening. The application does not have a SAVE option, you must be ready to submit your application when you log in. The information on your application when you apply will be used to evaluate your qualifications for the job opening for which you apply--make sure it is accurate and contains all information requested as well as any specific attachments that are required.



+
Can I apply by sending my application via mail?

We do not accept mailed applications.  All applications must be completed using the online application system when the position is posted on the Job Opportunities web page.



+
This is my first time applying what do I do?
Create a new account by going to https://jobs.washoecounty.us/user/create.html. Click the “Create an Account” button and an email will be sent to the email address you entered. Then, go to your email to validate your account and you will create a password at this time. Be sure to create a unique User ID and note it somewhere safe for future use. You will need it to reset your password should you misplace it at any time.  (IF YOU HAVE PREVIOUSLY APPLIED, PLEASE DO NOT CREATE A NEW ACCOUNT.  USE YOUR PREVIOUSLY CREATED ACCOUNT OR YOU WILL HAVE TO RE-CREATE YOUR APPLICATION--NOT RECOMMENDED.)

+
Can someone help me complete the online application?

HR staff members are available to help applicants get started and to answer questions about the online application system. Visit the Human Resources Department at the Washoe County Complex,1001 E. Ninth Street, Administration Building A, Room 220,  Monday-Friday, 8:00 am-5:00 pm or call 775-328-2081.



+
How do I apply for a job?

The online application process has five steps:

  1. Reviewing the job listing and all documents listed for the title (job announcement-found when title is clicked and job description-found under title).
  2. Selecting "Apply Online" for the position of interest.
  3. Registering by creating a unique User ID and password. This will enable you to come back and apply for additional positions as well as check on the status of a position. 
  4. Creating, completing, reviewing and submitting your online application. 
  5. Application confirmation received in the inbox of your registered email address that will include your Applicant ID number.

It's important that you read and follow all instructions carefully.  Review the Job Opportunities web page to find any open positions that interest you. Once you identify an open position of interest, click on the job title to bring up the Job Announcement, review page two of the job announcement for exam and specific requirements for the position. Review the details, if you meet the qualifications and would like to apply to the posting, click on the associated link that says "Apply Online". This will begin the application process. Once the application is submitted, you will receive a confirmation number via email. This email confirms that we received your application for this position.

Be sure to remember your User ID and password so you can log back on to the system at a future time. You should make a note of these and keep it handy. Please do NOT create a second account. If you forget your User ID and/or password, please contact careers@washoecounty.gov.



+
Will a mobile device work with the online application?

Yes! Your mobile device and all internet browsers will work with the online application.



+
Why am I receiving multiple password reset emails?

If your browser caches (saves) the page then you will see the same “welcome back” screen & get the email message to reset your password.  You will need to close all open browsers to allow the screen to refresh, then go to your email and retrieve the message with instructions to reset your password.  If you still have issues, please manually clear your cache or restart your device.



+
I am a County employee will I continue to use my network logon and ID to apply?

County employees that currently have an online application in the system will use the same network User ID (if that is how they created their application) and password to get started.  Once you do this you will be notified that your password must be reset and will receive an email.  This email will arrive within 15 minutes.  Use the email to get started with the new application.  From this point forward the application will no longer be connected to your network password. If you experience any challenges with your network User ID, please do not create or register a new account. Contact the Human Resources Department at 775-328-2081 or careers@washoecounty.gov.



+
What if I do not have a computer or access to the web?

There are several ways you can still get access to our online application system:

Public access computers are located in the Human Resources Department`s main lobby (located in the Administration Building A, 2nd floor) at the Washoe County Complex, 1001 East Ninth Street, Suite 220, Reno 89512 Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m.

Washoe County Public Libraries - Branch Location and Hours

Nevada Job Connect Centers.

Public community colleges and universities.

Internet cafes.



+
Is my previous application still going to be available?

Yes, as long as you use your previously created User ID.  This is the only way to have access to your previous application.  If you do not have this information you may contact the Human Resources Department at 775-328-2081 or careers@washoecounty.gov.  You may be asked to come to the Human Resources Office with a valid Photo I.D., in order to obtain assistance with access to your account. Otherwise, you will need to create a new account and start over with a new application.  Be sure to save your User ID and password in a safe place for future use.



+
Will my previous login work even though it was created many years ago?

Yes, you may access your application account with your previous User ID.  Once you do this you will be notified that your password must be reset and will receive an email.  This email will arrive within 15 minutes.  The email will contain instructions to help you get started with the new online application process. If you do not have your User ID, please contact the Human Resources department via careers@washoecounty.gov or at 775-328-2081.



+
Can I save my application before I finish completing it?

No.  The system requires that you complete all of the required fields indicated with a red asterisk in order for the application to be submitted.  It is recommended that you schedule enough time to complete the application in one session as the system will time-out after 45 minutes of inactivity and it does not provide a save option.



+
How can I update my address and phone number on the online application?

Sign on to your application history using your previously created User ID and password using this link https://jobs.washoecounty.us/applicant. Once logged in, you can update your contact information, once the changes are made, click “Update my Details.” You are also able to view a list of positions you have applied for and the online application; however, you are not able to make any changes to the online application once the recruitment is closed or your application status has been updated (anything other than "New Application" status).



+
Who will see my application if I use the online application system?

Your application is on a secure web server and will be available to the Human Resources Department and the interviewer(s) for the specific job opening for which you apply. If the same position becomes available in a different department or with a different supervisor, your application may be reviewed for that opening by the responsible supervisor. Washoe County does not share its database with other companies or localities.



+
Recruitment
+
Quick Tips - Preparing to Apply for a Job Opening or Training and Experience Exam
+
How do I access my previous application? How do I change personal contact information?

Please log into the online application system using the link listed below. You may also find a thumbnail that will direct you to the login page for previous applications on the Careers homepage. Your login information is the user id and password you created when you applied online.  Once you log in, you may ONLY update your contact information (address, city, state, zip code, phone number and email address). 

Please note:  You will be able to view the list of positions you have previously applied for and your online applications, however, you may not make any changes to the online application if the position you applied for is no longer open online.

https://jobs.washoecounty.us/applicant



+
I've been working for the County for a long time. Why do I have to fill out an application?
Applications are required of each person applying for a position. It is likely that you may have acquired additional skills, experience and education since you originally applied that should be considered. In addition, completing an online application ensures your qualifications and personal information will be documented and ensures accurate applicant tracking information for every position.

+
Is there a filing deadline for my application?

Most recruitments have a closing date on the announcement, which means that the deadline for filing applications is midnight on the day noted in the job announcement.

This procedure is followed when it is certain that a sufficient number of applications will be received within a specified time. It is important to note this information when applying in order to submit your official application before the deadline. In either case, it is in your best interest to return application materials promptly.

Some recruitments are "open until further notice," meaning official Washoe County employment applications will be taken until further notice as no deadline has been set. Recruitments are announced this way when it is unknown how long it will take to obtain a sufficient number of applications. 



+
How do I find out what jobs are available?

Visit our online website to search for jobs that are currently available. A list of available positions can be viewed 24 hours a day at Job Opportunities.

For a full listing of Washoe County job descriptions - see Job Specifications and Salaries 
  
Sign up for Washoe County cMail Email Subscription Service, you will receive email updates on the job openings as they are posted on Washoe County’s Job Opportunities online recruitment page.

To sign up for the cMail Email Subscription Service go to https://www.washoecounty.gov/county_news_subscriptions.php and create a new account. You just need an email address and password to get started.



+
I missed the deadline - can I still apply?
As with any open position, once a closing date (deadline) has passed, no applications will be accepted. Please continue to visit the Job Opportunities page and apply for new jobs as they become available.

+
Who do I contact for further information about the job position or classification?

If you have additional questions after reviewing the job posting, please contact the Recruiting Analyst whose email address and telephone number is listed on the job announcement.

Or view the job specification on the Job Specification web page,



+
Will I be notified either way if I have met the training and experience qualifications?

You will be notified via email within a few weeks of the closing date of the job posting notifying you that: A) you have met the qualifications and you are proceeding to the examination, or B) your application did not indicate that you have the necessary qualifications for the job.  The Department of Human Resources generally will not call you.

If you believe that the Department of Human Resources has failed to correctly evaluate your qualifications, you may file a request for review within 5 working days of the notification date.



+
Can I obtain a blank application form to fill out although there are no current jobs I want to apply for?
No.  Washoe County only accepts online application for current open vacancies.  There are often supplemental questionnaires, training and experience evaluations, or special instructions that go with specific job postings.  If an application is submitted without these attachments, you may be disqualified from the exam process.

+
When will a certain job open?

There is no sure method of knowing when a classification will be opened.  Your best source for up-to-date information is to go to the Job Opportunities web page.

Sign up for Washoe County cMail Email Subscription Service, you will receive email updates on the job openings as they are posted on Washoe County’s Job Opportunities online recruitment page.

To sign up for the cMail Email Subscription Service go to https://www.washoecounty.gov/county_news_subscriptions.php and create a new account. You just need an email address and password to get started.



+
What types of jobs are available?

Washoe County has over 300 different classifications of positions performing a wide variety of job duties. The County offers a comprehensive benefit package to full-time employees hired in authorized positions. Washoe County accepts applications only for positions for which we are actively recruiting.

Sheriff`s Office vacancies are also advertised on the County`s online application system. To learn more about the job requirements for deputy sheriff recruit, visit the Sheriff`s Office.



+
The job has a typing requirement. Do I need to submit a typing certificate?
If a typing requirement is listed as a necessary skill for a specific job, there is no requirement that you submit proof or typing certificates at the time of application unless specified on the job announcement. Some departments may require a typing test prior to the interview, at which time you will be provided with the specific details to move forward in the hiring process.

+
Where can I find out information about employment with Washoe County School District?
The Washoe County School District is a separate agency.  Visit the Washoe County School District`s web site at https://www.washoeschools.net/

+
Where can I complete an application?

Applications are accepted via our online application system.  Go to the Job Opportunities page and select "Apply Online". On the login screen select "Create an Account" link and complete the required fields.  You will be creating a unique user ID and password.  Please save your user ID and password for future applications.   

Once you have registered, you may apply for any of the open positions listed on the Job Opportunities page--simply click on `Apply Online`, sign in and apply for the position. 

Kiosks are set up in the Human Resources lobby, 1001 East Ninth St, Reno, NV 89512, County Complex, Building A, 2nd Floor - Monday - Friday from 8:00 AM - 4:30 PM  for those without Internet access or you may use the computers at any WC Libraries.



+
Retirees
+
How do I add or delete a dependent?

You must complete a new enrollment form in its entirety, as it replaces all previous forms, and return it to Human Resources along with any applicable documentation. 

Under the new Health Care Reform Bill, you may cover your child/children to age 26 if they are not eligible for coverage under another employer-sponsored group health program.  They do not have to be a full-time student, living with you, and/or dependent upon your financial support.

If you are adding a domestic partner, you must do so within 31 days of filing the declaration of domestic partnership, or during the annual Open Enrollment period.



+
Who issues my retirement checks?
Your retirement checks are issued directly from PERS.  Please contact them at 775-687-4200 if you have any questions or concerns about your monthly retirement checks.  

+
Can I continue my AFLAC, American Fidelity and/or Western insurance coverage after I retire?

Yes, but you will need to contact the applicable company directly to make arrangements for payment:

  • American Fidelity 775-829-1313
  • Western Insurance 775-826-2333
  • AFLAC 775-322-9393


+
Do I need to do anything with my Deferred Compensation Account through Voya?
You may have several options available to you in regard to your Deferred Compensation Account.  For more information, please contact their local representative Tom Verducci at 775-530-3089.

+
Can I utilize the Employee Assistance Program (EAP) after I retire?
This benefit is available up to three months after your retirement date.  You may contact GuidanceResources  for assistance at 844-209-0463.

+
What is the difference between a primary and a contingent beneficiary?
Your contingent beneficiary comes into play only in the event that the primary beneficiary has predeceased them.

+
Do I lose my life insurance benefit when I retire?
The County provides $20,000 of life and accidental death & dismemberment insurance for all benefited-employees, as well as a $1,000 benefit for those beneficiaries who are covered under your health insurance plan.  You will retain this benefit as a retiree for as long as you are covered under the County’s Retiree Health Benefit Program.  However, the benefit reduces to $13,000 at age 65, and once again to $7,000 at age 70.

+
Can I name more than one beneficiary to my life insurance?
Yes.  You may name as many primary beneficiaries as you want as long as you indicate the desired percentage of distribution.  For example, if you name two children, you may want to show that each of them is entitled to 50% of the benefit.  You may also list contingent beneficiaries as well.

+
How does the $1,000 beneficiary benefit work?
The County provides $1,000 of life insurance for dependents who are carried on the participant’s health insurance plan. In the event a dependent dies while on the participant’s insurance, the participant would receive $1,000 in life insurance.

+
Can only family members be named as the beneficiary to my life insurance?
You can name anyone as your beneficiary, regardless of your relationship.  However, if you name a minor, the life insurance company will typically place the benefit in a Trust until that minor turns 18 years of age.

+
What if I predecease my spouse? Will they still be entitled to any beneficiary benefit?
No, not unless they are eligible to enroll onto the retiree insurance.  In that case, they would have the $1,000 life insurance benefit for as long as they remain on the plan.

+
Can I add and/or delete a dependent when I transfer to a Retiree Health Plan?
You may add or delete a dependent at this time since the Retiree Plans are not subject to the Section 125 Internal Revenue Code restrictions (premiums are now post-tax).

+
Can I change my health plan upon retirement?
Yes.  Retirement is considered a qualifying life event so you are able to change health plans at this time.  You may also change plans during any Open Enrollment period (mid-October through mid-November) for a January 1 effective date.

+
Am I required to receive care only from contracted providers?

Members of the HMO and the Senior Care Plus Medicare Advantage Plan must receive care only from the physicians, hospitals and other health care providers that are contracted to provide services for Prominence Health Plan and Senior Care Plus. 

If you are on the Self-funded PPO or High Deductible Health Plan, you will receive a better rate if you use contracted providers, but you do have flexibility.  



+
What if I want to continue my dental insurance when I retire?
Although dental insurance is an optional coverage and not part of your Retiree Health Benefit, you may purchase this coverage for yourself and your dependents at your cost.  The monthly premiums are posted in the Benefits section on the Washoe County Retirees webpage.  Premiums are updated annually.

+
How much would it cost to add my dependent?
Current insurance rates can be found in the Benefits section on the Washoe County Retirees webpage.

+
Do the Washoe County health plans include prescription drug coverage?

Yes.  Visit the websites below to check drug prices, view your prescription history, locate pharmacies near you, and enroll in the pharmacy mail order program.

• Self-funded PPO or High Deductible Health Plan:  www.maxorplus.com (or call 1-800-687-0707)

• HMO:  www.medimpact.com (or call 1-833-775-6337)



+
What is the GAP Plan?

The GAP Plan was first introduced in FY 10/11 and is available in conjunction with the HMO Plan only.  Washoe County pays the cost of the GAP plan for all employees enrolled in the HMO Plan; however, it is an elective coverage for dependents and employees are responsible for those premiums.  Provided by American Fidelity, the GAP Plan is designed to reimburse the following out-of-pocket expenses up to:

• $1,000 per inpatient hospital confinement

• $200 for certain outpatient services

• $25 for non-routine doctors visits (limit of $125 per family per year)

 For more information about the GAP Plan including rates or how to enroll/delete a dependent, you must contact American Fidelity directly at 775-829-1313. 



+
If I am responsible for any premiums, how will the deductions work with my PERS check?

You will receive your pension check from PERS at the end of each month. Insurance premiums are deducted one month in advance.  For example, the premium deducted from the PERS Pension check in January is to pay for February’s premium; February’s deduction pays for March’s premium, etc. 

Upon your initial retirement, you will be responsible for submitting your portion of the first month’s insurance premium to Human Resources along with the completed Retiree Health Benefits Enrollment form.  The exact amounts (which are sometimes pro-rated) will be calculated for you by our Benefits Specialist.



+
What is the Medicare Advantage Plan?
The HMO Medicare Advantage Plan was added to the Washoe County Retiree Health Benefits Program in FY 10/11.  The coverage is provided through Senior Care Plus, and is available only to those retirees and their dependents with both Medicare parts A and B.   Please note that enrollment occurs only on the first of each month.

+
How do I find out more information about the Medicare Advantage Plan?
You may contact the Enrollment Specialist at Senior Care Plus at 775-982-3134.

+
What if I do not want to make any changes to my insurance when I retire?
You will still need to complete a new Retiree Health Benefits Enrollment form to enroll in the County’s Retiree Health Benefits Program.  If you do not submit a new application, the assumption will be made that you do not wish to continue your health insurance through Washoe County and your insurance will terminate as of your last day of employment.

+
What if I do not want to make any changes to my insurance during Open Enrollment?
If you do not wish to make any changes to your insurance plan during the annual Open Enrollment period, you do not need to complete a new form. 

+
What if I am retiring out of the area?

If you are starting your new life as a retiree outside of Washoe County, you are eligible for the PPO, HDHP, and the HMO (POS) Plan.

Please update your contact information with Health Benefits any time you change your address, and remember that if you move out of the local area in the future, it may be necessary to change your choice of health plans.



+
How do I find out if my doctor is a provider on my plan?

Please contact the following listed providers:

  • PPO Plan administered by UMR with the United Healthcare Choice Plus Network, visit www.umr.com or call 800-826-9781.
  • Prominence HMO Plan, visit www.prominencehealthplan.com or call Customer Service at  800-863-7515.
  • Senior Care Plus Medicare Advantage Plan, go to www.seniorcareplus.com. Click on provider directory, choose Senior Care Plus HMO, enter the provider's name and click search.  Or you may contact Hometown Health Customer Service at 775-982-3112.


+
I see preventative and routine medical care is now covered at 100%. What exactly does this include?

For a full description of what services meet the definition of preventative and routine medical care, please refer to your plan summary or contact your plan administrator directly:

  • HMO participants can contact Prominence Health Plan Customer Service at 800-863-7515.
  • High Deductible Health Plan participants can contact UMR Customer Service at 800-826-9781.
  • Senior Care Plus Medicare Advantage participants can contact Senior Care Plus Customer Service at 775-982-3112.
  • PPO Plan participants can contact UMR Customer Service at 800-826-9781.

 



+
How do I find out more about the plans offered through the Retiree Health Benefits Program?
We strongly encourage all retirees to attend one of the Open Enrollment meetings scheduled each year.  If for some reason you cannot attend, you may contact one of our Benefits Specialists, Kristie Harmon at (775) 328-2079 or Molly Hodges at (775) 325-8111, to set up an appointment.

+
When will I receive my pay-off check and can it be separate from my normal check?
Separate checks are not issued for pay-offs; you will receive your final check on a normal payday.

+
Can I do a one-time only deferral into my Voya account from my last check?
Yes.  You will need to contact the local Voya Representative, Tom Verducci at 775-530-3089, to complete a Contribution Change form which must then be forwarded to Payroll at least ten days prior to your retirement.

+
What if I want to stop a voluntary deduction prior to my last check?
You need to notify the Comptroller’s (Payroll) in writing or by e-mail at least ten days prior to your retirement date to insure your requested changes can be made.

Office of the Comptroller, P O Box 11130, Reno NV  89520-0027; email: payroll@washoecounty.gov

+
When I receive my vacation, sick and/or compensation payoff, how will it be taxed?
Washoe County is a biweekly payer; all checks are taxed biweekly.  Please consult your tax advisor for advice.

+
Human Services Agency

+
Is there a Court process guide?
+
Adoption
+
Who can adopt?
Married or single people
- people of any race
- people of any religion or no religious preference
- people who work outside the home
- people who rent or people who own their own homes
- people with high or low incomes

+
Do you have to become a foster parent in order to adopt?
No, within the recruitment and home study process you can identify your choice to become a foster parent or to be considered only as an adoptive placement.

+
Will we have a choice as to the child we adopt?
The preferred age, ethnic background, sex of child and number of children is specified by you in your application to an agency and is discussed during the course of the home study process. Your preference is respected by the agency. Similar interests, racial background and intellect may be considered by your agency worker when placing a child with you. For example, a child with disabilities is not placed with a family who is not receptive to a child with disabilities. However, remember the more limiting you are in your choices, the longer it may take to identify a child for placement.

+
What are the fees associated with adoption?

Fees are charged for non-special needs adoption based on a sliding scale approved through the Board of County Commissioners.  Fees for non-special needs adoption are split into two payments, one given pre-placement for completion of the home study, and the second for post placement supervision. 

Fees associated with special needs adoption are typically waived with the exception of attorney's fees, which are reimbursed up to $250.00.  Details on fees can be found within the Adoption Fees section of the website.



+
Are adoptive parents eligible for subsidy?
Subsidies are available for children with special needs; eligibility is determined pursuant to the State of Nevada definition of a special needs child.  Once eligible, the type and amount of a subsidy are determined in a review of needed resources in conjunction with the needs of the child.  Subsidies are provided in the form of medical and/or financial assistance.  For further information please see the Post Adoption Assistance section of the website.

+
Are we told everything about the child? (i.e. medical history, family situation, education, religion, employment, background of parents, reason for relinquishments, etc.)
In an agency adoption, adopting parents are told all known information about the child and his or her background. In cases of abandonment, little is known; otherwise the child`s history has been recorded and is shared with the adopting parents. Identifying information provided will depend on the type of adoption chosen by the birth and adoptive parents. Families adopting privately/independently have direct contact with the birth parent(s), and may have obtained this information of their own. Washoe County Human Services Agency adoption staff collects and records the information as a part of the adoption service, this information is provided to the adopting parents.

+
Child Protective Services
+
What is Child Protective Services?
The Washoe County Human Services Agency (HSA) Child Protective Services (CPS) is required by Nevada law to investigate reports of suspected child abuse and neglect. The focus of CPS is to protect children from harm and to make sure that children live in safe environments. The actions taken by Social Services are determined by the family`s situation. HSA must make efforts to help families overcome problems, but sometimes children must be removed from their homes to ensure their safety.
 
Any legal action taken by HSA takes place in Family Court as a civil matter, not a criminal matter. The police may investigate child abuse and neglect but it is a separate process from a CPS investigation. The police and the criminal division of the District Attorney`s Office make the decision to arrest or file criminal charges, not HSA.

+
How did CPS hear about me?
Any person who believes a child is being abused or neglected may make a report to CPS or the police. Additionally, Nevada law requires certain people to make reports of suspected child abuse or neglect. These mandated reporters include doctors, dentists, nurses, hospital personnel, daycare providers, clergy, social workers, teachers and counselors. Mandated reporters can be charged with a misdemeanor if they fail to report suspected child abuse or neglect.
 
Nevada law does not allow Social Services to disclose the name of the reporting person.

+
What is child abuse and neglect?

Nevada law defines several types of child abuse and neglect:   Physical Injury (NRS 432B.090):  A non-accidental injury to a child including bruises, cuts, bite marks, burns and broken bones.   Mental Injury (NRS 432B.070):  An injury to a child`s intellectual, psychological or emotional condition causing impairment of a child`s normal range of performance or behavior.   Sexual Abuse or Exploitation (NRS 432B.100 & 432B.110):  Any sexual activity with a child, including fondling and lewdness, or encouraging or allowing a child to view pornographic material or engage in prostitution or pornography.   Negligent Treatment or Maltreatment (NRS 432B.140):  Failure to provide a child with proper care, control or supervision, food, education, shelter or medical care. This includes leaving a young child alone or with someone who cannot or does not properly care for a child.

A parent or guardian is responsible for the abuse or neglect of a child if he or she causes or allows the abuse or neglect.



+
What happens during a CPS investigation?

CPS must investigate reports of alleged child abuse or neglect. The type of allegation and the child`s age are factors that determine how quickly an investigation is started.    The social worker gathers information regarding the alleged abuse or neglect by interviewing the child, the child`s caretaker, the parent(s) or guardian(s) and others who may have information about the family`s situation. The social worker may also gather information from other CPS agencies, law enforcement, medical and school personnel. Based upon the facts of the case, a decision is made about the child`s safety and the level of intervention required.

Nevada law allows a CPS social worker to interview a child about allegations of abuse or neglect without the permission and outside the presence of the parent or guardian.



+
What are the possible outcomes of a CPS investigation?

After the investigation is complete, CPS must determine if abuse or neglect occurred and how to address the problem. Here are the possibilities:

- CPS may decide that abuse or neglect has not occurred ("unsubstantiated"). The case may be closed without further intervention.

- CPS may decide that abuse or neglect has not occurred ("unsubstantiated"), but the family is in need of services. With parent approval, the case is kept open for voluntary services.

- CPS may decide that abuse or neglect occurred (substantiation). Several things can happen depending on the child`s safety:

  -  If the child can remain safely in the home without court involvement, the parent(s) or guardian(s) will be asked to participate in a case plan and a safety plan.

  -  If the child`s safety requires court involvement, CPS will place your child into protective custody. The parent(s) or guardian(s) will be required to participate in a case plan.



+
Is discipline considered abuse?

Reasonable discipline is not considered abuse or neglect. In determining what is reasonable, the following factors must be considered:

- The child`s age; - The child`s physical or psychological conditions or disabilities; - The frequency and duration of the discipline; - The location of the physical discipline (buttocks vs. face); and - The use of an instrument (belt, cord, whip etc.).

Nevada law allows a parent or guardian to "spank" a child as a form of discipline, but an injury cannot be left on a child.



+
What happens if my child is placed into protective custody?

A CPS social worker or police officer can place a child into protective custody if he or she believes immediate action is needed to protect a child from abuse or neglect. You will receive written notice listing the date and time for the Protective Custody Hearing. Nevada law requires a hearing be held within 72 hours (excluding weekends and holidays) after a child has been placed into protective custody.   A child taken into protective custody must be placed into an emergency shelter, a licensed foster home or with a suitable relative. In determining a relative`s suitability, HSA considers the condition of the relative`s home, criminal background, history of abuse or neglect, substance abuse history, ability and willingness to protect the child from the parent (or guardian) and cooperation with the case plan developed by the social worker and the family.

Relatives must follow the guidelines provided by the social worker. If not, your child may be removed from the relative`s home and placed into a licensed foster home or facility.   It is important for you to provide information about your relatives early in your case!



+
Can I see my child if he or she is in protective custody?

Yes! You and your social worker should develop a visitation plan, which outlines the days, times and locations for visitation. Depending on the circumstances of your case, visits may be supervised. Keep in mind that visitation is a time to visit with your child, not to discuss issues in your case with your child or social worker.

Frequent visits are important to you and your child. Your child needs you involved in his or her life!



+
When & where can I get a lawyer if my child is taken into protective custody?

Although the court will not provide a public defender for the Protective Custody Hearing, you have the right to hire an attorney. You may ask the judge for a continuance of the Protective Custody Hearing so you can hire a lawyer. You can find a lawyer in the telephone book or by calling the lawyer referral service of the State Bar of Nevada at 1-800-789-5747.

If your case is not resolved at the Protective Custody Hearing you may apply for a public defender. Following the Protective Custody Hearing, you will be served with a legal document called a Petition for Hearing and an Application for Appointment of Public Defender. You must complete the application and return it to the court immediately.

If you qualify for a public defender, the court will send you an Order Appointing Public Defender. The Public Defender`s office will contact you by mail to arrange a time to meet with you. If you do not qualify for public defender services and want an attorney to represent you at future hearings, you must hire one.

It is important that you tell your social worker and attorney of address and telephone number changes.



+
What is a Protective Custody Hearing?

During the Protective Custody Hearing the social worker explains to the judge why your child was placed into protective custody. You are then given a chance to talk to the judge. Based on the facts, the judge decides if your child will remain in protective custody or be released to you.

If the judge decides that your child should remain in protective custody, the judge will issue a Protective Custody Order. Protective Custody Orders only last for ten (10) days. If the problems are fixed during these ten (10) days, Social Services may return your child to your custody. If it is necessary to keep custody of your child for more than ten (10) days, then HSA must file a legal document called a Petition for Hearing in Family Court.

During this time, HSA will continue to work with you to solve the problems that caused the abuse or neglect. Your child will live with a foster family or with a suitable relative, or in some cases with you. You must get permission from HSA before you travel out of the area or allow new people to move into your home if your child is living with you while HSA has custody of your child.

HSA has the responsibility to make sure that your child is safe and receives proper care. Your involvement in your child`s medical, dental and educational care is important. Talk to your social worker about any concerns you have regarding your child`s care.



+
What is an Adjudicatory Hearing?
If HSA believes your child is in need of protection and that court involvement is necessary, HSA will file a legal document called a Petition for Hearing. The Washoe County Sheriff`s Office will serve you with the Petition for Hearing and an Order Upon Petition. The Order Upon Petition provides the date and time for the next hearing. This hearing is called the Adjudicatory Hearing. It is important for you to attend this hearing.
 
The Petition for Hearing lists the reasons why HSA thinks your child is in need of protection. At the Adjudicatory Hearing you will be asked to do one of the following:
 
(1) Admit that all or some of the allegations are true; or
(2) Choose not to comment; or
(3) Deny the allegations and ask for an Evidentiary Hearing (a trial).
 
If you admit that the allegations are true or choose not to comment, the judge will decide if your child has been abused or neglected.
 
If you deny the allegations in the Petition for Hearing and request an Evidentiary Hearing (trial), a new court date is set.

+
What is an Evidentiary Hearing?
Prior to the Evidentiary Hearing, the court will hold a Settlement Conference. The goal of a Settlement Conference is to solve disagreements without going to trial. If an agreement cannot be reached at the Settlement Conference, the case will proceed to the Evidentiary Hearing.
 
During the Evidentiary Hearing, HSA will present evidence and witnesses in support of the allegations in the Petition for Hearing. You have the right to question the witnesses and the evidence. You may also present your own evidence and witnesses. 
  
HSA must prove the allegations by a "preponderance of evidence". This means that it is more likely that the allegations are true than not true.
 
At the end of the hearing, the judge decides whether abuse or neglect has occurred and if your child is in need of protection. The judge then proceeds to the dispositional portion of the hearing.

+
What is a Dispositional Hearing?
This hearing is usually held two to three weeks after the Adjudicatory Hearing. The social worker writes a court report detailing the condition of your home, your child`s progress in school, the mental, physical and social background of your family and the progress made on the case plan (See How do I get my child back?). The report also makes recommendations for services and activities to ensure your child`s safety.
 
You will be provided a copy of the court report prior to the hearing. Talk to your social worker about any concerns you have about the report. You may also talk to the judge about your concerns during the hearing. 
 
During the hearing the judge will give you a chance to discuss any issues you believe are important. At the end of the hearing the judge decides where your child will live and what you and Social Services must do to reach the case plan goal.
 
If your child is placed in emergency shelter or foster care, you will be ordered to pay child support. Talk to your attorney or the judge if you feel that repaying those costs will interfere with your ability to provide an adequate and safe home for your child.

+
What is a Multidisciplinary Team Meeting (MDT)?
About three months after the Protective Custody Hearing, a MDT is held between you, your social worker, a deputy district attorney, your attorney, your child (if age appropriate) and the foster family or relative placement to your child. Ask your social worker to invite others you think is important to your family`s success.
 
The MDT is a chance to review your case plan and the progress made on the case plan. It is also a time to let everyone know what is helpful to your family`s success. It is important for you to attend this meeting because it replaces a formal court hearing.

+
What is a Review Hearing?
The court reviews the progress of your case six months after your child is removed from your home. Your social worker sends an updated report to the judge describing the progress made on your case plan. You will receive a copy of the report prior to the hearing. Again, discuss any concerns about the report with the social worker. You may also raise your concerns with the judge during the hearing.
 
At the end of the hearing the judge will decide if it is safe to return your child to your home. If the judge does not feel it is safe to return your child home, you and HSA will be ordered to keep working on your case plan.

+
What is a Permanency Hearing?

Federal and state laws require HSA to find a safe, appropriate and permanent home for any child placed into foster care. A Permanency Hearing must be held within 12 months after a child is placed into protective custody. At this hearing, the court orders a permanent plan for your child. The permanent plan depends on the facts of each case. A permanent plan is one of the following:   - Reunification with the parent or guardian; - Adoption; - Permanent guardianship; or - Permanent custody of the child with a fit and willing relative.

Sometimes the judge will order a concurrent plan. Concurrent means that two permanent plans are worked on at the same time.

You must show significant progress on your case plan prior to the permanency hearing or the judge may choose a different permanent plan for your child such as guardianship or adoption.



+
How do I get my child back from protective custody?
Unless the court orders differently, the goal of HSA is to reunify you and your child. Prior to the Adjudicatory Hearing, you will be assigned a permanency social worker. This new social worker and the assessment social worker will develop a case plan with you. The case plan identifies what you and HSA must do to provide a safe environment for your child. It is important for you to take an active role in creating your case plan. It is important for you to maintain contact with your social worker because your permanency social worker will assist you in achieving your case plan goals. 
 
A case plan is a "working document" that changes during your involvement with Social Services and the court. No changes should occur in your case plan without your knowledge. The court reviews all case plans. You should be aware that the court might order you to do additional things that are not listed in the case plan.
 
Your participation in the services identified by safety plans, case plans and court orders is how you show that it is safe and appropriate to have your child returned to your care. In order to reunify with your child, you must make significant progress on the case plan prior to the permanency hearing.

+
How much time do I have to get my child back from protective custody?

Federal and state laws require Social Services to find a safe, appropriate and permanent home for a child who is in foster care. The court decides if a child will be returned to the parent or placed for adoption, permanent guardianship or permanent custody with a relative within 12 months after the child is placed into protective custody.

There is a presumption that parental rights should be terminated and the child placed for adoption if the child that has been in foster care for 14 out of the last 20 months.

Because of time limits, it is very important for you to:

- Maintain contact with your social worker; - Develop a case plan; - Participate in services; and - Show the court that you have made substantial progress in your case plan to ensure that it is safe and appropriate to return your child home.



+
Are you of Native American descent?
Native American families have additional protections under federal and state law. The federal law is called the Indian Child Welfare Act (ICWA). If you or your child is affiliated with any federally recognized Indian tribe, or if your relatives are Native American, inform your social worker immediately!

+
What can I do if I disagree with my social worker?
Open discussions with your social worker usually solve disagreements. If not, you may contact your social worker`s supervisor. You may also raise concerns with your lawyer and the judge. However, it is best if you attempt to fix the problem with your social worker so you don`t have to wait for a court hearing.

+
What is a Court Appointed Special Advocate (CASA)?
The court may appoint a CASA to your child. CASAs are volunteers from the community. The CASA`s role is to act as an advocate for your child`s best interests and report to the court your child`s progress while in custody of HSA.

+
Foster Care
+
What is the need for foster parents?
Currently there are more than 1000 diverse children in Washoe County and the state of Nevada`s custody.  In the Reno area alone, there are approximately 900 children in foster care and less than 400 foster families. Learn more about foster care at www.washoecounty.us/socsrv/socsrv_child_fostercare.html.

+
Who are the children that need foster care?

Children in foster care have the same interests, abilities, dreams and needs as all children.  They come from all ethnic and religious backgrounds.  These children have been removed from their homes because of abuse, neglect or life threatening conditions.  These children need safety, security, attention and support.  They need an understanding and loving family. Often they have serious emotional and behavioral problems that require supervision, guidance, and psychological counseling.



+
What are the required conditions of my home to become a foster home?
Your home should be clean, adequately furnished, in good repair, free from health and fire hazards and comply with local fire ordinances.  A foster home must be equipped with a smoke detector on each level, a fire extinguisher, a working telephone and a first aid kit. All firearms, ammunition, medication, and hazardous chemicals (cleaning supplies) must be kept locked in storage.  Children in foster care may share a bedroom with another child of the same sex and compatible age; however, a separate bed must be provided for each child.  An individual`s room must have 80 square feet (8` x 10`).  If children share a bedroom, they must each have 60 square feet (120 sq. ft. for two children or 10` x 12`).  Licensing will send you a complete list of requirements after your initial application has been submitted.

+
What are the ages of children in foster care?
Our agency provides foster care placements for children age 0 to 18 years.  We would like flexible families to consider accepting children of all ages.

+
How long does a child usually stay in foster care?
The average time a child stays in foster care is 9-12 months.  A child may be in your home for a few weeks, months or even years.  The length of stay depends on the needs of the child and his/her parent`s participation in their service program.  The child`s caseworker works with foster parents regarding placement goals and needs of the child.

+
How many children can be in a foster home?
There is no limit to the number a family may have prior to becoming a foster parent.  However; there can be no more than four children in foster care in the home.  There can be no more than two infants under the age of two in a foster family, including the parent`s own children.

+
Can we foster if we both work full time?
Yes. Washoe County reimburses working foster parents and more information will be given throughout the licensure process.

+
Do I get to choose the children who come into my foster home?
Foster parents can select the age range and gender of the children that come into their home.  They can help decide if a child is appropriate for their situation.  Every attempt is made to initially match a child to a family who is able to meet the child`s individual needs.  This prevents the child from being moved from home to home.  Children can be matched with the best foster family when there are a large number of foster families to choose from, which often means that families may wait for a placement.

+
What kind of financial/medical help is available if I foster children?
Foster parents are reimbursed by the Department for caring for a child.  The rate of basic care depends upon the age of the child.  The daily rate of care is $40.00 for 0-18 years old, for the 1st 90 days and $30.00 per day for each day after the initial 90 days of stay.  Foster parents who are caring for children with significant behavioral or medical problems may be reimbursed at a higher rate.  Medicaid covers children's medical, dental, and psychological needs.

+
What kind of help can I receive in caring for a foster child?
Evaluations and services for the child placed into your home are routinely coordinated by the child`s caseworker.  Caseworkers are available to answer questions you might have about the child(ren) placed into your home.  Clinical staff is available to help you with any specific behavior problem or parenting questions you may have.  Foster Liaisons are assigned to each foster family and can answer any questions you may have regarding agency policy and procedure.  They can also assist in understanding the agency or the child welfare process in securing any additional services that might be appropriate.

+
What are the classes like, that prepares people to care for foster children?
There are 30 total hours of pre-service training.  The Trauma Informed Care Pre-Service is a combination of information given courtesy of the National Child Trauma and Stress Network as well an adaptation by Grossmont College in San Diego, California. The training focuses on understanding how trauma impacts child development and gives useful tools in helping children heal from past traumas. Topics include empathy building and team work, Grief and Loss, Vistiation, information about our Medical Unit, Trauma, Life of a Case related to the legal process, Adoptions, Transiton and Placement Preparation, Policy and Regulations on Discipline. This training is available in English and and Spanish and gives foster parents essential tools to care for children in their care.  CPR and First Aid training is strongly recommended.

+
Can foster parents adopt children?

Yes.  However, the primary goal of WCHSA is to protect children and strengthen families. Staff work with families to resolve concerns that led to the initial removal of the child from their primary home.  Parents whose children are in foster care have 12 to 18 months from the time of their child`s removal to remedy their problems.  During this time, the intent of WCHSA is to return children to the care of their biological parents.  Foster parents play a key role in supporting and mentoring the birth family.  If the biological parents do not improve the situation in the home, the Department may seek to terminate the parent`s rights, thus freeing the child for adoption.

Families interested in adopting must assume the risk that the child will return to the care of the biological parents.  Foster families need to be supportive of agency efforts to return children to their natural families.  If the child you are fostering becomes available for adoption, you may ask to be considered with other adoptive parents.  Foster/adoptive parents may adopt a child and still continue to foster, if they choose.  There is no guarantee that foster parents will be able to adopt the children placed in their home.



+
Juvenile Services

+
What is emancipation?
Most minors, juveniles between the ages of 8 and 18, are under the control of their parents, stepparents or guardian. Under certain circumstances, a minor 16 may petition to be emancipated. For more information about Emancipation please visit NRS129.080

+
Can I request my child to be placed on Probation?
No. However we do have voluntary services available. Please fill out the online referral or call 775-325-7801.

+
What are status offenses?
Status offenses are offenses that would not apply to an adult such as, Runaway, CHINS (Child in Need of Supervision), Incorrigible, Curfew and Truancy.

+
Arrested
+
What happens after my child has been arrested?

Please visit our Case Process page.



+
What time and date is court held?

We have several types of court hearings at the Jan Evans Juvenile Justice Center.

Detention Hearings:
If a youth was arrested and detained they are required by law to have a hearing before the Juvenile Court within 72 hours excluding Weekends and Holidays. Generally, detention hearings are the following business day. This hearing is to determine if they will remain detained in Wittenberg Hall or if they can be released or released on house arrest or electronic monitoring. 
Juvenile Court Hearing and Trials:
All other court hearings or trials are set by the Juvenile Court. If you have lost your paperwork, contact your assigned probation officer at 325-7800.  It is your responsibility to attend your court hearing. Court appearance is mandatory. If you have questions about your appearance or you have a conflict, contact your attorney.

Public Defender’s Office                             Alternate Public Defender’s Office

Juvenile Traffic Court:
If a youth has received a citation for a minor traffic offense, they will be summoned to appear with at least one Parent or Guardian before the Juvenile Traffic Master. The summons sent to you will have the date and time you need to appear at Juvenile Traffic Court.  If you have lost your paperwork, contact our Juvenile Traffic Office at 775 325-


+
Will my child be required to appear in court if they receive a citation?

Please see our Case Processing page for more information about citations and referrals.



+
Courts and Records
+
Can I request a copy of my juvenile record?

The Department of Juvenile Services, upon completion of a Release of Juvenile Legal History form, can only provide the legal history to the requesting person, if they are 18 years or older.  If the requestor is under the age of 18 the youth's parents or legal guardians need to complete the form.  Forms are available at Jan Evans Juvenile Justice Center.  All forms must be notarized prior to or at time of submission (free notary services are available at Juvenile Services).  Please allow up to two weeks to process these requests.

If you need more detailed juvenile records, such as police reports you will need to contact the Self Help Center at washoecourts.com to request a court order for release of this information.



+
How do I request public records?
Public records requests may be made by phone, mail, in person, or by filling out this online form. 

+
My child was arrested, may I request a copy of the police report?

Due to confidentiality, police reports cannot be released by this Department. You may, however, contact the arresting agency to request a copy.



+
What happens to my juvenile record?

Most juvenile records are confidential and cannot be accessed by others. Juvenile records can be sealed under certain circumstances. Juvenile records are typically sealed when the juvenile reaches the age of 18 except in special limited circumstances pursuant to Nevada Revised Statutes 62H.140 – 62H.170.



+
Detention
+
What happens after my child has been authorized for released?

Once your child has been released, you will be contacted to set an appointment with either a Case Manager or Probation Officer. For more information, please see our Case Processing Page.  



+
How do I communicate with my child while detained?

Information can be found on the Contacting your detained child page.



+
Are medical services available to my child while in detention?

Once your child is detained, you will be asked to sign a Health Consent Waiver which authorizes a health assessment by our medical staff. For more information, please visit our Wittenberg Medical Page.



+
Can I bring my child on a tour of Wittenberg?

Due to the confidential nature of our facility, tours are not available for the general public.



+
Resources and Information
+
Where can I get help with my child?

Our Department offers assistance to parents through voluntary services at 775-325-7801 or through our online referral. 



+
What resources are available to my family?

There are many resources available in the community to help families and children. Please visit our Helpful Resources Page for more information. 



+
What is the juvenile court process?

The Juvenile Court operates under the direction of the Second Judicial District Court, Family Division Juvenile Services provides probation supervision, case management, detention, and community services to juveniles ages 10 to 18 referred by law enforcement for status and delinquent offenses in Washoe County. Our juvenile justice approach is balanced by supporting positive juvenile and family development, community safety, holding juveniles accountable, and providing victim restoration services.

Please see Case Process page for more specific information.



+
How can my child get a work permit?

Information regarding juvenile work permits can be located in Nevada Revised Statutes, Chapter 609.240-690.250. If your child's employer requires a Juvenile Work Permit, please contact the Family Self Help Center at 775 325-6731 or visit their website Washoe County Resource Center.



+
Can I request that my child participate in work program?
A referral is required by a law enforcement agency to be placed on Work Program. However, if you would like to talk to one of our staff, please visit voluntary services page to fill out the online referral form or call 775-325-7801.

+
Library

+
About the Library
+
How can I start borrowing from the library?

To get a library card to check out physical materials, all you need is proof of Nevada residency and a photo ID. There is no charge. Start the process here.

If you only wish to check out digital materials, you can get an instant digital library card number and start borrowing immediately. However, this card will expire one month from its date of issue. Visit a library branch with your photo ID and proof of Nevada residency to get a standard library card that will be good for one year.

You will need your library card or photo ID to check out physical materials. If you are using an instant digital library card number, you will need the number or a barcode. You can find your library card barcode online by logging into your account and selecting “My Card” or the barcode icon in the main menu of the catalog. The library can also print a copy of your library card barcode for you.



+
Do I need to wear a mask?

Masks are no longer required at Washoe County Libraries. Please visit covid.gov to find the latest COVID-19 recommendations.



+
How do I donate books or other items to the library?

Washoe County Library System and the Friends of Washoe County Library welcome donations of books and audiovisual materials. Get more information here.



+
How many items can I check out at once?

You may check out as many items as you wish to be responsible for, with the exception of limits on certain smaller collections and audiovisual materials.



+
Can I fax or scan at the library?

The following libraries offer free public fax service to local and toll-free numbers only:

Long-distance service may be available with a prepaid calling card. There is also an online service called FaxZero that offers free faxes (within the United States and Canada) up to five times per day.

Document scanning is available at the following libraries:

You should bring a flash drive to store your scanned documents. Flash drives may be available for purchase at the library, but supplies are limited.



+
How long can I keep items?
The loan period for most books and audiobooks is three weeks. Books from the "Lucky Day" collection and items borrowed from other libraries through Interlibrary Loan check out for two weeks. Most DVDs, Blu-rays, and music CDs check out for one week. You can print a receipt showing the due date for each item borrowed.

+
Where can I get something notarized?

The library does not offer a notary public. Your bank or credit union may provide free notary service to account holders. Contact your bank or credit union for more information. Many shipping and copying businesses also offer access to a notary public for a fee.



+
How do I activate my child's new account created when we registered for school?

Students can sign up for a digital card by following this link. The new card will work as soon as the student registers.



+
What is the PIN for my library account?

Unless you specified otherwise, your PIN is the last four digits of the primary phone number on your library account. When entering your library card number, be sure to enter the entire 14-digit number without any spaces. If you have an email associated with your library account, you can also reset your PIN online here. For further assistance please call or visit any library branch.



+
Does the library offer computer classes?

In 2022, some libraries will again offer free basic classes that can help you to learn to use a computer, establish an email account, and gain basic internet skills. Online computer instruction is available through LinkedIn Learning, Learning Express Library, and the Computer Skills Center.



+
How do I reserve library materials?

When searching the library catalog, just click the "Place Hold" link in search results or when viewing an item's details. The next available copy will be sent to your specified location, and you will be notified when your item is available. You will need your library card number and PIN to place a hold.

After you are notified your item is available for pick up, you may retrieve it during our open hours.



+
Does the library offer 3D printing?

Yes. Eight of our branches can print objects from files you provide. Learn more here.



+
What if you don't have the item that I want?

You can request titles we do not own by completing our Request an Item form. Please use this form to request only physical materials (print, CD, DVD, Blu-ray), articles (magazine/journal or newspaper), or microfilm. If you would like to request an ebook or downloadable audiobook, please search for the item in the library's digital collection and follow the prompts to recommend a title.



+
Does the library have Accelerated Reader or other reading lists for schools in Washoe County?

Accelerated Reader (AR) is a reading program used by Washoe County School District to monitor and assess the reading skills of students. Other schools in Washoe County, including private schools, may use other programs.

Washoe County Library System does not provide or maintain AR or other reading lists, but we do have many of the books available for checkout, and our catalog can be searched using AR Interest Levels, Reading Levels, and Points. To learn how to search by AR level in our catalog, view our tutorial.

Novelist Plus and Novelist K-8 Plus databases, available for free with your library card, are also searchable by AR level and Lexile level through their Advanced Search options.



+
Is there a waiting list for popular items?

Some popular items do have waiting lists, but our catalog provides suggestions on additional items you may enjoy while you wait. We also have Lucky Day copies of many popular items that are available in library branches.  These items are non-holdable and can be checked out for two weeks.  



+
How do I get email notification of my holds at the library?

You may choose to be notified of available holds by phone or email. Set your notification preferences by logging in to your account and selecting Messaging Settings under Account Settings.



+
Can I see a list of all the DVDs/CDs/books the library owns?

Unfortunately, those types of lists are too long to print, but you can use the online catalog to generate an extensive list that can be narrowed down by criteria of your choosing. To view the entire collection, feel free to browse categories available in the catalog or perform a blank search and then narrow your options with the search filters down the left-hand side of the page. To view the newest items first, select "Sort by newest first" in the drop-down menu at the top left of the search result list.

To generate a list of DVDs and Blu-rays:

When visiting the catalog, you will see "New DVDs and Blu-Rays" as a browse category below the search bar. Selecting this box will generate new DVDs and Blu-rays to browse. Clicking the text next to the magnifying glass, “New DVDs and Blu-rays >> New DVDs and Blu-rays," will take you to a pre-generated search. To see all DVDs and Blu-rays in the collection, turn off the “Added in the Last: Year” filter by selecting the red circle to the right of this option.



+
Can I call to have an item pulled for me to pick up?

Yes. Library staff will place a hold, and you will be notified when it is available to be picked up. You may also search the library catalog and place holds yourself online. Please contact us if you need assistance.



+
What is the law on ... ?

Library staff are prohibited by law from giving any legal advice or interpretations. The Washoe County Law Library is available to the public as a resource for legal research. You may want to consult the Nevada Revised Statutes, Washoe County Code, or the municipal codes of Reno and Sparks.

Many books about legal topics are available in the library's print and electronic collections, including popular legal titles from Nolo Press.



+
Can I keep my books longer?

Physical items can be renewed twice, as long as there is no one waiting for the item. Log in to your library account to renew your items. Auto renew is also available. If there is no waiting list, your item will automatically be renewed. Turn on auto renewal by logging in to your account and selecting My Preferences. Choose "on" next to "Allow Auto Renewal."



+
Can the library help me file my taxes, file for unemployment, etc?
Library staff can provide assistance in completing forms online as time allows but cannot provide any advice or interpretations.

+
What happens if my books are late?
The library has eliminated fines on overdue books and materials. You will not be fined for returning library materials after their due dates. Patrons will be charged for items that are more than 30 days overdue; however, these charges are forgiven when items are returned. For your convenience, our book returns are always available, so you can drop off your items anytime, day or night.

+
What can I do if I lose an item?

If you have lost an item checked out from the library, or if an item you have checked out becomes damaged and is no longer usable, you must pay the replacement cost of the item. If you need to make arrangements to pay for a lost or damaged item, please contact your preferred library branch.



+
Can I pay my fees online?

Payments for lost or damaged books may be made online using a credit or debit card. To make a payment, log in to your account. Click the "Messages and Fees" tab on the left of the page. Under "Fees," you will see a list of the items you are being charged for and their cost. Beneath this list, click the purple box “Click here to pay fees. You will be directed to the old system to complete your transaction.” Then select the box (or boxes) next to the charge(s) you wish to pay, and click the “Make Payment” button. You will then be directed to the payment page. For more detailed instructions on online payments, visit the help page by clicking “Need Help?”



+
Genealogy
+
Where can I find genealogy information in the Reno/Sparks area?

The Downtown Reno Library holds limited resources that may be useful for genealogy research. These include local city directories, telephone books, clipping files, and a complete collection of Reno/RGJ newspapers on microfilm. Please contact us for guidance on your specific need. The Nevada State Library and Archives is another possible source for historic newspapers.

The Reno Family History Center is a branch of the Family History Library in Salt Lake City. The Reno branch is located at 4751 Neil Road. The Center provides access to most of the microfilms and microfiche in the Family History Library to help patrons identify their ancestors. Also available are subscription databases, print materials, and trained volunteers to assist in your research. Contact the Center at 775-826-1130 for current details.



+
How can I find information about Nevada birth/marriage/death records?

The Downtown Reno Library has microfiche records listing all divorces and marriages reported to the Nevada State Division of Health, beginning in 1968. The records are complete through August, 2005.

To request a search of these records, call 775-327-8312 or send us a message. Be sure to include your name and preferred contact information, plus the name(s) you want searched and if known, the date and location of marriage.

Nevada birth and death certificates are available to qualified applicants from the State of Nevada's Office of Vital Statistics. Please visit their page for more information. For birth and death records in Washoe County, contact the Washoe County Health District.

For information on marriage certificates (aka Proof of Marriage), contact the Washoe County Recorder's Office. You can also search a limited range of marriage records on their website.

For information on obtaining a certified copy of a Decree of Divorce granted in Washoe County, please contact the Washoe County Courts. To search or order Clark County (Las Vegas) marriage records, please contact the Clark County Recorder's Office.



+
How can I find local obituaries?

There are several sources to locate a local obituary, depending on when it was printed.

Newspaper Archive contains full pages of both the Reno Evening Gazette and Nevada State Journal for most years from the 1870s through 1977.

The staff side of our library's online catalog includes an index to Reno newspaper obituaries printed from mid-1962 through September 2007. To find an obituary citation in that index, ask staff to search the deceased's name as a subject using the advanced search interface. This is an index to help locate an obituary, but they will not be able to view the obituary itself in the catalog. When they have a date and page number, they can find the obituary using microfilm. Please note, the index does not include obituaries from the Sparks Tribune.

Obituaries appearing from 1999 to present are available in full-text with your Washoe County Library card in the Proquest Reno Gazette-Journal database. You can usually find it by simply typing the name of the deceased into the search box. If the name is very common, you may want to limit by date if you know approximately when the obituary would have appeared in the newspaper, to avoid too many irrelevant results.

Very recent obituaries are available online through the Reno Gazette-Journal by clicking on "Obituaries" (provided through Legacy.com, a national obituary listing website).

If none of the options above work for you, the Downtown Reno Library holds a complete collection of Reno newspapers on microfilm. The Sparks Library also holds a significant span of Reno newspapers as well as the Sparks Tribune (1977-2007) on microfilm. These can be used in person any time during open hours.

If you require assistance using any of these resources or need help retrieving an obituary, please contact us.

The Nevada State Library and Archives may be another source of obituary listings.



+
How can I arrange a search of Reno telephone books or city directories?

The Downtown Reno Library has current and historical issues of area telephone and city directories. If you are in the area, you may visit us to use these resources.

To request a search, call 775-327-8312 or send us a message. Be sure to include your name and preferred contact information, and give us as much information as you can about your request (names, dates, any part of the address you know, etc.).



+
Does the library offer free wireless internet access?

Free wireless internet access is always available at the Downtown Reno, North Valleys, Northwest Reno, Senior Center, Sierra View, South Valleys, Spanish Springs, and Sparks libraries. Free wireless internet access is available at the Incline Village Library daily between 6:00 am and 11:00 pm. Generally, Wi-Fi can be accessed outside from parking lots or areas close to the building. There is no password needed. Just look for wc-public or public-wc.



+
Does the library have a copy of my high school yearbook, or is it available online?

Washoe County Library System does not include local high school yearbooks in our collection, either in physical or electronic form. The library or alumni association for your high school may have copies of yearbooks.

Some subscription-based websites, including classmates.com and e-yearbook.com, may provide electronic access to yearbooks from some local schools, but coverage may be limited and access requires a paid subscription.

Contact information for local public high schools may be found at www.washoeschools.net.



+
Manager

+
Is Washoe County connected to the Washoe County School District?

We are often asked if there is a municipal connection between Washoe County government and the Washoe County School District. 

Aside from decades of successful community partnerships, there is no direct relationship between the two governing bodies and our roles and responsibilities are very different. 

In Nevada, school districts operate as an independent special-purpose government unit that exist separately from local governments. They perform a single function, public education, with administrative and fiscal oversight governed by a seven member School District Board of Trustees. For more information about the Washoe County School District Click Here.

In contrast, Washoe County performs multiple functions and is governed by an elected body of five commissioners who serve both the executive and the legislative duties as part of a Board of County Commissioners. Amongst the many functions the county is responsible for, it administers and enforces state and local laws, county code, collects taxes, assesses property, records public documents, conducts elections, issues licenses; provides parks, libraries, emergency management, human and animal services, public assistance, public health, judicial process, and planning and development. We invite you to explore the many Washoe County departments and services available to you, Click Here.



+
Medical Examiner

+
Do I Have to Pay for the Autopsy of a Loved One?

No.  Autopsies performed under the Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner’s jurisdiction are free of charge.  Cases referred to the Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office from other counties incur fees which are the responsibility of the referring county.



+
How Can I Obtain an Autopsy or Examination Report?

Autopsy and examination reports are not considered to be public records in the vast majority of cases per a recent Nevada Supreme Court decision.  Generally, only family members of a decedent are able to receive a copy of the report unless the requestor can prove there is a significant public interest and demonstrate how the report will advance that interest.

Records, when available, will be transmitted via secure e-mail.  Please note that examination reports generally take between 10 and 12 weeks to complete.  Reports will not be released if they are pending further investigation or are part of an ongoing legal proceeding.

Please note that we do not have any records for deaths that occurred in Clark County (Las Vegas).

Click here to request a copy of a report.


+
How Do I Become a Medical Examiner or Death Investigator?
Unfortunately, do to our high caseload, we aren't able to offer internships or interviews for people interested in becoming a medical examiner or death investigator.  The National Association of Medical Examiners (NAME) has a great paper on what is required to get into our field of work. You can find it here.

+
How Can I Obtain a Death Certificate?

The Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office does not issue Death Certificates.

Death Certificates, when completed, may be obtained through the Washoe County Health District's Vital Records Office.  Click the logo below to be taken to the Vital Records Office website.

Depending on the circumstances of death and type of investigation, Death Certificates may require ten to twelve weeks for completion.

Washoe County Health District, Vital Records Office



+
What is the Difference Between a Medical Examiner and a Coroner?

Medical Examiners and Coroners are distinct titles referring to individuals who complete somewhat similar or overlapping roles, but have very different histories and current-day training and qualifications.

Coroners have existed for centuries, with the term originally referring to the "Crowner", whose job was to ensure that upon death the appropriate taxes were paid to the King (Crown). Modern coroners inquire into the cause and manner of a death, and often complete the death certificate. Across the U.S., coroners are usually elected laypersons who may or may not have medical training, depending on local statutes. Coroners may also be appointed, again depending on statutes, and may also have roles such as law enforcement or prosecuting attorney. Coroners are frequently not pathologists, and therefore must obtain the services of a forensic pathologist, often by contract, for autopsies and medical expertise to support the coroner's investigations.  In this region, the Sheriff and Sheriff’s deputies serve as coroners in the rural California and Nevada counties and refer cases for postmortem examinations at the Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office.  Our office serves 13 Nevada and 5 California counties. 

Medical Examiner systems, by contrast, usually do not include a Coroner.  Medical Examiners are generally not elected, but appointed to their positions, and are always physicians, usually forensic pathologists, who have specialized training in death investigation.  Medical Examiners can manage a medicolegal death investigation office, perform death investigations, complete autopsies, interpret toxicology and other laboratory testing results, collect and document evidence, and provide expert testimony.  The Medical Examiner system therefore is considered by many to be a modern, streamlined approach to death investigation, and the likely future trend of death investigation in the U.S.  Over half of the U.S. population is currently served by Medical Examiner systems. 

Washoe County converted its Coroner system to a Medical Examiner system in 2007, by county ordinance.  Nevada Revised Statutes require that each county have a Coroner, but leave the details of the death investigation system to the counties to determine.  The Washoe County Chief Medical Examiner also holds the appointed title of Coroner; however, the office functions as a Medical Examiner office.



+
What is the Difference Between Cause of Death and Manner of Death?

The cause of death is the specific injury or disease that leads to death.

The manner of death is the determination of how the injury or disease leads to death.  There are five manners of death (natural, accident, suicide, homicide, and undetermined).



+
What is a Forensic Pathologist and What Certifications are Required?

A Forensic Pathologist is a licensed medical doctor who, following medical school, has completed additional post-graduate residency training in pathology (Anatomic Pathology, or Anatomic and Clinical Pathology) and a post-graduate fellowship training program in Forensic Pathology.  The entire period of education and training for a Forensic Pathologist following high school is currently a minimum of 13 years (4-year college degree, 4-year medical school degree, 4-year residency, 1-year fellowship).  After completion of residency and fellowship training, a pathologist is eligible to sit for examinations offered by the American Board of Pathology (ABP).  Following successful completion of the various subject-area exams, the pathologist becomes board-certified in those areas of expertise.  Board certification is a marker of competence and training, and allows the public to be confident in the skills of the physician.

The Chief Medical Examiner and all other full-time or part-time forensic pathologists employed by the Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office are certified by the American Board of Pathology in Anatomic Pathology and Forensic Pathology.  Many also hold other ABP certifications such as Clinical Pathology.American Board of Pathology



+
What are Your Hours of Operation?

The front office is staffed Monday through Friday from 8:30 am - 5:00 pm and is closed on all major holidays.

Investigators are on duty at all times.



+
Can I Be an Intern or Shadow Medical Examiner's Office Personnel?
Due to the sensitive nature of our work, we do not offer any internship or shadowing opportunities to members of the public.

+
Where is the Medical Examiner's Office Located?

The Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office is located at 990 East Ninth Street in Reno, Nevada.

Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office



+
How Can I Obtain the Personal Effects or Currency of a Decedent?

Personal effects collected during the investigation of a death are securely stored at the Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office.  Please contact our office to set up a time to pick up property.  

Currency collected during the investigation of a death is deposited in a special bank account controlled by Washoe County.  Upon request, a check for the full amount will be sent via mail.  This process generally takes three to four weeks.

Only the legal next-of-kin may obtain personal effects and currency of a decedent.  Photo identification must be presented for all personal effects and currency releases.



+
Can I Tour the Medical Examiner's Office?
Due to the sensitive nature of our work, we do not offer tours of our facility.

+
What is Toxicology?

Toxicology is laboratory testing to identify what, if any, drugs or poisons are present in the body of a decedent.  The tests are usually performed on blood or other body fluids but can also be performed on hair and tissue.  Comprehensive testing usually requires approximately ten to twelve weeks for completion. 



+
Can I View My Loved One?

We do not allow viewings of decedents in our care.

To arrange a viewing, you will need to coordinate with the mortuary you choose to handle services. 



+
What is an Autopsy and Can My Loved One Still Have an Open-Casket Funeral?

An autopsy is a medical examination of the body performed after death.  The term autopsy is derived from the Ancient Greek autopsia, which means “to see for oneself”.  This specialized, detailed surgical procedure allows for an in-depth examination of every organ system in the body, with the goals of documenting disease and injury, collection of evidence and specimens for additional testing, and ultimately, determining the cause of death.  All of the procedures during an autopsy are conducted with great care in order to preserve the appearance of the deceased person, and to minimize alterations of the body.  Following a typical autopsy, the body of the deceased can still be embalmed and viewed during funerary rites.  All incisions made during the autopsy are closed, and can be hidden by clothing and typical casket accoutrements during open-casket funerals. 



+
What is Forensic Pathology?

Forensic Pathology is a subspecialty of pathology focusing on disease and injury, death, and the intersection of medicine and the law. Forensic Pathologists conduct forensic autopsies, interpret the results of toxicology and other ancillary testing, and provide expert testimony in courts of law. Forensic Pathologists contribute to public health and safety through disease surveillance, statistical reporting, product safety reporting, and in aiding the successful prosecution of violent crimes.



+
What is a Medical Examiner?

A Medical Examiner is a physician, usually a Forensic Pathologist. The Medical Examiner’s primary responsibility is the certification of the cause and manner of death, based on his/her expert opinion following an investigation.  The investigation may range from a review of medical records, to a complete autopsy with extensive laboratory testing, which often includes toxicology (testing for drugs, alcohol, or poisons). The report of the Medical Examiner documents the findings of the investigation, examination, and laboratory testing, and the final conclusions of the Medical Examiner (usually summed up in an Opinion). The Medical Examiner works with a team of other key individuals who assist in various ways with the investigation, administrative tasks, and autopsies. These individuals include Forensic Autopsy Technicians, Medicolegal Death Investigators, Office Specialists, Transcriptionists, and Administrators.  At the Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office, the management team for the office consists of the Chief Medical Examiner/Coroner, the Operations Manager, and three Medicolegal Death Investigator/Technician Supervisors.



+
What is a Medicolegal Death Investigator/Technician?

A Medicolegal Death Investigator/Technician, also sometimes referred to as a Forensic Investigator/Technician, is a trained individual who responds to the scene of death for the purpose of performing an investigation into why the person died and collecting any evidence directly related to death (such as prescription medications).  Investigators often have a four-year college degree, and may have other relevant experience in medical fields such as emergency medical technician/paramedic or law enforcement.  Specialized degree programs now exist across the U.S. offering undergraduate and Master’s degrees in forensic sciences, with some beginning to offer focus in biomedical/death investigation areas.  Certification for death investigators is available from the American Board of Medicolegal Death Investigators (ABMDI).  All of the full-time Investigator/Technicians at the Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office have ABMDI registry or fellow level certifications, and many of the part-time Investigators are certified or are working toward certification.  All Investigator/Technicians in the Washoe County Regional Medical Examiner's Office are dual-trained as Forensic Autopsy Technicians, and can also assist the Forensic Pathologists during autopsies.

American Board of Medicolegal Death Investigators



+
Under What Circumstances Will an Autopsy be Performed?

The National Association of Medical Examiners’ Forensic Autopsy Performance Standards indicate that a forensic autopsy will be performed when:

  • The death is known or suspected to have been caused by apparent criminal violence.
  • The death is unexpected and unexplained in an infant or child.
  • The death is associated with police action.
  • The death is apparently non-natural and in custody of a local, state, or federal institution.
  • The death is due to acute workplace injury.
  • The death is caused by apparent electrocution.
  • The death is by apparent intoxication by alcohol, drugs, or poison, unless a significant interval has passed (while hospitalized), and the medical findings and absence of trauma are well-documented.
  • The death is caused by unwitnessed or suspected drowning.
  • The body is unidentified and the autopsy may aid in identification.
  • The body is skeletonized.
  • The body is charred.
  • The forensic pathologist deems a forensic autopsy is necessary to determine cause and/or manner of death, or document injuries/disease, or collect evidence.
  • The deceased is involved in a motor vehicle incident and an autopsy is necessary to document injuries and/or determine the cause of death.

An autopsy is not generally necessary when the death is known to be the result of known medical conditions/diseases (ie, natural causes), adequate medical history exists, and there are no signs of foul play.  In some cases, a detailed external examination may be sufficient to document injuries in cases with no pending legal issues associated.  A detailed external examination in lieu of autopsy may also be used to exclude the possibility of injuries in elderly persons who die outside of the care of a physician, with no signs of foul play, and in whom it is unreasonable to perform an autopsy due to age or the objection of the next-of-kin to autopsy. 



+
Planning

+
Animals and Livestock
+
Can I have chickens?

Washoe County Development Code
Chapter 110

Article 330 DOMESTIC PETS AND LIVESTOCK

Section 110.330.15 Poultry and Rabbits. Poultry and rabbits may be raised for domestic, noncommercial use in all Rural and the Low and Medium Density Suburban Regulatory Zones. A minimum lot area of twelve thousand (12,000) square feet shall be required for keeping poultry and rabbits in these regulatory zones.



+
Can I have chickens?

Washoe County Development Code
Chapter 110

Article 330 DOMESTIC PETS AND LIVESTOCK

Section 110.330.15 Poultry and Rabbits. Poultry and rabbits may be raised for domestic, noncommercial use in all Rural and the Low and Medium Density Suburban Regulatory Zones. A minimum lot area of twelve thousand (12,000) square feet shall be required for keeping poultry and rabbits in these regulatory zones.



+
Can I have chickens?

Washoe County Development Code
Chapter 110

Article 330 DOMESTIC PETS AND LIVESTOCK

Section 110.330.15 Poultry and Rabbits. Poultry and rabbits may be raised for domestic, noncommercial use in all Rural and the Low and Medium Density Suburban Regulatory Zones. A minimum lot area of twelve thousand (12,000) square feet shall be required for keeping poultry and rabbits in these regulatory zones.



+
Can I have chickens?

Washoe County Development Code
Chapter 110

Article 330 DOMESTIC PETS AND LIVESTOCK

Section 110.330.15 Poultry and Rabbits. Poultry and rabbits may be raised for domestic, noncommercial use in all Rural and the Low and Medium Density Suburban Regulatory Zones. A minimum lot area of twelve thousand (12,000) square feet shall be required for keeping poultry and rabbits in these regulatory zones.



+
Public Administrator

+
What Should I Do If I Want to Name the Public Administrator as Executor In My Will?

If you do not have a family member or close friend who you feel would be able to handle the duties and responsibilities of Executor of your Will, you may give consideration to naming the Washoe County Public Administrator as your Executor.  When preparing the Will, clearly note that you name the Washoe County Public Administrator as the Executor of your Will. It is important that you notify our office in advance if possible so that we are aware of this potential appointment.



+
What Fees Are Charged By The Public Administrator?

Fees are charged according to the actions taken by the Public Administrator.

  1. When the Public Administrator's Office takes action prior to Court appointment to protect the estate of an individual who dies in Washoe County, or a part of the estate, until family or a legal representative are able to take possession, he or she is entitled to fair and reasonable compensation pursuant to NRS 253.050(3). 
  2. When the Public Administrator is appointed by the Court, he or she is entitled to fair and reasonable fees and expenses in accordance with NRS 150, and as submitted to and granted by the Court.
  3. Upon payment, all compensation is subsequently paid into the Washoe County General Fund.


+
What Is the Public Administrator's Involvement With Funeral Arrangements?

In general, the Washoe County Public Administrator's Office handles the personal and real property of a decedent.  The responsibility and expertise for handling the decedent and the arrangements for the decedent fall to the Washoe County Medical Examiner and/or the Mortuary. 

In situations where the Public Administrator is either appointed to administer the estate of a decedent or files an Affidavit to Administer a Small Estate, the Public Administrator may authorize payment from the estate funds to pay the funeral expenses previously arranged by family or reimburse whoever paid for the funeral arrangements in advance.  When limited funds are available in the estate, the Public Administrator may provide a referral to Washoe County Social Services who will then provide arrangements according to their policies and procedures.  The Public Administrator will reimburse Washoe County Social Services if and when sufficient funding becomes available during the administration of the estate.



+
After A Loved One Dies, How Do I Handle Their Property or Estate?

It can seem overwhelming when faced with handling all of the affairs of a loved one, but if you'll take it one step at a time, you'll not only survive the process, but you'll complete the process successfully. 

Since the Washoe County Public Administrator's Office does not have attorneys on staff, we cannot and do not provide legal advice.  We can refer you to various resources who may be of assistance, but we cannot direct you or advise you what to do.

The first and strongest recommendation is to encourage you to seek out proper legal advice from a Nevada licensed probate attorney.

Depending on the gross value of the estate and the ages and relationship of the heirs, the requirements of the estate could vary. There are some resources available that may help provide some direction, links to some of these can be found on the Public Administrator's Useful Tools and Resources  page.



+
How Does the Public Administrator Sell Personal Property?

Once the Public Administrator has been appointed by the Court to administer the estate and makes the determination that personal property owned by the estate is to be sold, property is generally submitted to auction, unless when applicable, the unanimous preference of the beneficiaries is otherwise.



+
How Does the Public Administrator Sell Estate Real Property?

Once the Public Administrator has been appointed by the Court to administer the estate and makes the determination that real property owned by the estate is to be sold, based on the value of the estate, the administrative costs and debts owed, and when applicable, the preferences of the beneficiaries, a listing agreement is entered into with a licensed realtor to list the property on the Multiple Listing Service (MLS).  Purchase Agreements entered into by the Public Administrator are presented to the Court for approval and remain subject to open bidding at the hearing.



+
What Does the Public Administrator Do?

In accordance with state law, the Public Administrator may ensure that the property of a decedent is safeguarded when the Coroner or law enforcement agency requests the assistance of the Public Administrator’s Office or when one or more of the following conditions exist: 

  • There are no known heirs or named executor or executrix, and the estate, or any part, is deemed by the Public Administrator to be at risk.
  • The named executor or executrix of a Will fails to act.
  • The Will names the Public Administrator as executor.
  • The Court appoints the Public Administrator to act to protect and/or administer an estate.  


+
Where Does The Public Administrator Get His Authority?

The Public Administrator has authority to act to secure property immediately upon the death of a decedent as granted by Nevada Revised Statutes Chapter 253. When appointed by Court, the Public Administrator has authority to act as the administrator of an estate subject to Nevada Revised Statute, Title 12 – Wills and Estates of Deceased Persons, and the oversight of the Court.



+
Securing The Original Will?

Individuals should secure their Original Will in a safe location.  However, if you place it in a Safe Deposit Box, be certain that a trusted individual either has the authority and ability to access the Safe Deposit Box or has a copy of the will in the event something should happen to you.  If no other party is authorized to access the Safe Deposit Box, a Court Order will be required to open the box.



+
Public Defender

+
How do I find out the name of my Public Defender?
If the court appoints the Public Defender's Office, you will receive a letter from us. The letter will tell you the name of the attorney who will be assisting you. You may also call our Front Desk at 775-337-4800 to find out this information.


+
Como puedo conseguir los servicios de un Defensor Publico?

Para poder recibir los servicios de un Defensor Publico, del Condado de Washoe, usted tiene que ser considerado 'indigente'. La Indigencia es generalmente definida como: no tener suficientes recursos para contratar un abogado privado. Esa decision es tomada por la oficina de los Servicios de Corte y el juez que preside el caso y esta basada en sus circunstancias financieras, incluyendo un examen de los bienes y obligaciones de una persona. La mayor parte de la gente, aunque califiquen como indigentes el Condado les pide que hagan una contribucion financiera al Condado por los servicios de un Defensor Publico, normalmente la contribucion es de $250 a $1000.



+
How can I get the services of a Public Defender?
In order to qualify for the services of the Washoe County Public Defender's Office, you have to be considered "indigent". Indigency is generally defined as not having enough resources to hire private counsel. That decision is made by Court Services and the judge presiding over the case and is based upon your current financial circumstances, including an examination of a person's financial assets and liabilities. Most people, even if they qualify as indigent, are asked to make some financial contribution to the County for the services of the Public Defender, normally between $250 and $1000.


+
Como me entero del nombre de mi Abogado Defensor Publico?
Si la corte le nombra el Defensor Publico, usted recibira una carta de nosotros. La carta le indicara el nombre del abogado que lo ayudara en su caso. Usted tambien puede llamar a nuestra Oficina al numero 775-337-4800, para informarse.

+
I have been told I have a Conflict Attorney, what does that mean?

Public Defenders are licensed attorneys. As such, they are bound by the same rules of ethics, including the rule that you may not represent someone when a conflict of interest arises.

In order to accommodate this situation, Washoe County has created the Alternate Public Defender's Office. Washoe County also has contracted with an outside group of private attorneys in case of conflicts within the APD office. Every case that comes into the WCPD office is immediately screened for conflicts of interest. Whenever such a conflict is detected, the case file is transferred to the APD's office.



+
He sido informado que yo tengo un 'Abogado de Conflicto', que significa esto?

Los Defensores Publicos son abogados licenciados.  Como tales ellos siguen las mismas reglas de etica, incluyendo la regla de no poder representarlo (a) si existe algun interes de por medio. Los conflictos de interes normalmente ocurren cuando la Oficina de Defensores Publicos del Condado de Washoe ha representado previamente a un testigo en un caso nuevo. Para acomodar esta situacion, el Condado de Washoe ha creado la Oficina Alternativa de Defensores Publicos.  El Condado de Washoe tambien ha contratado a un grupo privado de abogados en caso de que existan conflictos dentro de la Oficina Alternativa de Defensores Publicos. Cada caso que se presenta en la Oficina de Defensores Publicos es imediatamente examinado para ver si existen conflictos de interes. Cuando un conflicto es detectado, se transfiere el caso a la Oficina Alternativa de Defensores Publicos. 



+
How can I contact my conflict attorney?

The conflict attorney group is administered by the Washoe County Alternate Public Defender's Office. Their office number is 775-328-3955.



+
Como puede ponerme en contacto con un abogado de conflicto?

El Grupo de Abogados de Conflicto esta administrado por la Oficina Alternativa de Defensores Publicos. Su numero de telefono de la oficina es 775-328-3955.



+
If I am arrested for drug possession, is there a way to have my criminal case dismissed?

Yes. Certain drug offenses, excluding trafficking, may allow you to qualify for the Specialty Courts Diversion program. Division court places you under the supervision of the State and Court but allows you, after successful completion of the supervision, to move to have the charges dismissed and the record of the offense sealed. There are different programs available under Nevada law and you should discuss whether you are eligible and which program might be best for you with your attorney.



+
What can I expect if I am arrested?

Obviously an arrest involves a tremendous loss of liberty. You will be photographed, fingerprinted and asked to change into jail issue clothes. You should be allowed to make a phone call. Normally, you will be interviewed in order to gather information that will help the detention center determine the best way to house you safely. If you are taking medication or have other issues that might effect your placement at the jail, please notify jail staff or ask your family and friends to contact the detention center. If you have been appointed a Public Defender, you should also advise them of any issues that might effect your classification at the detention center.



+
Que puedo esperar si yo soy arrestado?

Obviamente el arresto significa una tremenda perdida de libertad. Usted sera fotografiado, huellas digitales, y le pediran que se ponga ropa que se usa en la carcel. Se le permitira que haga una llamada de telefono. Normalmente, usted sera entrevistado, a modo de obtener informacion que ayudara al centro de detencion a encontrar la mejor forma de mantenerlo a salvo. Si usted esta tomando medicinas o tiene algunos otros motivos que puedan afectar su estadia en la carcel, favor de notificar a los carceleros o pida a sus familiars o amigos que se pongan en contacto con el centro de detencion. Si ya le han asignado un Defensor Publico usted tambien debera hacerles saber de cosas que pueden afectar su clasificacion en el centro de detencion. 



+
What is probation and what happens if I violate it?

Probation is a privilege and not a right. Probation is an opportunity to prove that you do not need to be incarcerated. When a person is placed on probation, the court normally enters a jail or prison sentence, but suspends the imposition of the sentence, provided that the defendant complies with certain requirements, such as reporting to a probation officer, not being arrested or convicted of new offenses while on probation, pay restitution, attending counseling or other conditions set out by the court.

If the court finds that a person violated probation, it means that they have not complied with the conditions set out by the court. The court can then impose the previously suspended sentence and place the defendant in jail or prison. It is very important to let your Public Defender know if the reason you were unable to comply was due to financial, substance abuse, or other issues, so that the court can consider the information and, hopefully, reinstate the term of probation.



+
Que es libertad vigilada y que sucede si yo violo la libertad vigilada?

La libertad vigilada es un privilegio, y no un derecho. La Libertad vigilada es una oportunidad para probar que usted no necesita estar encarcelado. Cuando una persona es puesta en libertad vigilada, la corte generalmente asienta una sentencia de carcel, o de prision, pero suspende la imposicion de la condena/sentencia, siempre y cuando el defendido cumpla con ciertos requisitos, tales como reportandose a un oficial de probacion/libertad vigilada, no ser arrestado o convicto de nuevas ofensas mientras este en probacion/libertad vigilada, pagar restitucion, participar en consejeria u otras condiciones impuestas por la corte.

Si la corte encuentra que la persona ha violado la probacion, esto significa que la persona no ha cumplido con las condiciones establecidas por la corte. Entonces la corte puede imponer el cumplimiento de la sentencia suspendida y poner al defendido en la carcel o en la prision. Es muy importante hacerle saber al Defensor Publico si las razones por las cuales usted no pudo cumplir las ordenes de la corte fueron razones financieras, abuso de substancias controladas, u otros motivos, para que la corte considere la informacion y re-comienze el termino de la probacion/libertad vigilada. 



+
What is bail?

Bail is a security, usually money or property, given to ensure that if an accused person is released from custody they will still attend future court appearances.



+
Que es una fianza

La fianza es una seguridad, usualmente dinero, o una propiedad que garantiza que una persona acusada es puesta en libertad, el/ella se presentara en la corte en el futuro. 



+
Si yo soy arrestado por posesion de drogas, existe alguna forma de que mi caso criminal sea deshechado?

Si. Algunas ofensas de drogas, excluyendo Traficando, pueden permitirle que usted califique para el Programa de Diversificacion, poniendolo a usted bajo la supervision del Estado y la Corte, pero le permite, despues de completar este programa exitosamente, que los cargos contra usted sean deshechados y el record de la ofensa quede sellado. Existen diferentes programas disponibles bajo las leyes de Nevada, y usted debe conversar con su abogado para saber si usted es elegible, y saber cual seria el mejor programa para usted.



+
If I am arrested, should I talk to the police?

If you are arrested, the police will have to let you know that you have a right to an attorney before any questioning begins. If you are given the right to an attorney, it is probably for a good reason. Exercise and invoke your rights. If you want to talk to the police, do so AFTER you speak to an attorney. They will understand.



+
Si yo soy arrestado debo hablar con la policia?

Si usted es arrestado, la policia tendra que informarle que usted tiene derechoa un abogado antes del comienzo de cualquier interrogatorio. Si a usted le danel derecho de tener un abogado, es posiblemente por una buena razon. Haga uso einvoque sus derechos. Si usted quiere hablar con la policia hagalo DESPUES dehablar con un abogado. Ellos entenderan. 



+
If the police don't read me my rights, can I get my case dismissed?

Not necessarily. The Miranda warning provides notice of the right against self-incrimination and protects a person from having their statements used against them if the statements are the product of a custodial interrogation.

If a court were to rule that such statements were inadmissible in court, that ruling would obviously have some impact on how the case would be resolved. Ultimately, the State would have to pursue the charge based upon other evidence. Unfortunately, the State may have other evidence independent of the inadmissible statement. If you have concerns about statements given to the police, please discuss the events with your attorney.



+
Si la polcia no me lee mis derechos, puedo tener mi caso deshechado?

No necesariamente, Las advertencies Miranda proveen informacion acerca de los derechos de auto-incriminacion, y protejen a una persona, de que sus declaraciones sean usadas contra usted, si las declaraciones son el resultado de un interrogatorio al momento de entrar bajo custodia.Si la corte determinaria que las declaraciones no son admisibles en la corte, obviamente esta determinacion tendra impacto en la forma en que el caso sera resulto. Finalmente el Estado tendra que perseguir el cargo basado en otra evidencia. Desafortunadamente el Estado podra tener 'otra evidencia' independiente de las declaraciones inadmisibles. Si usted tiene reservas acerca de las declaraciones hechas a la policia, por favor hable de lo sucedido con su abogado. 



+
How can I find out what courtroom my case is being heard in?

The location and time of your hearing should be on the letter you received from the Public Defender's office. If you don't have that information, please contact our office at 775-337-4800. Alternately, you can call the court direct or check for court information on the Washoe County website.



+
Como puedo saber en que corte esta mi caso?

La Oficina de Defensores Publicos le mandara una carta indicandole la hora y la ubicacion de su audiencia por medio de una carta. Si usted no tiene esa informacion por favor pongase en contacto con nuestra oficina llamando el telefono 775-337-4800. Tambien hay informacion en linea, en la computadora que le permitira encontrar el caso,(horas y lugares) de todas audiencias de la Corte del Distrito. Vaya a http://www.washoecourts.com/.



+
What is an Arraignment?

An arraignment is a hearing where an initial plea is entered to an offense. Normally, a person who is arrested and brought to the jail will have an arraignment conducted by video within 72 hours of their arrest. If a not guilty plea is entered, the court will ask the accused if they can afford private counsel. If the offense qualifies for the appointment for the services of the Public Defender's office, an application can be made.



+
Que es la lectura de la acusacion?

La lectura de la acusacion es una audiencia donde se acepta la alegacion inicial. Normalmente una persona que es arrestada y llevada a la carcel tendra una audiencia conducida via video dentro de las 48 horas de su arresto. Si la persona esta declarandose 'no culpable' la corte normalmente le preguntara al acusado si el/ella puede contratar un abogado privado. Si la ofensa califica para obtener los servicios de un Defensor Publico, el acusado podra llenar una aplicacion.



+
What is a preliminary hearing?

A preliminary hearing is where the State must prove to a neutral magistrate that there is probable cause to believe that a crime has been committed, and that there is probable cause to believe that the accused committed the offense. This burden of proof must be met for the case to continue into District Court. The burden of proof, probable cause, is lower than required at a trial. At trial, the State has the burden of proving every element of the offense beyond a reasonable doubt.



+
Que es una audiencia preliminary?

Una audiencia preliminary es aquella donde el Estado debe probar a un magistrado neutral la existencia de una 'causa probable' para creer que se ha cometido un crimen, y que existe 'causa probable' para creer que el acusado ha cometido una ofensa. Este peso de la prueba debe ser encontrado para que el caso sea postergado para la Corte del Distrito. El peso de la prueba, 'causa probable' es, menos que lo que se requiere en un juicio. En un juicio, el Estado tiene el peso de probar cada elemento de la ofensa 'mas alla de toda duda razonable'.



+
What if I fail to appear at my hearing?

Failing to appear for a scheduled court appearance is a separate criminal offense and can be the basis for the issuance of a warrant. Failing to appear in court can also lead to the revocation of any bail or own recognizance release. If you fail to appear in court, you should contact your attorney immediately to see what actions can be taken on your behalf.



+
Que sucede si no me presento?

No presentarse en la corte para una cita es una ofensa criminal separada y puede tener bases para una orden de arresto. No presentarse en la corte tambien puede causar la revocacion de cualquier fianza, y/o de la libertad bajo palabra de honor. Si usted no se presenta en la corte, usted debera ponerse en contacto con su abogado inmediatamente, para ver que medidas pueden ser adaptadas en su caso.



+
What do I do if I know I have a warrant?

Please contact your attorney. Do not hide this information from your attorney. This is important information for counsel to consider when forming a plan to challenge the State's case.



+
Que hago si yo se que tengo una orden de arresto?

Por favor pongase en contacto con su abogado. No oculte esta informacion a su abogado. Esta es informacion importante de considerar cuando el abogado este formando un plan de accion contra el Estado. 



+
What do I do if I am picked up on a warrant?

If you are arrested on a warrant, you should follow the advice given to any person that is arrested; ask to talk to your attorney. If you are arrested on a warrant for an offense that involves a case where a Public Defender was appointed, please call our office at 775-337-4800.



+
Que hago si me arrestan por una orden de arresto?

Si usted es arrestado por una orden de arresto, usted debe seguir la recomendacion otorgada a toda persona que ha sido arrestada; pida hablar con un abogado. Si usted es arrestado bajo una orden de arresto la cual el Defensor Publico fue asignado a su caso, favor de llamar a nuestra oficina 775-337-4800.



+
How do I go about getting my records sealed?

The Law Library has information regarding sealing records. You can visit their website at http://www.washoecourts.com/index.cfm?page=lawlib



+
Can the Public Defender's office represent me on my traffic ticket?

Remember, the Public Defender's office only represents persons facing a loss of liberty. A citation that only carries the possibility of a fine as punishment would not provide a basis for the court to appoint a Public Defender. However, it is highly recommended that you consult with a private attorney before appearing in court on any legal matter.



+
Como encuentro a alguien que esta en la carcel del Condado?

El Centro de Detencion del Condado de Washoe esta ubicado en Parr Boulevard #911, Reno, 89512. El Centro de detencion esta controlado por los Algualices del Condado de Washoe. Para informacion sobre arrestos llame al telefono 775-328-3062. Para obtener informacion sobre visitas llame al telefono 775-328-2952.



+
How do I get my case investigated?

The Public Defender's office has a staff of 7 full-time investigators, including a Polygrapher and a Mitigation Specialist. If you are given the services of the Public Defender, the best way to have your case investigate is to communicate with your assigned attorney.



+
Como puedo visitar a alguien que esta en la carcel del Condado?

Las visitas son organizadas basadas en el nombre de la persona detenida. Por favor llame al numero de telefono de Visitas que esta anteriormente en esta lista. Por favor comprenda que la visita sera efectuada en un lugar vigilado.

Tambien, si usted desea llamar o aceptar una llamada de alguien que esta detenido en la Carcel del Condado, usted debe saber que la llamada de telefono puede ser controlada y grabada. Por favor tenga cuidado de hablar sobre los detalles de cualquier acusacion, pues la conversacion puede crear evidencia para ser usada contra el acusado. 



+
How do I find someone who is in the Washoe County jail?

The Washoe County Detention Center is located at 911 Parr Blvd, Reno, NV. The detention center is managed by the Washoe County Sheriff's office. Booking information can be found by calling 775-328-3062 or online at the Washoe County Sheriff's website. Visiting information can also be found on the website or by calling 775-328-2952.



+
Como visito la prision del estado?

Si usted desea visitar o ponerse en contacto con una persona que esta en el Departamento de Correciones de Nevada, primero tiene que saber donde esta esa persona. Nevada tiene varios lugares, que son usados para mantener a los detenidos. Para hablar con Las Oficinas Administrativas del Departamento de Correciones Puede llamar al numero de telefono 775-887-3285. Si usted no esta seguro del lugar donde esta arrestada la persona que usted busca, usted puede buscar en el internet bajo Busqueda de un arrestado/preso.



+
How can I visit someone who is in the Washoe County jail?

Visiting is scheduled based upon the name of the detained person. Please call the Washoe County Detention Center Visiting Information at 775-328-2952. Please understand that the visit will likely be done in a secure setting.

Also, if you decide to call or accept a call from someone detained at the Washoe County jail, be aware that the phone call will be monitored and recorded. Please be careful in discussing the details of any accusation, as the conversation may create evidence to be used against the accused.



+
How do I visit a state prison?

If you wish to visit or contact a person who is in the Nevada Department of Corrections, you first need to determine where they are being housed. Nevada has several facilities that are used to house inmates. The Nevada Department of Corrections administrative offices can be reached by calling 775-887-3285. If you are unsure of the facility, you can also perform an inmate search on the Department of Corrections website.



+
Los Defensores Publicos son abogados?

Si. Este talvez el concepto mas erroneo que tiene el publico. Todos los Defensores Publicos han obtenido un grado universitario y se han graduado de una Escuela de Leyes Acreditada.  Todos los Defensores Publicos han pasado el Examen del Colegio de Abogados de Nevada, y muchos tienen licencias para practicar en ambas cortes, estado y federal.



+
Are Public Defenders attorneys?

Yes! This is perhaps the most common misconception of the public. All Public Defenders have obtained a College degree and graduated from an accredited Law School. All Public Defenders have passed the Nevada Bar Exam and many are licensed to practice in both state and federal courts.



+
Cual es la diferencia entre un Defensor Publico y un Fiscal del Distrito?

El Fiscal del Distrito es un official elejido. El Fiscal Del Distrito esta encargado del cumplimiento de las leyes del El Condado de Washoe y emplea a delegados de Fiscalia para que lo colaboren en su tarea.El Abogado Defensor Publico es nombrado por el Comite de Comisionados del Condado. Cada comunidad debe tener fondos para proveer abogados a personas indigentes que hayan perdido su libertad. El Defensor Publico emplea auxiliares Defensores Publicos para colaborar en los requerimientos constitucionales dictados por Corte Suprema de los Estados Unidos y la Constitucion de los Estados Unidos.

Mientras ambas oficinas son solventadas por el gobierno, ambas oficinas tienen funciones diferentes. 



+
Where and how do I pay court ordered fees for the Public Defender?

You can pay your fees at the Washoe County Collections department at 1001 E 9th St., Bldg D, Rm 200, Reno, NV. You can also mail your payment to Washoe County Comptroller's Office, 1001 E 9th St., D-200, Reno, NV 89512. They accept all payment types including credit cards. You can call or email them for more information at 775-328-2652 or collect@washoecounty.us. The Public Defender's office does not accept payments of any kind. All payments need to be paid through the collections department.



+
Puedo registrar mi propia peticion en la corte?

Si usted esta representado por un abogado, todas las peticiones y escritos deben ser endosados por un abogado. Las peticiones y los escritos que son mandados a la corte sin ser endosados por el abogado asignado a su caso son generalmente considerados documentos fugitivos y no son tomados en cuenta por la corte. Una persona debe ser muy cuidadosa cuando manda documentos a la corte porque es posible que el Estado acusador podra tener acceso a todos los documentos registrados en la corte y potencialmente puede usarlos contra el acusado. 



+
What is the difference between a Public Defender and a District Attorney?

The District Attorney is an elected official. The District Attorney is charged with the enforcement of laws in Washoe County and employs Deputy District Attorneys to assist in that effort.

The Public Defender is appointed by the Board of County Commissioners. Every community must provide and fund attorneys for indigent persons facing a loss of liberty. The Public Defender employs Deputy Public Defenders to assist in the constitutional requirements set out by the United States Supreme Court and the Constitution of the United States.

While both offices are funded by the government, they serve independent functions.



+
Donde puedo encontrar la Biblioteca de Leyes del Condado?

El condado de Washoe provee una biblioteca con metodos modernos que es accessible al publico en general. La Biblioteca de Leyes del Condado esta ubicada en el primer piso de la Corte del Distrito en la calle Corte #75, frente al Pioneer Center de Artes Porformados. Para informacion oncerniente a las horas de servicio de la biblioteca, por favor llame al telefono 775-328-3250.



+
Can I file my own motions in court?

If you are represented by an attorney, all motions and pleadings must be endorsed by your attorney. Motions and pleadings that are sent without the endorsement of the assigned attorney are generally considered fugitive documents and not considered by the court. A person should be very careful when they send documents to the court, as it is likely that the State prosecutor will be able to gain access to all documents in the court's file and potentially use them against the accused.



+
Si yo soy victima de un crimen, puedo ser representado por la Oficina de los Defensores Publicos?

La Oficina de Defensores Publicos no representa a victimas de crimen. Si usted es victima de un crimen, usted debe consultar con la la Oficina del Fiscal de Condado de Washoe llamando al telefono 775-328-3200.



+
Where can I find the County Law Library?

Washoe County funds a state-of-the-art law library that is accessible to the general public. The Law Library is located on the first floor of the District Court House at 75 Court Street, across front he Pioneer Center for the Performing Arts. For information concerning the library, or hours of service, call 775-328-3250.



+
Cuales servicios de lenguajes son disponibles?

La Oficina de Defensores Publicos del Condado de Washoe mantiene un contrato de servicios de interpretativos. La Oficina tiene servicios de interpretes para la mayoria de los lenguages/idiomas como tambien tiene personal que habla Espanol en la oficina.

La Oficina de Defensores Publicos del Condado de Washoe tambien tiene contrato con La Linea de Idiomas, un servicio que nos permite tener acceso a 150 interpretes de diferentes idiomas telefonicamente. 



+
If I am a victim of a crime, can the Public Defender's Office represent me?

The Public Defender's Office does not represent victims of crime. If you are a victim of a crime, you should consult the Washoe County District Attorney's office at 775-328-3200.



+
Los Defensores Publicos tienen las mismas obligaciones que los abogados privados?

Si y no. Los Defensores Publicos son abogados licenciados y tienen casi todas las mismas obligaciones de los abogados privados. Porque los servicios de los Defensores Publicos son ofrecidos solo en ciertas circunstancias, los Defensores Publicos no mantienen cuentas de fidecomiso privadas de honorarios legales y estan exemptos de otros ciertos requsitos concernientes al mantenimiento seguro de las propiedades de los clientes. De otra forma, los Defensores Publicos deben actuar en la misma manera que los abogados privados. 



+
What language services are available?

The Washoe County Public Defender's office maintains a contract for interpretive services. The office has interpretive services for most languages and has Spanish speaking staff on site. The office also contracts with Language Line, a service that allows us to on-demand access to 150 different language interpreters telephonically.



+
Puede la Oficina de Defensores Publicos representarme en una citacion de trafico?

Recuerde, que el Defensor Publico solamente representa a personas que esten perdiendo su libertad. Una comparecencia que solo lleva la posibilidad de una multa como castigo no tendra bases para que la corte le otorgue un Defensor Publico.

Sin embargo se le recomienda que usted consulte con un abogado privado antes de presentarse en la corte para un caso legal.



+
Do Public Defenders have the same obligations as private attorneys?

Yes and no. Public Defenders are licensed attorneys and have almost all of the same obligations of private attorneys. Because the services of the Public Defender are offered only in certain circumstances, Public Defenders do not maintain private trust accounts for legal fees and are exempt from certain other requirements regarding the safe-keeping of client assets. Otherwise, Public Defenders must act and perform in the same manner as private attorneys.



+
Como consigo que mi caso sea investigado?

La Oficina de Defensores Publicos del Condado tiene un grupo de 7 investigadores a tiempo completo, incluyendo un Especialista en Detector de Mentiras y un Especialista en Circunstancias Atenuantes. Si a usted le han dado los servicios de un Defensor Publico, la mejor forma de tener su caso investigado es comunicandose con el abogado asignado a su caso. 



+
What happens if I am charged with a Juvenile offense?

Juvenile offenses are not considered crimes like in the Adult courts. If you are under 18 years old and break the law, you may be charged with a delinquent act.



+
What should I do if I am in an abusive situation?

You should not live in fear. There are people you can tell, support groups you can join, and places you can go. There are ways to protect yourself or someone you care about from being scared of getting hurt. Click on the menu under Family and Youth Services for further information and resources.



+
Violencia/Abuso/Asalto Sexual -

Usted no debe vivir con miedo. Existen personas que usted puede contarle lo que sucede, existen grupos para ayudarlo y lugares a los que usted puede ir. Hay formas de protjerse a si mismo o de protejer a alguien que usted crea que tiene miedo o pueda ser lastimado/a. Haga click en el menu para mas informacion. 



+
What should I do if my family breaks up?

There are many resources to help deal with a family that is breaking up. Click on the menu under Family and Youth Services for more information and resources.



+
La familia que se separa o se rompe -

Hay muchos recursos para ayudar a afrontar los problemas de una familia que se esta deshaciendo. Haga click en el menu para mas informacion y lugares donde usted puede obtener ayuda. 

 

+
Que sucede si yo tengo un cargo de una Ofensa Juvenil?

Las ofensas juveniles no son crimenes. Si usted tiene menos de 18 anos y rompe la ley, usted puede ser culpado de un acto delinquente. 



+
If Juvenile charges are filed against you, you have the right to a lawyer

The law says that you must have an attorney represent you in a Juvenile Court, even if you have already decided to admit to the charges. The Public Defender's office is appointed to represent every kid. You, or your parents, may hire a private attorney to represent you if you wish.



+
Si usted es culpado de cargos juveniles usted tiene derecho a un abogado

La ley dice que usted debe tener un abogado que lo/la represente en la Corte Juvenil, aunque usted ya hubiera decidido admitir los cargos. La Oficina de Defensores Publicos esta encargada de representar a cada joven. Usted y sus padres pueden contratar un abogado privado para representarlo a usted. 



+
How does a Juvenile case start?

A Juvenile case may start with one of three things: Arrest, Citation, or Referral. If you are arrested, you will be taken to a detention facility for kids. If you receive a citation, the police will issue the citation and call your parents or guardian. A referral may also be made to the Juvenile Services department.



+
Como comienza un Caso Juvenil:

Un caso de un joven puede empezar con una de las siguientes tres cosas: Arresto, orden de comparecencia. Si usted es arrestado usted sera llevado al centro de detencion para jovenes. O, la policia puede extender una citacion y llamar a sus padres o personas encargadas de usted.  Tambien puede hacerse un contacto con el Departamento de Servicios de Jovenes.



+
What happens if I am arrested (juvenile)?

You may be released to your parents/guardian or you may be detained at the Jan Evans Juvenile Detention Center.



+
Si usted es arrestado...

Usted puede ser puesto en libertad y entregado a sus padres/guardianes O usted puede ser detenido en el Centro de Detencion Jan Evans.



+
What is a detention hearing (juvenile)?

If you are detained at the juvenile detention center, you will have a hearing within 72 hours. A judge will decide if you will be released and a Public Defender will represent you.



+
Audiencias de Detencion -

Si usted esta detenido en el centro de detencion usted tendra una audiencia dentro de las 72 horas de su arresto. Un Juez decidira si usted sera puesto en libertad y un Defensor Publico sera su representante. 



+
What should I wear to my hearing?

You must represent yourself in a positive way to the Judge. The Judge is making a decision about your future so your first impression is very important. See the section on Juvenile Hearings



+
Lo que usted no debe vestir -

Usted debe presentarse ante el Juez en una forma positiva. El Juez esta tomando una decision acerca de su futuro de manera que la primera impresion que usted la cause al Juez es muy importante. 



+
What is a plea hearing (juvenile)?

At this hearing you must answer to the charges against you. If you deny the charges the Judge will set your case for trial.



+
Audiencia de declaracion a los cargos -

En esta audiencia usted debe contestar acerca de los cargos contra usted. Si usted niega los cargos el Juez continuara su caso para un juicio. 



+
What is a dispositional hearing (juvenile)?

At this hearing the Judge will decide what your consequences will be. It may be a fine, counseling, community service, etc.



+
Audiencia de Disposicion

En esta audiencia el Juez decidira cuales seran las consequencias.  Puede ser pagar una multa, conserjeria, servicios a la comunidad, etc. 



+
What is emancipation?

Any minor who is at least 16 years old and married, OR living apart from legal guardians, and is a resident of Washoe County may ask the Juvenile Court for a decree of emancipation.



+
Emancipacion -

Cualquier menor que tenga por lo menos 16 anos, o este casado o este viviendo separado de sus guardianes legales y sea un residente del Condado de Washoe, puede pedir a la Corte Juvenil un decreto de emancipacion. 



+
Public Guardian

+
Can I petition WCPG to serve as guardian?

Pursuant to NRS 159.044 anyone may petition the Public Guardian to serve.  If you feel this is necessary, please contact your attorney to file a petition to request that the Public Guardian serve as guardian pursuant to NRS 159.046.

If you intend to petition this office, please forward a copy of the petition, the Acknowledgement of Public Guardian, and all notices of hearings.  Please see our "Petitioning WCPG As Guardian" page for more information.



+
Can the Washoe County Public Guardian help me to become guardian of a loved one or friend?

Although the Washoe County Public Guardian (WCPG) serves as guardian, by court appointment, for vulnerable adults who are unable to manage their personal and/or financial affairs, our office does not facilitate guardianships for others.  Please see "Second Judicial District Court Resource Center" under our Helpful Links section if you need assistance with applying for guardianship of a loved one.

Additionally, the Second Judicial District Court offers Guardian Training for those who may be interested in learning more about the responsibilities of a guardian.  For more information, please see "Second Judicial District Court Guardian Training" also under our Helpful Links section.



+
Does WCPG serve as guardian for minors?
The Washoe County Public Guardian (WCPG) serves as guardian, by court appointment, for vulnerable adults aged 18 or older who are unable to manage their personal and/or financial affairs.

+
Can I get assistance filing for guardianship?

If you are looking for assistance in filing a petition for guardianship of a loved one or friend, please see "Second Judicial District Court Resource Center" under our Helpful Links section.



+
How long does the guardianship process take?

A petition for guardianship goes through a court process to determine the appropriateness of a guardianship.  WCPG has no control over the length of time it takes for a petition to process through the legal system.  Due to these factors, the guardianship process may be lengthy and should not be considered an immediate emergency intervention.



+
Can WCPG be guardian for non-Washoe County residents?

The Washoe County Public Guardian only serves Washoe County residents.  If the the person in question is not a resident of Washoe County, the Public Guardian cannot serve as Guardian.



+
Can I come in and talk to someone about a guardianship?

The Washoe County Public Guardian does not accept walk-ins for guardianship discussion.

If you wish to contact us, please see the "Contact Us" page for more information.



+
What is Guardianship?
Guardianship is a legal process, utilized when a person can no longer make or communicate safe or sound decisions about their person and/or property, or has become susceptible to fraud or undue influence.  Because establishing a guardianship may remove considerable rights from an individual, it should only be considered after alternatives to guardianship have proven ineffective or are unavailable.

+
Who are you? What do you do?
The Washoe County Public Guardian (WCPG) serves as guardian, by court appointment, for vulnerable adults who are unable to manage their personal and/or financial affairs.  WCPG coordinates provision of services; provides informed consents; and protects, preserves, and manages the assets of our protected persons.

+
Who does the WCPG serve?

The Washoe County Public Guardian (WCPG) serves as guardian, by court appointment, for vulnerable adults aged 18 or older who are unable to manage their personal and/or financial affairs.



+
Recorder

+
General Information
+
Does the Recorder's Office have copies of birth and death records?
No, the Recorder's Office does not have birth and death records, they are kept by the Washoe County Health District. You can contact them via phone at 775-328-2455.

+
Does the Recorder's Office provide blank forms for the public to use?
The Recorder’s Office provides some fillable PDFs for use. Please visit our downloadable forms page. Other documents such as deeds and deeds of trust documents may be obtained from an office supply store or through legal counsel.

+
Can I record a copy of a document?

Documents must be original to be recorded. On the contrary, certified copies by the Court may be accepted. Additionally, a copy of a military discharge document may be recorded.



+
Does the Recorder's Office report recorded documents to the credit bureaus?

The Recorder's Office does not report any information to the credit bureaus. However, Nevada is a public record state. Credit bureaus may access the public record including liens and judgments which may reflect on your credit report.

For information about items on your credit report, please contact the reporting credit bureau directly.



+
Does the Recorder's Office have copies of divorce records for Washoe County?

Divorce records are held with the Court. To obtain information about a Washoe County divorce or a copy of a divorce decree, please contact the Second Judicial District Court.

Divorces are filed with the court in the county where the divorce occurred, not where the marriage occurred.



+
Are there fees to record online?

Any fees to set up an eRecording account are determined by the eRecording vendor.

See our page on eRecording for more information.



+
Is expedited shipping a document copy an option?

The fastest way to receive your requested document is to order an electronic copy through our self-service portal. These are received via email by the next business day.

At the moment, the Recorder's Office does not expedite physical document copy requests. Although, if you provide our office with a prepaid shipping label, we will ship it with the selected carrier. For more information about, please call us at 775-328-3660.



+
What forms of payment does the Washoe County Recorder accept?

The Recorder's office will accept cash, check, money order/cashier's check or credit card (Visa, MasterCard, Discover or American Express) as payment for recording fees, transfer tax and document copy orders including certified copies of marriage certificates.

If paying with a credit or debit card, a 3.5% processing fee will apply.



+
What are the Washoe County Recorder's Office business hours and contact information?

Hours

Monday - Friday
8 a.m. to 5 p.m. PT
(closed on legal holidays)

Phone

(775) 328-3660

Fax

(775) 325-8009

Email

General Inquiries
record@washoecounty.gov

Records Request
recordmar@washoecounty.gov

Address

1001 E. Ninth Street
Bldg. A, Rooms 140/150
Reno, NV 89512



+
What can I do if the image of my document does not display?

All property records are available to view on our self-service website. Only Marriage Certificate indexing data is available to view online. Please visit our online database to search and order copies.

Images of documents in our system display using Adobe PDF technology. If your computer will not display one of our documents, you may need to install, update, or enable Adobe Reader on your computer.

To obtain Adobe Reader, visit the Adobe website. For troubleshooting assistance, see Adobe's support site.

An alternative to Adobe Reader is using the Google Chrome web browser, which has built-in PDF support.



+
Does the Recorder's Office have a notary public available?

Notary services are not available at our office. However, many local companies like The UPS Store and some banking institutions offer these services.



+
How do I record online?

You may record documents online through one of our approved eRecording vendors. See our Electronic Recording page for instructions.



+
How do I search & order recorded documents?

Using our self-service portal, you can easily search our real estate, marriage and other records online. You can also order over the phone or send us a request via email or mail. If requesting via mail or email, we ask that you complete this document request form.

Phone Number

(775) 328-3660

Records Request
recordmar@washoecounty.gov

Mailing Address

Washoe County Recorder
1001 E. 9th Street A-140
Reno, NV 89512

Real Estate

Unofficial real estate documents are available to download or print from the self-service portal with a watermark at no charge. Should you order a plain copy without a watermark, a statutory fee of $1.00 per page will be charged. If you want a certified copy, an additional statutory fee of $4.00 will be charged.

To search real estate documents, you will need at least one of the parties' names and approximate date of the transaction. You may also search for information by a specific field or combination of fields presented here. This will help you limit your search. You will not be able to search by address, legal description or Assessor's Parcel Number. For additional information by Assessor's Parcel Number please contact the Washoe County Assessor at 775-328-2277 or visit their website.

It is possible that the documents you are researching are not recorded with this office.

Marriage Certificates

Marriage certificate indexing data for documents recorded after 1965 is available to view on our self-service portal. Should you order a plain copy, a statutory fee of $1.00 will be charged. If you want a certified copy, a statutory fee of $15.00 will be charged.



+
Does the Recorder's Office keep original documents?

We do not keep your original documents. If your document is recorded in person at our office, the original is handed back to you after being recorded and scanned. If received through the mail, the original document is immediately returned to the return address on the envelope (or to the address indicated on a return envelope, if provided).



+
Can I get help preparing a document in the Recorder's Office?

Per NRS 7.285, we are prohibited from advising you on the type of forms that are needed, helping fill out forms, or giving legal advice. Document preparation questions should be directed to legal counsel.



+
What does it cost to record a document?
The general document recording fee is $43.00. For a complete list of recording fees please review our Schedule of Fees.

+
How long does it take for me to receive my requested document copy?

If you requested a document copy through mail, it is typically received within 5-10 business days. We send records using first class mail via USPS.

If you requested an electronic copy through email, you should receive your record in email within 24 hours.

If you have not received your request within this timeframe, please contact the Recorder's Office at 775-328-3660.



+
Can I record my will with the Recorder's Office?

Wills are not typically recorded. Wills are often kept in a safe place that can be accessed by family after your passing.

For more information, see the Second Judicial District Court's web page concerning probate.



+
Marriages
+
How do I get a copy of my marriage license or license application?

To clarify, a marriage license permits a couple to get married while a marriage certificate serves as proof that a marriage has taken place. For a copy of the marriage license or license application, please contact the Washoe County Clerk's Office at 775-784-7287, or visit the clerk's website.

To request a copy of your marriage certificate, please see our marriage certificate information page.



+
How do I get a copy of my marriage certificate?

To request a copy of your marriage certificate, please see our marriage certificate information page.



+
Can I come to the Recorder's Office and immediately receive a copy of my Marriage Certificate?
Yes, you can come to the Recorder's Office and obtain a copy of your Marriage Certificate during that same visit. For applicable fees, see our Schedule of Fees.

+
What is the process for correcting typographical errors on a Marriage Certificate?

In order to correct a spelling, typographical, or other error (NOT a name change) on a marriage certificate, an Affidavit for Correction of a Marriage Certificate must be recorded.

The Recorder's Office provides instructions for submitting an Affidavit for Correction of a Marriage Certificate.



+
Has my Marriage Certificate been recorded?

Once the Marriage Certificate has been received by the Recorder's Office, the certificate is typically recorded that same day.

To verify your certificate has been recorded, search our marriage certificate Self Service website.



+
What is the difference between a marriage license and certificate?
A marriage license permits a couple to get married while a marriage certificate serves as proof that a marriage has taken place. For a copy of the marriage license or license application, please contact the Washoe County Clerk's Office at 775-784-7287, or online at www.washoecounty.gov/clerks.

+
Will a copy of my marriage certificate be automatically mailed to me after it’s recorded?

A copy of your marriage certificate is not automatically provided following a marriage. To request a copy of your recorded marriage certificate, please see our marriage certificate information page.



+
Real Property
+
How do I add someone to the title of my property?

Typically, you would need to record a new conveyance document in the Washoe County Recorder's Office to change how title is held on your property. You can obtain document forms from your title company, local office supply stores, or an attorney. Our recording requirements and fees are available on our website.



+
How do I remove a deceased joint tenant's name from the title of my property?

Typically, you will need to record a new transfer document to remove the deceased joint tenant from the ownership of the property. Sometimes, a type of Affidavit may be used in this situation. A death certificate must be included. If you are unsure of the type of forms you need to record, please seek legal advice for guidance.



+
Does the Washoe County Recorder's Office provide Homestead forms?

The Washoe County Recorder's Office provides Homestead and Abandonment of Homestead forms in the office and online.  Click here to download the forms.



+
I just paid off my house. How do I get my deed?

Unlike the title to a car, possession of the deed does not in itself imply ownership of real property. Therefore, the original deed identifying you as the owner is typically retained by the homeowner at the time of occupancy. If at any time you'd like an official plain or certified copy of your deed, please contact our office at 775-328-3660 with the document number and we can mail or fax it to you. If you are unsure of the document number, you may contact the Assessor's Office for a title history of the property or search the Recorder's online database.

Additionally, once a mortgage is satisfied (paid off), a reconveyance document or satisfaction of mortgage document is typically sent by the lender to be recorded.



+
How is a lien removed?
For almost every type of document that places a lien on real property, a related recordable document reverses the original action. These documents are called releases, satisfactions, terminations, cancellations, and reconveyances.

+
What if a lien is still listed on my credit report after it's been paid?
If a lien is still listed on a credit report after it has been paid off, you should contact the organization or person who filed the lien against the property. They should be able to provide a recordable document that states that the lien has been satisfied and released.

+
How do I find out who owns a property?
You can contact the Washoe County Assessor's Office for ownership information at 775-328-2277. For a very recent transfer of ownership you can search our records online. You will need to have either the name of the buyer or the seller.

+
When a Deed of Trust/Mortgage is paid off, who records the release document and returns it to the property owner?

A reconveyance document or satisfaction of mortgage document is typically sent by the lender, either directly to our office or to the homeowner, to be recorded.



+
Does the Recorder's Office provide searching services?

The Recorder's Office does not provide searching services. Although, documents recorded within this office are available for public search through our self-service portal.

The grantor/grantee index provided on this website will enable the searching of the public records in the Washoe County Recorder's official records. Our records, by statute, are indexed by name (last name, space, first name; no comma). You will need at least one of the parties' names and approximate date of the transaction to do a search. You may also search for information by a specific field or combination of fields presented here. This will help you limit your search. You will not be able to search by address, legal description or tax parcel number.

For additional information by Assessor's Parcel Number (APN), please contact the Washoe County Assessor at 775-328-2277 or visit the Assessor's website.



+
What is a title search and how do I get one?
A title search is a full property search showing ownership and all related property information. Please contact a title company directly for more information about requesting a title search on your property. A fee may be involved.

+
Recording Notification Service
+
What is the Recording Notification Service?

Recording Notification Service (RNS) is a free service offered by the Recorder’s Office that alerts citizens via email when a document is recorded in their name or on their property. To learn more, visit our explanatory web page about RNS.



+
Is there a fee to subscribe to the Recording Notification Service?

The Recorder’s Office provides the Recording Notification Service free as a courtesy to Washoe County residents.



+
How does the Recording Notification Service work?

On the Recording Notification Service sign up page, you may enter multiple name variations and parcel numbers per email address. When a document is recorded with a name and/or parcel number that is being monitored, an email will automatically be sent to the provided email address.



+
My last name is very common; will I receive notification alerts that could possibly belong to someone else?

It is very possible to receive an alert that may pertain to another individual with the same name as you.



+
How long does my name or parcel stay on the Recording Notification Service notification list?

Your name will remain on the notification list indefinitely.



+
How do I sign up, modify my subscription, or unsubscribe to this service?
To sign up, modify subscription, or unsubscribe from this service, please visit the RNS sign-up page.

+
Is my Recording Notification Service registration subject to public records law?

Your registration may be subject to subject to public disclosure per Nevada public records law.



+
What documents will I be notified about through the Recording Notification Service?

The Recording Notification Service alerts you on all documents recorded after you have signed up. To search documents already recorded under your name, business, or APN, visit our Document Search and Ordering website.



+
What information is provided in a recording notification alert email?

The recording alert will contain the name or parcel number identified in the subscription and a link directing you to the recorded document. By clicking on the link, you can see what type of document was recorded, and purchase a copy, as needed.



+
I received an alert on my property, how can I obtain a copy?
Please visit the Document Search and Ordering website to purchase a copy.

+
What should I do if I think I have been subject to fraud?

If you believe you are a victim of document fraud, contact local law enforcement. You may also want to seek assistance from legal counsel.



+
Does this integrate with any online monitoring services (i.e. LifeLock)?

Unlike private-party services that charge to monitor our public records each month, our service is free of charge for all Washoe County residents. We will only notify the subscriber of a recorded document based on the enrolled name and/or parcel number.



+
Regional Animal Services

+
Animal Bites and Reporting
+
What happens when a dog or cat bites someone?
When the skin of a human is penetrated or broken by the teeth or claws of a dog or cat, it is required by law to be reported due to the concern for possible exposure to the rabies virus.  Rabies is communicable to humans by the saliva from an infected animal.  Animals that have bitten or scratched, are required by law to be quarantined for ten days from the date of the bite.  If the biting/scratching animal is currently vaccinated for rabies it may qualify for a home quarantine.  Home quarantine is not authorized in the following instances:
  • If a dog was roaming at large when the bite/scratch occurred
  • Dogs or cats that are not current on their rabies vaccination at the time of the bite/scratch
  • Safety reasons
These animals are required to be quarantined at WCRAS or at a veterinary hospital for public safety.
That’s why it’s important to keep your pet’s vaccinations up to date based on the requirements in the rabies compendium published by the NASPHV.

 



+
What happens if a wild animal bites a person or a pet?

If the animal that bites is a wild animal, the report is handled by WCRAS in conjunction with the Washoe County Health Department and the person or domestic animal exposed could be placed in quarantine for an extended time depending on if the wild animal is known and available to be tested for the rabies virus.  In some areas of the country the rabies virus is prevalent in raccoons, skunks and bats.  That’s not to say those species are all diseased but it is a very valid reason to always keep a safe distance from wildlife.  Even the cutest ones!



+
What is Quarantine?

Quarantine means to be kept in a controlled environment, in isolation from other animals or people, to be observed for signs of illness or abnormal behavior. Dogs and cats who have been identified as causing a break in the skin of a human by its teeth or by scratch are required to be quarantined for a period not less than 10 days from the date of exposure. Many animals that have current vaccinations, and a secure area to be contained are allowed to be quarantined at home but some may be required to be held at a veterinary hospital or at WCRAS for the quarantine period.



+
What happens with my pet's rabies information?

Under state law (Nevada Administrative Code 441A.412) your veterinarian is required to send a copy of the vaccination certificate to the Washoe County Health District.



+
Contact Information
+
I can’t get through to the Nevada Humane Society/SPCA, can WCRAS help me?

WCRAS and Nevada Humane Society are separate entities. As such we have no ability to transfer your call to them.

You can contact the Nevada Humane Society at 775-856-2000. They are located at 2825 Longley Lane, Suite B, in Reno, Nevada. 

 You can contact the SPCA of Northern Nevada at 775-324-7773. They are located at 4950 Spectrum Blvd in Reno, Nevada.



+
How can I contact someone from WCRAS?

Animal Services' general information line can be called at 775-353-8900 and is answered Monday through Friday 8:00am to 5:00pm, and Saturdays 9am - 3pm except for holidays.


For field services please call our dispatch line at 775-322-3647 (DOGS). This line is answered 7 days a week from 8:00am to 10:00pm including holidays


You can also email us at pets@washoecounty.gov



+
Field Services
+
Do I need to leash my dog on BLM land?

WCRAS does not have jurisdiction over leash law on BLM or Forest Service land. However, BLM does have leash regulations which can vary by park and time of year. During certain times of the year some parks may have coyote traps out for wildlife regulation, which can be a danger to your dog if not on leash. According to the BLM Nevada State Office, it is best to contact the park about dog leashing before you go. To contact the office in your area click here. You can also visit these sites for more information:

Best Dog-Friendly Public Lands

Sloan Canyon National Conservation Area

Outdoor Ethics

Forest Service Website



+
What can I do about all the feral cats living in my neighborhood?

Animal Services does not pickup cats. Nationally, Trap, Neuter, Return, and Monitor (TNRM) programs are considered best practice for feral cat management. Animal Services encourages our community to rigorously pursue the reduction of feral cats through TNRM in accordance with applicable Washoe County Code 55.475

For information or help with feral cats or trapping please contact Nevada Humane Society (NHS) at 775-856-2000 ext. 200 or 2825 Longley Lane Suite B.

Additional resources:

Nevada Humane Society
Alley Cat Allies



+
At what temperature is it ok to leave my pet in the car?

In accordance with NRS 202.487 "a person shall not allow a pet to remain unattended in a parked or standing motor vehicle if conditions, including, without limitation, extreme heat or cold, present a significant  risk to the health and safety of the pet."

Washoe County Code 55.190 Endangering Animals states that it is unlawful for any person to hold or confine an animal in a pen, house, car, truck, trailer or any other place without a sufficient supply of good and wholesome air, water, food and necessary veterinary care.

According to the AVMA (American Veterinary Medical Association) the temperature inside a vehicle can rise 20⁰ F in 10 minutes, and up to 40⁰ F within an hour. It has also been shown that cracking a window a few inches has little effect on the temperature inside of your vehicle when it is not in motion.  A study performed by the Louisiana Office of Public Health found that the temperatures in a dark sedan as well as a light colored mini van parked out in a hot but overcast day still raised from 96⁰F to 125⁰F in just 20 minutes.

It would be advised to never leave an animal in a vehicle unattended in temperatures over 60⁰F and to always have water and proper air circulation for your pet. Help spread the word.



+
Is there a leash law in Washoe County?

Within the congested areas of Washoe County, your dog must be properly contained and/or restrained at all times for the exception of designated off-leash areas. Aren't sure if you live in congested or un-congested?

  • Click here to determine if your residence is in congested or uncongested areas.
  • Read more about Chapter 55 Code relative to animals here.


+
Can I have livestock or chickens in the city limits?

Animal Services does not regulate livestock zoning within the cities or county. To find zoning regulations in your jurisdiction please contact one of the following departments for guidance dependent on where you reside:

Washoe County Community Services Division (775) 328-6106                  
Washoe County Code Enforcement   Email: code-enforcement@washoecounty.gov

Reno Code Enforcement (775) 334-4636                
City of Reno Code Enforcement    Email: renodirect@reno.gov

Sparks Code Enforcement (775) 353-4063
City of Sparks Zoning     Email: customerservice@cityofsparks.us



+
What can I do about my neighbor's dog that is always loose?

Call WCRAS dispatch at 322-DOGS (3647) and they will give you the information that you need and may dispatch an officer to the location if the dog is currently at large.  They will need your address and the address where the dog lives. You may also file a complaint online.



+
Is it against the law for my dog to bark?

All animals make some noise and that is to be expected. In accordance with Washoe County Code 55.125, "except as provided in NRS 40.140, it is unlawful for any person to keep, harbor or own any animal which by making loud and frequent noises causes annoyance to the neighborhood or to any persons in the vicinity."

Noise complaints can be filed online click here.



+
How many pets can a person have?

In accordance with Washoe County Code 55.390, within the Map of congested areas of Washoe County, not more than five dogs and seven cats over the age of four months are permitted per household. If you wish to have more than the permissible number of animals, you will need to apply for a Variance Permit. For more information on permits, click here.



+
Can you come pick up my pet?

Animal Services does not provide this service, our officers focus on lost, abandoned, and neglected/abused pets. If you need to surrender your pet, please contact Nevada Humane Society at 775-856-2000 or SPCA of Northern Nevada at 775-324-7773.



+
What can I do about the smell of feces from my neighbor’s yard?

Washoe County Code 55.110 states a person must keep the area that the animal is kept or housed free from animal waste and offensive odors. Animal Services recommends a person to remove feces at least once a day to reduce offensive odors. Animal waste should be bagged and placed within a trash can for disposal. This procedure will assist with the decrease of odors and insect activity.

If you feel that the animal feces is not being properly removed from your neighbor’s yard you may contact Dispatch at 322-DOGS (3647) or file a complaint online and request an officer respond to speak to the animal owner. This ordinance is in effect 24 hours a day in Washoe County. 



+
Is it ok to tether a dog up outside? If so, for how long?

A dog can be legally tethered if:

  1. The tether is at least 12 feet long, and
  2. The dog has access to water and shelter, and
  3. The dog is not wearing a pinch, prong or choke collar, and
  4. The dog is not tethered for more than 14 hours in a 24 hour period, and
  5. The dog is tethered in such a way as to prevent it from becoming entangled and injured.

If you are concerned that a pet is being illegally tethered report it by calling Animal Services dispatch at 775-322-3647. 



+
Licensing and Microchipping
+
Why do I need a license for my dog?

Washoe County Code 55.340 requires that all dog 4 months and older have a license. Failure to have a current dog license with Washoe County Regional Animal Services may result in a civil fine from $100 - $400 and/or a criminal citation. Dog licensing allows Animal Services to track pet ownership, rabies vaccination status, and estimate the number of pets in the area. Licenses are required to be renewed every year. You can license your dog here.



+
Does my cat need to be licensed?

Currently, cats do not need to be licensed however they are required to have a current rabies vaccination and we strongly recommend that you get your cats microchipped and the register the microchip with Animal Services. This will help us reunite your cat with you in the event it gets brought to the shelter. If you are a Washoe County resident we can microchip your pets for free anytime during our business hours.



+
What is the difference between a dog license and the tag I get at the vet or elsewhere?

A dog license is provided by your local animal control authority. In Washoe County, Washoe County Regional Animal Services supplies dog licenses as required for all dogs four months and older, living in the congested areas of Washoe County. The tags that come from your vet or adoption agencies are rabies or ID tags only and are not to be confused with a license. Click here to learn more.



+
How do I license my dog?

You can license your dog online, by mail, or in-person by coming into the shelter during open hours. A current rabies certificate is required to license your dog. Please see our licensing page for more information.



+
My dog never leaves the house. Do I still need to license?

Even if your dog never leaves the house, it must still have a dog license. In addition to helping reunite you with your pet if you ever become separated due to unforeseen circumstances (disaster, break-in, hospitalization etc.) licenses also confirm that your pet is current on their required rabies vaccination. The rabies virus, which can be carried by wild animals such as bats, raccoons, skunks etc., can be transmitted to your dog if they are not properly vaccinated. 



+
What is a microchip and how do they work?

A microchip is a small device implanted just under the skin between the shoulder blades of an animal that is used for permanent identification.  The microchip is about the size of a grain of rice, can be quickly inserted with a needle, and can be read by a microchip scanner. Each microchip contains a series of unique numbers similar to a vehicle VIN number. Most veterinarians and animal shelters have microchip scanners that can be used to read the chip number. You can also find public use microchip scanners located inside every Pet Station Store in Washoe County. To find the nearest public microchip scanning station go to HelpingPetsHome.com 

The microchip is not a GPS locating device for your animal.  The microchip cannot tell us where your animal is located

We can determine ownership and address of each animal by entering the microchip number into our system. The number should correspond to the pet owners contact information in our database. Using the information on a microchip to immediately contact the owner helps our officers return many animals directly home, without coming to the shelter. Collars and tags are great forms of pet identification but they can be taken off or fall off, significantly reducing the chances that we will be able to reunite a pet with their family.

Microchips are a form of permanent identification. The procedure is quick and safe, similar to a routine vaccine. If you are a Washoe County resident you can bring your pet to our facility anytime during business hours for a free microchip! Learn more about microchips and how they work.

Watch this short video to see the process for implanting a microchip  



+
Someone gave me their pet and it is microchipped. How do I transfer ownership?

Animal Services maintains a database with local microchip numbers and corresponding owner information. To change the owner information in the local database, the previous owner of the pet needs to complete a transfer of ownership form. The completed form will need to be submitted to Animal Services either by the former owner or the new owner. The new owner will then need to contact WCRAS to update the local registry. If the new pet is a dog and the new owner lives in a congested area, a dog license will need to be purchased. Licenses do not transfer from one owner to another.

In order to update the national registry for a microchip, contact the microchip company for instructions on updating the transfer of ownership.  If you do not know what microchip company, click here and enter the microchip number to discover the microchip company.

If you are unsure if your animal is microchipped or what the microchip number is you can come to Animal Services Monday-Friday between 8-5, or Saturdays from 9am-3pm and we can scan the pet to get the number.



+
How do I submit a picture of my pet for the license or microchip?

To add a picture of your pet to their licensing profile, login to your pet license account at Washoe.Docupet.com click on the name of the pet, then click the button with a picture of a camera with a plus sign to select the photo you would like to upload. Should your pet become lost, you can quickly report the pet missing with Docupet which will alert pet owners in the area to keep an eye out for your pet.



+
Can I register my pet's microchip with WCRAS?

Animal Services keeps a local database of microchipped pets in order to allow our staff to contact the owner and quickly get pets home. This service is free and only takes a minute to setup. Simply send an email to pets@washoecounty.gov with your name and contact information and complete pet description (breed, color, sex, age, and (optional) photo) and we will add the microchip to our local database.



+
How do I update information for my licensed/microchipped pet?

You can quickly and easily update your contact, owner, or pet information through our online licensing Docupet at Washoe.docupet.com!

Alternatively, you can email pets@washoecounty.gov with the new information or you can call or come into the shelter during open hours to update the information.



+
Pet Resources
+
Can I bury my deceased pet on my property?

Yes, you are allowed to bury your pet on your property provided you follow the guidelines set by the Washoe County Environmental Health Department. Click here for the Health Departments guidelines and contact information.



+
I don’t have money and my animal is sick, what can WCRAS do for me?

WCRAS does not have an onsite, full-time veterinarian. You will need to contact the local veterinary hospitals in the area for assistance. Most vets do offer Care Credit (a credit card for veterinary care) when money is an issue. For more information, contact your veterinarian or visit carecredit.com.

You can also try contacting Options Veterinary care, a non-profit, affordable veterinary clinic. https://www.optionsveterinarycare.org/



+
Where can I take my dog off leash to run?

There are a list of dog parks and or multi-use off leash areas on our website: https://www.washoecounty.us/animal/information/dog_parks.php



+
What is Parvo and how do I prevent my dog from getting it?

Canine parvovirus (Parvo) is one of the most contagious and serious diseases that dogs are at risk of contracting.  Parvovirus is spread through feces of an infected dog and can remain infectious in contaminated areas for 5 months or longer.  The virus attacks the dog’s stomach, small intestines and large intestines causing severe vomiting, diarrhea and dehydration.  The disease is often fatal if not treated.  Parvovirus is preventable through vaccination.  Puppies should begin receiving vaccines at 6 weeks of age and then every 4 weeks after until the puppy is 18-20 weeks old.  Boosters are recommended for the remainder of the pet’s life. Click for more information at pethealthnetwork.com

Come to our low cost vaccination clinics to keep your pet current on their vaccinations



+
Can I get my pet spayed/neutered at WCRAS?

Animal Services' Spay and Neuter Program is currently paused due to staffing issues. We are working on options for continuing to support our community's spay/neuter needs. 

 

In the meantime consider these other spay/neuter resources:

Options Veterinary Care: Non-profit low cost veterinary services
The SPCA of Northern Nevada: SPCA Spay/Neuter Program

  •  

 



+
Shelter Animals
+
Can I adopt a pet from WCRAS?

Animal Services does not provide pet adoption services. WCRAS and Nevada Humane Society (NHS) are partnering agencies that provide separate services to the community.  Through the partnership, NHS facilitates the adoption process for the majority of the unclaimed animals that come into our facility.  In addition, WCRAS works with N. Nevada SPCA as well as a multitude of rescue groups to place the remaining adoptable animals.

For more information on adopting a pet through the Nevada Humane Society, please visit the Nevada Humane Society website.

Additional animal adoptions websites: SPCAPet Network, Res-Que, Boxers and Buddies



+
Does WCRAS euthanize animals upon request of the owner?

Washoe County Regional Animal Services recommends pets be taken to their veterinarian for these services, however, we recognize that in times of hardship this may not be possible.

Therefore, WCRAS will accept euthanasia requests in hardship situations with the understanding that our rescue partners, including veterinary staff, will be consulted in order to determine the best outcome for the animal.

If our rescue partners, such as Nevada Humane Society, determine the animal can be treated and adopted out to a new home WCRAS will release the animal to the rescue group for continued care and adoption.

If it is your determination that the only outcome for your pet is euthanasia, then you must take your pet to your veterinarian.



+
How do I find my missing pet?

We have complied a list of helpful steps to take if you have lost your pet. You can view the full list here: Lost a pet

In addition to filing a lost report with Animal Services and with your microchip company, you can view every stray pet that is brought to the shelter or reported as found by the public online on our found animals page. This page is updated every 30 minutes and includes pets that are on our officer's trucks.  

Sometimes it can be hard to identify your pet from just a picture online, in this case you may also want to visit the shelter to view the stray pets in person. The shelter is located at 2825 Longley Lane Suite A and is open from 8am to 5pm Monday through Friday. It is also open on Saturdays from 11am to 3pm. THe shelter is closed on holidays.



+
How much does it cost to get my pet out of the shelter?

When an animal enters our shelter, our staff immediately begin providing care and treatment if necessary. The fees associated with redeeming your animal vary depending factors such as the license status and length of time the animal was in our care.

Click here to review our fee schedule. 



+
What happens if a pet is not claimed by its owner?

WCRAS holds each stray animal for five days before the pet becomes available for transfer.  WCRAS partners with Nevada Humane Society, SPCA of Northern Nevada, as well as a variety of other approved rescue groups to transfer unclaimed animals for continued care and help finding a happy home. 



+
Wildlife
+
What can I do about pigeons roosting and defecating on my property?

Regional Animal Services receives many calls each year regarding pigeons roosting or nesting in homes or defecating on property. A pigeon is an unregulated wild animal and therefore is outside the scope of authority of Animal Services.

There are several commercial deterrents that can be utilized to discourage pigeons from calling your property their home. You can contact a local pest control company or a home improvement store for assistance with these deterrents.

However, a simple way to keep pigeons from roosting or nesting on your property is to hang a reflective object (like a CD) in the area you are having problems.  This inexpensive item could save you a lot of heartache.



+
Can WCRAS help with wild horse issues?

The Virginia Range Horses are horses that have been turned loose by their owner or horses that have migrated from other areas.

These horses are under the jurisdiction of the Nevada Department of Agriculture (NDA).  WCRAS may assist NDA with an injured horse on a roadway, however all other welfare concerns for these horses fall under NDA's purview and additional information can be found on their website here: https://agri.nv.gov/uploadedFiles/agrinvgov/Content/Media/vre_faq_final_ada.pdf

Wild horse and burro programs are organized and managed by the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) and there are several herd management areas in Nevada.  More information can be found here: https://www.blm.gov/programs/wild-horse-and-burro/herd-management

Persons with wild horse questions can get more information here or call the horse hotline at (775) 353-3608 or email horse@agri.nv.gov



+
What can I do about local wildlife?

Wildlife exist in our area and, generally, we can coexist peacefully with the proper preparation and knowledge. Nevada Department of Wildlife (NDOW) has jurisdiction over wildlife in our area. NDOW has safety and prevention tips as well as well as species of wildlife indigenous to our area and informative tips on their website.

For additional questions on wildlife please contact the Nevada Department of Wildlife. 



+
Regional Parks and Open Space

+
General Park Questions
+
How do I know which parks are managed by Washoe County?
The Washoe County Park Directory has a complete listing of Washoe County managed parks. Parks found within Washoe County may also be managed by City of Reno, City of Sparks, or sometimes even a homeowner’s associations. The park sign located at the park entrance almost always identifies who the park belongs to.

+
What hours are Washoe County parks open?
Unless otherwise posted, parks are open from 8:00am to sunset. Visit the Park Hours page for more specifics on opening and closing times for gated parks.

+
Where is the Washoe County Parks administrative office located?
At the Washoe County Complex located at 1001 E. 9th Street, Building A (Second Floor) Reno, NV 89512. Office hours are Monday-Friday, 8:00am to 4:00pm.

+
Do Washoe County parks ever close due to poor air quality?
All aquatics facilities (Bowers Mansion Pool, North Valleys Water Splash Park, Melio Gaspari Water Play Park) and the Regional Shooting Facility will close if the Air Quality Index (AQI) reaches the red zone or above (151+) according to AirNow.gov. Park programs managed by Washoe County Parks are also subject to cancellation during the same conditions. The Washoe County Parks Facebook Page is a good place to check for updates.

+
Can I volunteer with Washoe County Parks?
Yes! Visit the Volunteer Opportunities page or contact Denise at devans@washoecounty.gov for more information.

+
How can I find out more about current park projects and planned development?
Visit the Planning and Development section of the website for the latest news.

+
Is Washoe County Parks hiring?
Recruitment for seasonal positions normally begins in February. These positions are not benefited and last no more than 6 months or 1039 hours. These positions, as well as full-time openings, can be found on the Washoe County Job Opportunities page.

+
When does Parks Commission meet and how do I give public comment?
The Washoe County Open Space and Regional Parks Commission meets every other month on the fourth Wednesday of the month at 1:30pm in Commission Chambers. The agenda is posted approximately one week before each meeting, and public comment is welcome in person or via Zoom during the meeting. See the top of each meeting’s agenda for more information on how to participate.

+
Park Rentals
+
Who can I contact about reserving a park facility?

Parks Reservations
Office Hours: Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Phone: (775) 823-6501
Email: reserveparks@washoecounty.gov
Address: Washoe County Complex, 1001 E. 9th Street, Building A (Second Floor) Reno, NV 89512. If you prefer to meet in-person, please book an appointment.

Please also visit the Park Rentals & Permits web page for more information on specific facilities.

 



+
What kind of reservable facilities does Washoe County Parks offer?
Washoe County Parks has a variety of reservable facilities including Building Rentals, Picnic Rentals, Garden Rentals, an Amphitheater Rental, and Campsite Reservations. Contact Parks Reservations with any questions!

+
Is there a fee to use Washoe County Park's reservable facilities?
Yes, check out the Fee Schedule approved by the Open Space and Regional Parks Commission effective February 1, 2023. Parks Reservations is also happy to assist you with any questions.

+
Do I need to have a reservation to have a picnic?
Not necessarily. Groups under 25 (adults and children) are permitted to use the first-come, first-served areas in the park. Please note, however, music and bounce houses are not permitted in these areas. For groups of more than 25, contact Parks Reservations to review your options for reservable facilities.

+
Does Washoe County have "first-come, first-served" picnic areas?
Yes, any picnic pavilion that does not have a sign indicating that a reservation is required is a “first come, first served” picnic area. There are no fees to use these areas, however please note that these areas are not guaranteed to be available for your date of interest and time of arrival. If you are the first person to arrive, you must remain in the area until your party begins. You are not allowed to rope off the area or put up your own reservation signs. Music and bounce houses are not permitted in these areas, and capacity is limited to 25 people or less. 

+
Do I need a reservation to camp at Davis Creek Campground?
Individual sites are available on a first come, first serve basis UNLESS otherwise reserved. Sites 2 thru 30 and sites 35 thru 60 are reservable, in addition to the Group RV and the Group Tent sites. Contact Parks Reservations for more information, or visit the Davis Creek Campground page.

+
How can I use the covered party pavilions at Melio Gaspari Water Play Park, North Valleys Splash Park or Bowers Mansion Pool?
These facilities are available by reservation only from either 11:30am-2:00pm or 2:30pm-5:00pm. Please contact Parks Reservations for more information.

+
Can I have a wedding reception in the Arboretum Gardens?
Gardens are available for wedding ceremonies only as food and drink are not allowed in the gardens. Please contact Parks Reservations for more information.

+
How far in advance can I make a facility reservation?
Buildings, gardens, picnic areas and group camping sites may be reserved up to one year prior to the event. Reservation requests for events less than 30 days in advance require approval from the facility manager. Please contact Parks Reservations for more information.

+
Can I arrange a special event in a Washoe County park such as a festival, fundraiser, etc.?
Check out the Special Events page for more information on holding a special event or activity in a Washoe County Park and contact Park Reservations with any questions. 

+
Park Rules
+
Can I take my pet to a park?
In most cases, pets are allowed but are required to be on a leash. However, Washoe County Parks does offer off-leash options: a large multi-use pasture located on the west side of Rancho San Rafael Park, the Link Piazzo Dog Park within Hidden Valley Regional Park, and three park locations with a designated soccer field for off-leash use during certain non-team use times. Please visit the Dog Parks & Off-Leash Areas page for more info.

Pets are NOT permitted (except service dogs) at Bowers Mansion Regional Park or in the Wilbur D. May Arboretum located at Rancho San Rafael Park.

+
Is alcohol permitted in parks?
Alcohol is permitted in Washoe County Parks with the exception of the Arboretum at Rancho San Rafael Park. If you plan to reserve a park facility, please check with Parks Reservations about the insurance requirements before making your reservation. No alcohol is allowed at any youth events.

+
Is smoking or vaping allowed in parks?
No. Washoe County and the Washoe County Health District, City of Reno, and City of Sparks have worked together on a regional effort among all jurisdictions to designate city and county parks as smoke and vape-free locations. The use of marijuana in parks is also prohibited.

+
Can I bring my own BBQ grill to a park?
You must use the provided charcoal grills unless you have reserved a picnic pavilion, in which case you may bring a propane grill only and the grill must be set up on the concrete.

+
Are campfires allowed?
Yes, but only at Davis Creek Campground and this is dependent on fire restrictions. Campfires will be prohibited during Red Flag Warnings events and no campfires are ever allowed outside of designated fire rings.

+
Can I bring a shade structure such as an EZ Up to a park?
Yes, but you cannot stake it into the turf or use water barrels. Please use sandbags only to secure the structure.

Please note that no shade structures are allowed at the Melio Gaspari Water Play Park, North Valleys Splash Park, or Bowers Mansion Pool.

+
Can I have a bounce house in a park?
Bounce houses are only allowed with a valid Use Permit for a facility reservation and are prohibited in certain locations. Please check with Parks Reservations if you have any questions regarding your specific rental agreement.

+
Is music allowed in parks?
Amplified music and other amplified sound is not permitted in Washoe County parks so as not to disturb other people using the park. However, a Special Event/Activity may be permitted to have amplified music and/or sound in the case of a concert, festival, etc. An event held inside a reservable Washoe County Park building may also have amplified music and/or sound if the doors to outside are kept closed.

+
Where can I ride my horse and park a horse trailer?

Washoe County manages Horse Arenas in five different parks (Bartley Ranch Regional Park, Golden Valley Park, Hidden Valley Regional Park, Lemmon Valley Horseman's Arena, Silver Knolls Park) which are free and open to the public year round, unless otherwise reserved. Contact Parks Reservations for information on current fees to reserve and availability. 

Horse trails can be found at the following parks and trailheads: Bartley Ranch Regional Park, Anderson Park, Ballardini Ranch Trailhead, Michael D. Thompson Trailhead, Hidden Valley Regional Park, Davis Creek Park (only the Ophir Creek Trail), and Sun Valley Regional Park.

Each of these areas have designated horse trailer parking.



+
Can I use a metal detector in a park?
Yes, but we do not allow metal detecting at Bowers Mansion Regional Park due to its historical significance. Please also abide by Chapter 95, Section 43: “No person may willfully or negligently pick, dig up, cut, mutilate, destroy, injure, disturb, move, molest, burn or carry away any tree, plant or portion thereof, including foliage, flowers, berries, fruit, grass, turf, humus, shrubs, cones and dead wood, except in specific portions of county parks and upon authorization by the director.”

+
Can I fly a drone, RC aircraft, or launch a rocket in a park? Can we release sky lantern/balloons?
Chapter 95, revised in 2022, now allows the use of drones and radio-controlled aircraft in specific parks/areas. To see where they are allowed, visit the Washoe Regional Mapping System, click on the menu to get to the map layers and select “Drone Zone” under “Recreation”. Pyrotechnics (sky lanterns) and liquefied or solid fuel model rockets are strictly prohibited without a permit. Helium, air and water balloons are also NOT allowed anywhere in the park system without a permit.

+
Is a permit required to use a multi-purpose field (soccer) or baseball field?
Washoe County has 50 permitted athletic fields that are monitored and regulated. Any organized use of a facility by a team, league, promoter or other group requires a valid field use permit or rental agreement. To inquire about these reservable fields, contact our Recreation Coordinator at (775) 328-2120 or Parks Reservations.

+
Does my photographer/videographer need a permit? When is one required?
A photography permit is required for professional photography and commercial productions, and permits are sold per-event or as an annual pass. Photography related to a facility rental during the time indicated on the rental permit does NOT require a permit. Visit the Photography Permits page for more specific information and to download a permit application.

+
Can I get married in a park?

Yes! Washoe County Regional Parks has many beautiful reservable facilities! Visit the Park Rentals & Permits section of the website for more information, or contact Parks Reservations with any questions. 

 



+
Recreation
+
Does Washoe County Parks operate an arboretum or botanical garden?
Yes! The Wilbur D. May Arboretum & Botanical Garden is located within Rancho San Rafael Regional Park and open free to the public during regular park hours.

+
Does Washoe County Parks operate an Archery Facility?
Yes! The Washoe County Regional Archery Facility is a 110 acre facility located in Lemmon Valley.

+
Can I camp in a Washoe County Park?
Camping is only allowed in areas designated and marked for that purpose. Davis Creek Campground is the only campground operated by Washoe County Parks, located within Davis Creek Regional Park. 

+
Do any Washoe County parks have indoor sports facilities?
Washoe County operates The Hive at Lazy 5 Regional Park for pickleball and basketball on a limited basis.

+
Can I visit a museum at any Washoe County parks?
Yes! The Wilbur D. May Museum is located within Rancho San Rafael Regional Park and features a permanent exhibit as well as seasonal traveling exhibits. Washoe County also operates the historic Bowers Mansion located at Bowers Mansion Regional park and the Galena Creek Visitors Center at Galena Creek Regional Park.

+
Does Washoe County Parks operate any pools or water/splash parks?
Yes! Washoe County operates Bowers Pool at Bowers Mansion Regional Park, the North Valleys Water Splash Park at North Valleys Regional Park, and Melio Gaspari Water Play Park at Lazy 5 Regional Park.

+
What kind of programs and events are offered by Washoe County Parks?
Washoe County offers a variety of Park Programs throughout the year. Check out the Events Calendar for regularly updated information on what’s coming soon!

+
Does Washoe County Parks operate a shooting range?
Yes! The Washoe County Regional Shooting Facility is located 22 miles north of town on Pyramid Highway and the public range is open to the public 8am-4pm, Friday through Monday.

+
Do any Washoe County parks have skate parks?
Washoe County Regional Parks and Open Space has skate parks within Cold Springs Park, Lazy 5 Regional Park, and North Valleys Regional Park.

+
Do you offer swim lessons?
Swim lessons are offered during the summer most years at Bowers Pool if there is sufficient staff to manage the program. Keep an eye on the website for updates each year.

+
Senior Services

+
Birth and Death Records
+
Birth Certificate - How do I get one?

Requests for birth certificates must be done in writing to the state the person was born in.  Fees vary by state, and may require calling to find out current fees.  In some cases a state may require a notarized affidavit; a copy of identification along with personal information such as, full name at birth, date of birth, place of birth (county or city) name of hospital (if the person was born at home, they must state so) sex, mother`s maiden name, and father’s name, relationship to person named on birth certificate, full address and day phone number.  Some states keep vital records as far back as 1870, but others as late as 1931.  Those who were born before that year or if the city does not exist anymore  should contact the county where they were born. Some states provide a link to search for records and others provide a downloadable application.

To find specific requirements for your state you may visit the following address: US Birth Certificates

Persons who were born outside of the United States and need to obtain a naturalization certificate or "Certified True Copy" must write to: 

United States Department of State, Authentication Office
518 23rd Street, NW
Sa-1 Columbia Plaza
Washington, DC 20520
202-647-5002

Authentication Office Website



+
General Information
+
How old do I have to be to be a "senior"?

Any Washoe County resident age 60 or older can receive assistance through Washoe County Senior Services.



+
Other
+
Where can I find affordable housing?
We have a list of affordable and income-based housing available on our website - Housing List .  Or you can pick a list up in the lobby at the Reno Senior Center, 9th & Sutro Streets.

+
What are Food Stamps and how do I sign up?

The State of Nevada runs the Food Stamp program (SNAP) which assists low-income households in supplementing the purchase of food. To be eligible, applicants must meet income and asset limits.  Informational seminars to assist seniors 60+ in applying are held monthly at the Reno Senior Center.  Please check our newsletter for dates or call 328-2575 or call Nevada State Welfare, 684-7200.



+
I need assistance figuring out my checkbook and paying my bills

Case Management provides assistance either in the form of access or care coordination in circumstances where the older person and/or their caregivers are experiencing diminished functioning capacities. Activities of case management include assessing needs, developing care plans, authorizing and arranging services, coordinating the provision of service among providers, follow-up and reassessment, as required. Services include but are not limited to: advocacy, adult daycare, housekeeping, housing, group care placement, medical appointments, nutrition, legal assistance, personal finances, etc.

Anyone who is 60 or over and displays an inability to handle routine life skills may qualify. Since the program is federally funded, there is no formal charge for this service. Contributions for this service are accepted. The suggested minimum contribution is $30.00 per month, however, every case will be evaluated on a case by case basis.

Included in this function is our designation as Representative Payee for Social Security, SSI, and Railroad Retiree recipients who have been deemed appropriate for this service.



+
Where can I go for income tax assistance?

AARP and Washoe County Human Services is pleased to announce that AARP Tax Preparation service will be available this year!

Tax preparation service will be by appointment only.

Please call 328-2575 for more information



+
What is the Master Plan for Aging Services?

In 2006, a "Strategic Plan for Washoe County Senior Citizens 2006-2016" was created.  It covered a wide range of topics and issues affecting seniors living in Washoe County.  The Master Plan for Aging Services was developed in 2013 with a narrower scope in order to better serve the most vulnerable seniors living in Washoe County.  The Master Plan for Aging Services prioritizes specific topic areas of services, establishes specific goals, and states methods to evaluate the progress of the implementation of the Master Plan.



+
I can't afford the Medicare Premium

The Qualified Medicare Beneficiary (QMB) Program pays premiums, co-insurance, and deductibles, and the Specified Low-Income Medicare Program (SLMB) pays Medicare premiums only for low income individuals who are over 65 and/or disabled.  Please call 328-2575 or 684-7200 for more information.



+
I need help cleaning my home and/or grocery shopping

The Homemaker Program provides assistance in the performance of activities related to housekeeping and with activities of daily living. Routine services include: general cleaning, shop for groceries and prescriptions.

To qualify, a person must be 60 years of age or older and need service due to health conditions. An initial assessment is conducted by a licensed social worker for the purpose of gathering information to determine need and/or eligibility for service. A reassessment of continued need for service is performed at least every three months.

Since the program is federally funded, there is no formal charge for service. Contributions to the program are accepted. The suggested donation is $7.00 per hour of service.  Please call 328-2604 to refer yourself or someone you know who needs assistance.



+
How do I get help paying my telephone bill?

The Universal Lifeline Service program provides a discount on the basic local service charge and on the federal end user charge. Lifeline also provides a 50% discount on some installation charges associated with a move within a Nevada community or start of a new service. Enrollment is available at any time. Applicants must be 60 or over and must meet income requirements.  Please call 1.877.861.1893 for more information.



+
I need help paying my power bill

The LIHEA (Low Income Home Energy Assistance) program provides an annual one-time financial assist to offset heating costs.  This is NOT an emergency program.  The funds are sent directly to the heating vendor. The program is available annually. An application form must be completed with copies of requested information attached - proof of current income (limits are - one person $1,471, two people - $1,991), rent receipts, and electric and heating service documentation. Individuals are eligible for a period of one year with annual renewals required.  Applications are available by calling 1.800.992.0900 (you can also schedule an appointment for assistance in filling out the application) or 684.0730 (for just the application).



+
Is there a rebate available for sewer fees?

The Cities of Reno and Sparks handle the rebate programs.  Applications started July 1st and continue on a first come, first served basis until funds are exhausted or until August 31st.  Funding for this program is decided on an annual basis by the individual cities.  Applicants MUST be receiving benefits from: the energy assistance program, SSI, SS Disability or VA Disability to qualify.  Tenants of hotels and motels in Reno DO NOT qualify for this program. Reno residents call 334-2365 and Sparks residents call 353-2360.



+
Where do I go for the discount on taxi cabs?

The Washoe Senior Ride program is available for Washoe County residents whose household income is below $45,000 and they are 60 or older, or qualified to ride RTC Access, or a veteran of any age.  

Rides can be purchased at one of the RTC sites listed here, or online.(Click Here for instructions about online purchasing)


For more information about the Washoe Senior Ride program, click here



+
Property Taxes
+
Can I get a refund on the property tax I pay? What if I rent?

This program is administered by the state, please call 775.687.4210 for information.

Department of Health and Human Services

Aging and Disability Services Division

http://adsd.nv.gov/Programs/Seniors/Seniors/



+
Special Events/Temporary Food
+
I need food and groceries, what programs do you have?

There are three programs available in addition to the Congregate Meal Program (Lunch):

USDA Commodities, the Monthly Food Pantry, and the Food Bank Truck (CSFP) -

The Commodities Program provides surplus USDA food for home use to eligible households. Applicants must be residents of Washoe County, at least 60 years of age, and meet specific income requirements (either receiving food stamps or income limit of $1,471.25 for 1 person and $1,991.25 for 2 people). Annual certification for eligibility is required (every July). Commodities are distributed during odd numbered months, please see our Newsletter or call 328-2575 for specific dates and times.

The Food Pantry Program provides a variety of grocery items to those who are income eligible. The food pantry is made available by the Assistance League of Reno/Sparks to a maximum of 300 households per month.  To be eligible, individuals must be 60 or above, Washoe County resident, meet income requirements (gross income, NOT net - before Medicare and/or taxes) 1 person - $1,287 & 2 people - $1,736, and have cooking facilities.  There is a maximum of 1 set of two bags distributed per household per month.  Proof of income and residency are now required.  You must be present to receive your bag.  Distribution starts at 9:00 am on the third Tuesday at the Reno Senior Center, 9th & Sutro Streets.  For the exact dates, please check our Newsletter.

The Food Bank Truck delivers food to eligible seniors in the Multipurpose Room of the Reno Senior Center on the third Thursday from 9:00-11:00 am and at the Sparks Senior Center on the second Tuesday from 11:45 am-12:30 pm.  Sign up at the truck; gross income limits - 1 person - $1,287 and 2 people - $1,736.



+
Sheriff

+
Sheriff's Office FAQs
All FAQs for the Sheriff's Office can be found on their website, which can be found here.

+
Sparks Justice Court

+
Citations
+
What is a citation?
A citation is a formal notice issued by the law enforcement agency listing the alleged offenses. The citation will have information as to which court you will need to report to as well as the bail amount.

+
Can I pay my citation online or by phone?

You may pay your citation online and by phone if your case is not at warrant. To pay your citation online, please visit justicecourts.washoecounty.gov/OnlineServices. For additional help please click here.

  • Phone payments can be made 24 hours a day seven days a week by calling GovPayNet at (888) 604-7888
  • Please contact the appropriate department first if you do not have your case number at (775) 353-7600 during business hours M-Th 7:30 am - 5:00 pm (closed for lunch from noon to 1:00 pm); Fri. 7:30 am to noon
  • Payments by phone will have a credit/debit card processing fee assessed
  • Payments by phone will not be allowed for active warrant cases
  •  The court will review all payments before they are fully accepted and processed
  • Confirm you are paying the correct court on your citation - Sparks Justice Court


+
My drivers license is suspended. What do I do?
A driver license suspension or revocation is a separate action from your court case. Your driving privileges are not automatically reinstated after a warrant is resolved and you must follow the reinstatement procedures from DMV as well as physically receive a license to regain your driving privileges. A clearance letter will need to be obtained from the court after the warrant is resolved and must be submitted to the DMV for reinstatement purposes. Your license may be suspended for multiple reasons that may not involve a court. Click on the following link for a list of driver license suspension causes and information on how to reinstate your license http://dmvnv.com/dlsuspension.htm

+
Civil
+
I found an eviction notice on my door, its not signed or stamped by the court. Is this legal?
Not all notices are required to be filed with the court prior to being served on the tenant. The best way to tell if the notice is legal, is for you to bring it into the court so we may actually see it.

+
I cannot afford to pay the filing fee for my civil case. Can the fee be waived?
Yes, you may complete and file an affidavit with the court, a "Motion to Proceed Informa Pauperis". A judge reviews your motion and if granted, your filing fee and possibly your service fee are waived for that specific case.

+
I received a non-payment of rent notice, want should I do next?
If the notice was handed to you, you have 5 judicial days. If it was posted, you have 5 judicial days plus 3 straight days to either pay the rent, leave the unit, file an Affidavit of Tenant, or contact an attorney for legal advice and other options. If you plan to contest the notice, you will need to bring the notice with you and file an Affidavit of Tenant. There is a filing fee required. If you cannot afford to pay the fee, you may qualify for a fee waiver.

+
If the landlord is not allowing me to get my belongings from the property, what can I do?
You can file a Motion to Contest Personal Property lien. A hearing would be set to go before the judge to settle the dispute.

+
If I file an Affidavit of Tenant, will I get to stay at home longer?
When you file an Affidavit of Tenant, a hearing is set. At the hearing, depending on the testimony given from both parties, the judge will render a decision. That decision would determine whether you may stay for additional time.

+
I want to file a small claims actions, how do I file my case?
A Small Claims Application is required along with a filing fee. From your application, court staff will prepare an Declaration of Complaint for you and set a court date.

+
How long is my civil judgment good for?

Six years.



+
How do I collect on my small claims judgment?
Here are the most common ways: (1) garnish wages, (2) attach a bank account, (3) file a lien on the property.

+
I have a civil judgment, but I don't know where the defendant works or if he/she has a bank account?
You may request the court to issue Supplementary Proceedings also known as a Debtor's Hearing. At this hearing, you have the opportunity to ask the debtor questions about his assets.

+
I want to file a small claims case. I live in Sparks and the person I want to sue lives in Fernley. Can I file in Sparks Justice Court?
Jurisdiction of the court is determined by where the defendant lives, works, or does business. With the information you provided, the case would be filed in the Justice Court in Fernley.

+
I received a summons. When is my court date and what are my options?
A court date is not typically set at the time of filing. As stated on the summons, you have twenty (20) days from the day you were served the documents to file an answer with the court if you are disputing that you owe the debt. If you wish to make payment arrangements, you may contact the plaintiff or the plaintiff's attorney. You may also want to contact an attorney for legal advice on how to proceed with your case.

+
What does plaintiff, respondent or defendant mean?
A plaintiff is a party that initiates the civil case. A respondent or defendant is the person the action is sought against in a court of law.

+
My wages are being garnished. How much are they going to take?
You will need to contact your employer. Your employer will calculate with amount of your disposable earnings that may be withheld from your paycheck.

+
Can the clerk give me advice or tell what is best for my situation?
A clerk can only explain the courts processing of a particular issue. You will need to speak to an attorney for legal advice. If you cannot afford an attorney, the court does have a list of agencies that provide free legal advice.

+
I don't want to go to court. I know I owe the money. Can I just pay you?
The money is not owed to the court. You would pay the plaintiff or the plaintiff's attorney.

+
Do I have to come to the court to file for my civil case?
You may electronically file by using the courts E-Filing system, www.efilenv.com. and of course there is always the mail.

+
Can I serve the paperwork myself?
It depends on what the paperwork is. Eviction notices, yes, usually with a witness. Small Claims and Civil documents, are to be served by a licensed process server, but certain documents may be served by a disinterested party.

+
Criminal
+
Can I view or pay for my criminal case online or by phone?

Currently, the option to view your criminal case online is not available and will be implemented in the future. You may make your payment:

  • In person at the counter during business hours
  • By phone 24 hours a day by calling GovPayNet at (888) 604-7888. Please have your case number ready. If you do not have your case number, contact the Criminal Department at (775) 353-7600 during business hours. Phone payments will not be accepted for active warrant cases. A credit/debit card processing fee will be assessed.
  • Online by visiting www.GovPayNow.com. A credit/debit card processing fee will be assessed.
  • By mail: Mail to Sparks Justice Court, 1675 E Prater Way, Suite 107, Sparks, NV 89434
  • Dropbox: located on the north east corner of the building, next to the flag pole.

*Please make checks and money orders payable to the Sparks Justice Court



+
What is a criminal case?
A criminal case is a case pursued by the state that alleges criminal allegations against a defendant.

+
What is a criminal complaint?
A criminal complaint is a formal charging document filed for criminal cases. The complaint will list the defendant's name, the prosecuting attorney, the charges and statute alleged and a description of those charges.

+
What is an arraignment hearing?

An arraignment hearing is where you are provided a copy of the charging document, advised of your rights and asked to enter a plea.



+
What is DAS or Pretrial Supervision?
Pretrial supervision may be ordered by the court as a condition of your release. Most often, Pretrial supervision is ordered prior to sentencing. Department of Alternative Sentencing (DAS) may be ordered by the court as a sentencing requirement or a mandatory condition as party of the Sparks Recovery Court (SRC) program. Most often, DAS supervision is imposed at time of sentencing.

+
What is the difference between an Arrest Warrant and a Bench Warrant?
An arrest warrant is a warrant issued by the judge at the request of the state. The arrest warrant is accompanied by a formal charging document filed by the state and most likely a result of investigations. An arrest warrant requires booking with the Washoe County Sheriff's Office. A bench warrant is a warrant issued by the judge due to defendant's failure to appear for hearing or failure to comply with sentencing requirements.

+
Where do I go if my case waived to the District Court?
+
Other
+
May I watch a hearing in session?
The courtroom sessions are open to the public. There are circumstances where you may be subpoenaed to testify on a case and asked to leave the courtroom during another testimony.

+
Is photography permitted inside the building?
No photography or recording allowed in the court building. All electronic devices must be turned off prior to entering the courtrooms.

+
What am I prohibited from bringing into the building?
No weapons or illegal items of any kind allowed. No food or drink allowed in the courtrooms.

+
What are the requirements for Court attire?
Please dress appropriately for court. No tank tops or shorts allowed. If the clothing is revealing or offensive, you may be asked to leave. Ball caps and sunglasses should be removed before entering the courtrooms.

+
May young children attend court?
Children are allowed, but it is not recommended. If your child/children do attend, please refrain from any disturbance of court proceedings.

+
How do I contact collections?

Valley Collections may be contacted by mail, phone or online.

  • Valley Collections
  • P.O. Box 10130
  • Glendale, AZ 85315
  • Phone: (623) 931-4325
  • Website: www.valleycollection.com


+
Can I change my court date?
If you are set for an arraignment hearing, you may contact the court and speak with a clerk. If you are set for any other type of hearing, the court is unable to continue your hearing and you will be required to contact your attorney of record.

+
How do I get an extension on my requirements?
Appear in person at the counter to request an extension. The first extension is $10.00 and the second or subsequent extension is $25.00. The extension fee is required to be paid before the extended time is granted.

+
May I speak with the Judge?
You may speak with the judge at your scheduled hearing, in the courtroom and on the record.

+
Where can I complete community service?
You may complete community service at the Sparks Municipal Court or any non-profit organization. You will be required to sign up at the Sparks Justice Court for community service and pay a community service fee. The sign up fees are $10.00 for Sparks Municipal Court and $25.00 for non-profit organizations. You are required to provide proof of enrollment and proof of completion to the court.

+
I posted cash bail. What happens to the bail?
If you posted cash bail on behalf of a defendant, you will need to retain the receipt as it is required to be presented to the court to receive a refund if applicable. Cash bail is held on a case until the case is adjudicated or otherwise ordered by the judge. The disposition of the cash bail posted is up to the court and a refund of the cash bail is not a guarantee. If the defendant fails to appear, and the cash bail is under $500, the cash bail will be applied to your outstanding balance and the surplus refunded. If the defendant fails to appear, and the cash bail posted is over $500, you will be notified that the bail will be held for 180 days and then forfeited unless the defendant appears before a judge within that time period.

+
What are the court filing fees?

+
Treasurer

+
General Information
+
How can I contact the Treasurer's Office?
Our office can be contacted at (775) 328-2510 or by email at tax@washoecounty.gov

+
Where can I get a copy of my deed?
Please visit the Washoe County Recorder's website at: www.washoecounty.gov/recorder and click on the online records search link, or you can call their office at: (775) 328-3661.

+
What is the sales tax rate?
The State of Nevada administers sales tax. For a list of current sales tax rates, please visit their website at: http://tax.nv.gov/Publications/Sales_and_Use_Tax_Publications/  or you may contact their call center at: (866) 962-3707 during the hours of 8:00 am to to 5:00 pm, Pacific Time.

+
How do I change my mailing address?

The owner of a property can request a change of mailing address for your property taxes by:

Using the Assessor's Office online form

Fax: (775) 328-3642

Mail: Washoe County Assessor 1001 E 9th Street Reno, NV 89512-2845

Be sure to write legibly and include: your name, property address/parcel number, current mailing address, new mailing address, and your signature.



+
Where is the Treasurer's Office located?
The Washoe County Treasurer's Office is located at: 1001 East Ninth St., Bldg D, Room 140, Reno, NV 89512 MAP TO OUR OFFICE

+
What are your hours of operation?

The Washoe County Treasurer's Office is open Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

The office is closed on weekends and all major holidays.



+
I paid off my mortgage. How do I get a copy of my tax bill?

Contact our office at (775) 328-2510 or by email at tax@washoecounty.gov and request a duplicate tax bill for the current tax year and request that all future tax bills be sent directly to you.

You can also print a copy of your tax information online at:  https://nv-washoe.publicaccessnow.com/



+
What else does the Treasurer's Office collect?
We also collect utility payments for the Community Services Department as well as other billed accounts for various County Departments.

+
What is the secured tax roll?
The secured tax roll is the listing of real property as prepared annually by the Assessor.

+
What is the unsecured tax roll?
Property that is taxed on the unsecured roll includes mobile homes, commercial personal property and aircraft.

+
What is the transfer tax rate?
Transfer tax is handled by the County Recorder's Office. Please visit their website at: https://www.washoecounty.gov/recorder and click on the schedule of fees link, or you can call their office at (775) 328-3661.

+
Personal Property Tax Sales
+
How Do I Get Information On The Properties To Be Auctioned?

Your search may include, but not limited to, the County Recorder's records, State of Nevada Manufactured Housing Division's records, and the Nevada Secretary of State.



+
Should I Investigate Before I Bid?

It is the responsibility of the prospective buyers to conduct their own research prior to the auction and to make a personal inspection of the property to determine suitability.

The County makes no representation or claims as to the fitness for purpose, ingress/egress, conditions, covenants or restrictions.  The County's sole interest is the recovery of all delinquent taxes, penalties, interest and costs.



+
What Is The Minimum Bid?

The minimum bid is the amount equal to the delinquent taxes, penalties, interest, and cost.



+
What If A Property Does Not Sell At The Auction?

If a property does not sell, it will be offered at the next annual auction.  Properties are not sold over the counter.



+
If I Pay The Taxes, Will The Property Transfer To My Name?
No, if you are not the owner, you must bid for the property through auction.

+
Must I be Present to Bid?
Yes, you must be present to bid.

+
Is There A Redemption Period?

There is no redemption period on property acquired through the tax auction.



+
What Type Of Document Is Issued When The Sale Is Completed?

A Certificate of Sale, Statement of Taxes, Penalties, and Cost and a Statement of Final Disposition of the Proceeds.



+
When Are the Washoe County Treasurer Personal Property Auctions Held?

The Treasurer's Office conducts mobile home auctions annually, usually in June.  The date, time, and location of the auction are available in May.  The information is available on our website or by calling our office.

Commercial Personal Property auction times and dates vary and will be listed on our website.



+
When is Payment Required?

A $100 non-refundable deposit is due for any successful bid and the remaining balance is due in full by 12:00pm the next working day.

Only cash, cashier's check, certified check and/or money orders are accepted for payment.



+
When Can I Register To Bid?

Registration is conducted the day of the auction at no cost.  A valid driver's license or I.D. is required.  All bidders must arrive and be in the registration line by 9:45 am to be eligible to register and receive a bidder number and instruction prior to the start of the auction.

Prospective bidders who arrive after the 9:45am deadline will not be registered or allowed to bid. 

The auction is scheduled to begin at 10:00am.  In the event bidders are still being registered, the auction will begin when all eligible bidders have been registered and are seated.



+
Which Properties Will Be Sold At Auction?

A list of mobile home properties is available in May each year.

The property owner has up to the start of the auction to pay the taxes and prevent the sale of their property.  The properties listed may be paid and therefore not sold at auction.



+
Property Taxes
+
Where can I get real estate tax information?

You can obtain tax information by either calling our office at (775) 328-2510 or by going to our website at www.washoecounty.gov/treas

Having your parcel number available will help obtain the information more quickly.



+
When are property taxes due?

Our tax year begins on July 1st and ends on June 30th. Real property and mobile home taxes are payable in 4 installments with due dates as follows:

1st Installment due on the 3rd Monday in August

2nd Installment due on the 1st Monday in October

3rd Installment due on the 1st Monday in January

4th Installment due on the 1st Monday in March

If a tax bill is $100 or less, the full amount is due on the 3rd Monday of August.

Personal Property taxes are billed in monthly cycles. They are due upon receipt and delinquent after 30 days.



+
What is a supplemental tax bill?
A supplemental tax bill is for new construction on a property that was in place on July 1st, but was not assessed and billed on the original real estate tax bill due to the Assessor's Office having to close the tax rolls.

+
How are property taxes calculated?
Property taxes are calculated by taking the current year tax rate and multiplying it by the assessed value. If that amount is greater than a 3% to 8% increase over the prior year's taxes, an abatement may be applied to limit the increase.

+
What is Renewable Energy Credit and who qualifies to receive this credit?

The renewable energy program is run by the Dept of Energy at the State of Nevada. This credit applies to renewable energy production facilities and not residential property. For more information on the requirements for this program see:  https://energy.nv.gov/Programs/RETA/RETA_Program_Requirements/

This program is administered in accordance with NRS 701A.300 through NRS 701A.450, and NAC 701A.500 through NAC 701A.660.



+
What is LEED Abatement Credit and who qualifies to receive this credit?
The Nevada Governor's Office of Energy (GOE) administers the green building tax abatement program (LEED) pursuant to NRS 701A.100-701A.110 and NAC 701A.010-701A.370, and as amended under R128-18. As of July 1, 2021, the program was discontinued and no longer accepting applications. However, there are existing businesses receiving the credit that were approved or had an application pending prior to the program being discontinued.

+
Real Property Tax Sales
+
Why does a property go into the name of Trustee Washoe County Treasurer?

Per NRS 361.585 and 361.590, property which is delinquent three consecutive fiscal years is deeded into the name of Washoe County Treasurer as trustee for the state and county.

Once property is placed in the name of the County Treasurer as Trustee, the property is subject to be auctioned for non-payment of taxes.



+
When can I register to bid?

Registration will open at 9:00 am two business days prior to the auction and be conducted in the office of the Washoe County Treasurer. 

A five hundred dollar ($500.00) per bidder pre-bid deposit, in certified funds, is required at the time of registration.  A valid driver's license or photo I.D. is required.

All bidders must be registered prior the date of the auction.  All eligible bidders will receive their bidder number prior to the start of the auction.

Prospective bidders who arrive after the Tuesday 5:00 pm deadline will not be registered or allowed to bid.



+
When is payment required?

A $500 non-refundable deposit is due for any successful bid and the remaining balance is due in full by 5:00 p.m. the day after the sale.

We only accept cash, cashier's check, certified check and/or money orders for payment.



+
What type of document is issued when the sale is completed?

A quitclaim deed will be prepared using the information on the bidder registration form.

The Treasurer's Office will record the deed to the property within 30 days of the auction date.



+
What if a property does not sell at the auction?
If a property does not sell, it will be offered at the next annual auction. Properties are not sold over the counter.

+
Is there a redemption period?

There is no redemption period on property acquired through the tax auction.

There is a two year period in which the previous owner may protest the sale. During this period, you may not be able to obtain title insurance. You should contact a title company for more information regarding issuance of title insurance.



+
If I pay the taxes, will the property transfer to my name?
No, if you are not the owner, you must bid for the property through auction.

+
When are the Washoe County Treasurer Trustee auctions held?
The Treasurer's Office conducts one Real Estate Tax Auction annually, usually in April. The date, time and location of the auction will be available in February. The information is available on our website or by calling our office.

+
Which properties will be sold at auction?

We will have a list of properties available by the end of February each year.

The property owner will have up to 5:00 p.m. on the third business day before the day of the sale to pay the taxes and prevent the sale of their property. Therefore, the properties listed may be redeemed and not sold at auction.



+
How do I get information on the properties to be auctioned?

The County Assessor's Office will have maps on all properties to be sold. You may search the County Recorder's records for any recorded documentation you deem relevant.

Both of these offices are located within the County Government Center located at 1001 East Ninth St., Reno, Nevada. You may also want to contact the various county or city zoning/planning departments.



+
Should I investigate before I bid?

It is the responsibility of prospective purchasers to conduct their own research, prior to the auction, as to the use of the property for their intended purpose, and to make a personal inspection of the property to determine if it will be suitable for the purpose for which it is being purchased.

The County makes no representation or claims as to fitness for purpose, ingress/egress, conditions, covenants or restrictions. The County's sole interest is the recovery of all delinquent taxes, penalties, interest and costs.



+
Are all items cleared as a result of the auction?
Not all liens are satisfied by a tax auction. Some government liens and other encumbrances may remain.

+
What is the minimum bid?
The minimum bid will vary for each property to be auctioned. Opening bid is for the amount of delinquent taxes, delinquent assessments, costs, interest and penalties OR the assessed valuation, whichever is greater. The assessed value is approximately 35% of the appraised value and, in some instances, is greater than the delinquent taxes, etc.

+
Must I be present to bid?
Yes, you must be present to bid.

+
Special Assessments
+
General
+
Where can I get information on a special assessment?
Information regarding a special assessment can be obtained by calling Assessment Management Group (AMG) at (775) 322-7788 or by visiting their website at: www.amgnv.com

+
General questions about certificate sales
+
What is a tax lien certificate?
A tax lien certificate is a Certificate of Sale note issued on a property that is sold for nonpayment of a special assessment.

+
Where are the tax sales held?
1001 East Ninth Street, Reno, Nevada. Specific room is announced when sale is scheduled.

+
How do I find out what parcels are subject to a certificate sale?
The available parcels will be posted on the Special Assessment website: www.amgnv.com, at the beginning of the sale month. They will also be published in the Reno Gazette Journal, one time each week, for the three consecutive weeks prior to the sale date. It should be noted that property owners, or their mortgage company, may bring the assessment current up to the day of the sale. On the sale date, they may pay the assessment off before the time of the sale.

+
Questions for Buyers - Post Sale
+
Is the Certificate of Sale a public document?
Yes. The Certificate of Sale note is recorded with the Washoe County Recorder's office. The original note will be mailed to the buyer after it is recorded.

+
Who can redeem the Certificate of Sale note?
The property owner and other major lien holders (e.g.,mortgage company) may redeem the Certificate of Sale at any time during the redemption period. Payment must be in the form of cash, cashiers check or money order.

+
How long must I hold the Certificate of Sale before requesting a deed to the property?
The redemption periods are 120 days for vacant land and 2 years for improved property per N.R.S. 271.595(1)

+
What documentation do I need to submit to the Treasurer in order to request a deed?
The Original Certificate of Sale

Notarized statement of steps taken to notify property owner

Copy of Notice to Property Owner Affidavit (proof of service on property owner)

Affidavit of Search (if unable to locate, what did you do to locate the property owner)

Affidavit of Publication (proof of publication)

+
How do I obtain the deed to the property once I have purchased a Certificate of Sale?
Notice of the purchaser’s intention to request a deed to the property must be given to the property owner no earlier than the day after the expiration of the redemption period (120 days for vacant land, 2 years for improved property). The property owner then has 60 days in which to redeem the property.

+
What information does the notice have to contain?
The notice must state that the purchaser holds the Certificate of Sale and that he will demand a deed to the property, if not redeemed by the property owner, at the end of the 60 day notice. The property owner must remit payment to the Washoe County Treasurer's Office in certified funds within the 60 day notice period.

+
How do I serve notice on the property owner?
Notice must be given by personal service upon the owner. Personal service means that the notice must be delivered to the person of the owner. Certified mail does not suffice. (Suggestion: process server). You may also wish to publish a notification in addition to the personal service notification per N.R.S. 271.190.

+
What if the property owner is not a resident of Nevada or cannot be located within the state?
If the owner is not a resident of Nevada, or cannot be found within the state after diligent search, the notice may be given by publication. Diligent search requires more than one attempt to locate the property owner. Notice by publication is defined by N.R.S. 271.190 and includes publication at least once a week in a newspaper of general circulation in the County. The publication must be verified by the affidavit of the publisher.

+
What constitutes a "diligent" search?
You must make more than one attempt to locate the property owner. If they do not reside at the address of record, you must try to locate them by other methods. You may search the telephone directory, contact the Secretary of State's office for information on business or corporations, etc. All efforts must be documented and submitted as an affidavit.

+
What do I do at the end of the 60 day notification period?
At the end of the 60 day notification period, if the property has not been redeemed, the Treasurer must provide a deed to the purchaser or his assignee when he surrenders to the Treasurer the Certificate of Sale and documentation of the notice provided by the purchaser to the owner of the property. Before a deed will be issued, all delinquent taxes or assessments must be paid current.

+
Questions for Buyers - Pre Sale
+
Do I have to be present to purchase a tax lien or may I do it by mail?
Tax lien certificates are sold at public sale and you must be present. Should the note on a specific property be held by Washoe County, an "over the counter" sale would be permitted.

+
Do I need to be present to register or may a friend register for me?
You must be present to register. A friend or family member cannot register for you.

+
What do I need to register to bid?
You must fill out the registration form presented to you and show a valid picture identification (driver's license) with your current address.

+
What happens if there are back taxes?
The buyer is not required to pay any delinquent property taxes at the time of the sale.

+
How do I purchase a Certificate of Sale note?
All interested parties, of majority age (18 or older), must register to receive a buyer number. A random number computer program will select the successful buyer. A first and second alternate will also be chosen for the parcel from the number selection. The sale will then continue with all buyers remaining eligible for each parcel on the sale list.

+
If I win the purchase of a Certificate of Sale, how long do I have to pay the purchase price?
Payment must be received by 10:00 a.m. the day following the sale. Payment must be in the form of cash, cashiers check, or money order made payable to the Washoe County Treasurer.

+
If I purchase a Certificate of Sale note, do I own the property?
No. You own a note on the property, for a specified redemption period, and earn interest for each month the note remains outstanding. At the end of the redemption period, you may request the deed to the property. The buyer has no legal claim or obligations during the redemption period.

+
Tax Payments
+
What are my payment options?
We offer several payment options:
  • There is no cost for payment by e-check, but a fee applies if you choose to pay by credit card from the Treasurer's website.
  • Mail To:  Washoe County Treasurer, P.O. Box 30039, Reno, NV 89520-3039.
  • Use your personal bank's online bill payment system.
Mail To:  Washoe County Treasurer, P.O. Box 30039, Reno, NV 89520-3039


+
How does the echeck option work? What are the fees?

When the e-check option is chosen, the user will be prompted to enter their bank routing and account information. There is no charge for this payment option. Important to note when paying by e-check, should your e-check not be honored by your financial institution it will be processed in the same manner as any other returned item. The payment will be cancelled and a $25.00 returned item fee will be added.

An eCheck is limited to $500,000 per transaction. Payments greater than $500,000 must be paid with multiple eChecks.



+
What credit cards are accepted?

We accept all major credit cards, both online and at our counter.

Visa

MasterCard

Discover

American Express

 

Credit card transactions are limited to $150,000 per transaction.



+
How can I make a credit card payment?

Go to Treasurer's website:  https://nv-washoe.publicaccessnow.com

Enter parcel ID number

Follow payment instructions

Credit card transactions are limited to $150,000 per transaction.



+
Why is there a service fee added to my property tax payment

Whenever a credit card is used for payment, there is typically a "merchant fee" deducted from the payment amount that gets passed from the credit card company back to the merchant.

This means that the merchant does not collect the full price of the items sold when customers use credit cards for their purchases.

The Treasurer's Office is mandated by state law (NRS 361.470, NRS 361.475) to collect the full amount of property tax billed on a parcel. In order to comply with this regulation and allow property taxes to be paid by credit card, the cost of the transaction is added as a service fee, to be paid by the taxpayer, rather than being taken as a merchant fee from the amount paid.



+
Credit Card Fees (Customer pays service fees)

Credit card service fees are approximately 2.45% of the amount of taxes being paid.

For example: A tax bill of $500.00 would have a service fee of $12.25.



+
What do I do if I don’t agree with the service fee to be charged?
Fees are prominently displayed and acknowledged before the taxpayer finalizes the transaction. Transactions can be canceled if the taxpayer does not agree to pay the service fees.

How can I dispute the charge or the fee after the fact? Disputes are filed the same way any other credit card dispute is handled, between the customer and their credit card issuer.



+
Can I make an online payment if my credit card address is outside the U.S.?
Yes we are able to process credit card payments with a foreign mailing address.

+
What about debit cards? What are the fees?
Both debit and credit cards have the same service fee, whether online or at our front counter.

+
Can I pay with my bank using bill pay?

You can use your bank's bill pay service using your parcel number or identifier number (with no dashes or slashes) as the "account number" in the merchant field set up. Please complete a separate transaction for each parcel. Please allow 5 days for payment to be delivered to our office.



+
Can I make payment by phone?

Security of your financial information is important.  Therefore, we are unable to accept payments by telephone.  We do however offer simple online payment options that can be made in a secure environment.

Please click here to make a payment.



+
Is there a charge for duplicate bills?
There are no charges for duplicate bills or memo bills. You can see and print current amounts due on our Property Tax Search page at:  https://nv-washoe.publicaccessnow.com 

+
Tax Rates
+
How is my tax rate determined?
For information on how your tax rate is determined, click on the Tax Rate link.

+
Where can I see a list of the tax rates?
For a list of the Washoe County tax rates, click on the Tax Rate link.

+
Voters

+
How do I register to vote?

The easiest way to register to vote is online. All you need
is your driver's license number and your social security number. No paper
required! Just click on the "Register to Vote" link on our front page, or go to click here, and you'll
be directed to the Nevada Secretary of State's secure website for quick and
easy registration. You can also register to vote by completing a "Voter
Registration Application" and presenting it to the Registrar of Voters Office,
the DMV, any State Welfare Agency or by mailing the form to the Registrar of
Voters Office, 1001 E. 9th Street, Reno, NV 89520.



+
When and where can I early vote?

All active registered voters in Washoe County will be mailed an Official Ballot and their Sample Ballot to their current address/mailing address on file with our office.  Check your voter registration to confirm your address/mailing address on file.  If your address is not current, Click Here to update your information online or find the forms here.  You can mail your ballot in or you can vote in person at one of our vote centers (polling locations).



+
What are Major and Minor Political Parties?

In Nevada, only the Democratic Party and Republican Party are designated as MAJOR Political Parties. The members of these parties choose their candidates to run for office (and face all other candidates) through the conduct of a Primary Election.

The Green Party, Independent American Party, Libertarian Party, Natural Law Party and Reform Party are examples of MINOR Political Parties. While members of these Minor Political Parties are still eligible to vote for nonpartisan offices on their ballots in a Primary Election, they nominate their candidates for office by conducting statewide conventions for their party members only.



+
What is the difference between a sample ballot and a mail/absentee ballot?

The Sample Ballot contains both an information pamphlet and a sample copy (facsimile) of the ballot the voter will be able to cast. This sample contains a complete list of offices and issues for which the voter is eligible to vote.  The sample copy (facsimile) cannot be marked and used as an official ballot. It is for informational purposes only.

Absentee ballots can be requested by voters who cannot or do not wish to vote in-person during early voting or on Election Day.  This is an official ballot that will be cast if voted and returned to the Registrar of Voters office by the deadline.  The request for an absentee ballot must be in writing and made by the deadline for each election to be honored. After the request is processed, the voter will be sent Mail/Absentee Ballot voting materials, which include a paper ballot and voting instructions.



+
How do I request my address and telephone number be withheld from publicly available lists?
By filling out the form REQUEST TO WITHHOLD ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER FROM PUBLIC NRS 293.558 - NRS allows a voter to submit a written request asking for his/her address and/or phone number to be withheld from any list produced by the Registrar of Voters Office. Identification numbers are never disclosed to the public and how a person voted is always private.

+
How will I know if I am registered to vote?
You can check your registration status online here as well as look up precinct and district information and your assigned polling place on election day. Simply provide your name and birth date click search.  You may also view this information from the Secretary of States website.

In addition to checking your status online, within two weeks of the time your registration form is processed by the Registrar's Office, you will receive a Voter Registration Card in the mail. While it is not required that you bring this card with you when you vote, it does expedite the voting process and can clear-up any misunderstandings regarding name spelling and/or the residence where you are registered to vote. It also affirms your status as an active registered voter.



+
Where can I get a voter registration form?

1. Registrar of Voters Office, 1001 E Ninth St., RM A135, Reno NV 89512

2. DMV Offices

3. State Welfare Agencies

4. Most Post Offices

5. Libraries



+
Who is eligible to register to vote?

Any person who has correctly completed and filed a "Voter
Registration Application" with the Registrar of Voters Office and:

1. Is a U.S. Citizen

2. Is at least 17 years old

3. Has continuously resided in Washoe County at least 30 days

4. Claims no other place as his/her legal residence

5. Is not currently serving or under probation for a felony conviction and has completed the process to have his/her voting rights re-established if convicted of a felony in the past

6. Has not been determined by a court of law to be mentally incompetent.



+
What information is required to complete a Voter Registration Application?

You'll need to provide the following:

1. Full Name

2. Washoe County Residence Address (NOT a P O Box or mailing address)

3. Mailing Address (if different from residence address)

4. Date of Birth

5. Political Party Affiliation

6. Signature

7. Driver's License Number

NOTE: In order to register to vote, under Federal Law, every applicant will need to provide
his/her Drivers License Number. In the event that the applicant does not have a
Drivers License Number to provide, he/she will be required to provide the last
four digits of his/her Social Security Number. If the applicant has neither of
these numbers, a unique number will be assigned to that person - but only after
signing an affidavit stating, under penalty of law, that he/she does not possess
either a driver's license or Social Security Number.



+
Why would I have to re-register to vote?

You would re-register if you: 

1. Have changed your place of residence and/or mailing address since the last time you voted (a change of address card may also be used for this purpose),

2. Want to change your political party affiliation,

3. Have changed your name since your previous registration (i.e. married or legal name change),

4. Moved back into Washoe County from another Nevada County or State,

5.  Have been "canceled" for reasons such as moving to another jurisdiction or per your request to be removed from the voting roles.



+
What if I am in the Military or Live Overseas?
In these instances, it is probably most efficient to use the Federal Post Card Application (FPCA) which is a combination registration form
and absentee ballot request.

While your FPCA registration form is valid until canceled, the absent ballot request is good only through the next election cycle after submission and must be renewed each election cycle thereafter.  The FPCA is available from the Voting Office at each military base and at all U.S. Embassies or Consulates, or online at www.fvap.gov.



+
What is the deadline to submit a voter registration application prior to an election?

If you register BY MAIL or with an outside Agency - the 4th Tuesday prior to the election*

  • Applications must be mailed to the Registrar's Office, 1001 E 9th St, Bldg A, Reno 89512 and be postmarked no later than the 4th Tuesday prior to Election Day.
  • At the DMV - Your application must be received by the DMV by the 4th Tuesday prior to Election Day

If you register IN PERSON - the 3rd Tuesday prior to the election*

  • At the Registrar of Voters Office - To take advantage of the "extended" close of registration period up through the 3rd Tuesday prior to Election Day, you must appear IN PERSON at 1001 E 9th St, Bldg A, Reno 89512, to register.

If you register ONLINE - The Thursday before Early Voting begins*

  • You may register online through NOVA through the Thursday before early voting begins. 

 



+
Why do I have to choose a party affiliation when I register to vote?
Nevada has a "closed primary" system in which only registrants who are members of a specific political party (major parties only) are eligible to vote for the candidate of that party for partisan offices in the Primary Elections. By choosing to be a "Nonpartisan" or affiliated with one of the minor political parties, a registrant is restricted to voting only for candidates for nonpartisan offices and the questions that appear on their Primary Election Ballot.

Remember, in a General Election, all voters are eligible to vote on all candidates, races and questions that appear on their ballot, regardless of their or a candidate's party affiliation.



+
Are Washoe County Elections Secure?
This is an important topic and a relevant issue for the citizens of Washoe County.  As we prepare for each Election cycle, the question of election security and the integrity of our systems is at the forefront of many peoples minds, and it is important to us that we provide this information to you.  For more information regarding the security of Washoe County elections and election equipment, please click here.

Call 311 to find resources, ask questions, and utilize Washoe County services. Learn More »
Call 311 to find resources, ask questions, and utilize Washoe County services. Learn More »